Sm-E7219-1a (Ca-400) Tyb40

SERVICE MANUAL
Clinical Chemistry Analyzer
CA-400
Original issue : December 2008
Publication No. SM-E 7219-2A

REVISION RECORD
The latest edition supersedes any preceding ones. If you have old editions, discard them to avoid possible confusion.
REV DATE REVISION HIGHLIGHT

st
2A Dec. 2008 Published as 1 edition.
TRADEMARKS
Windows XP is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
FFFTP is freeware, and its copyright belongs to Mr. Sota.
COPYRIGHT OF THIS MANUAL

Copyright of this document belongs to FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD. No part of this document shall be
reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in any retrieval system, or translated into any language by any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying and recording, for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal
use without the express written permission of FURUNO ELECTRIC CO., LTD.
REVISION RECORD/TRADEMARKS/COPYRIGHT OF THIS MANUAL

FOREWORDS
The Clinical Chemistry Analyzer CA-400 is a fully automatic biochemical analysis system with throughput up to 400
tests per hour. The analyzer is used with operational PC and measurement results can be printed out. The analyzer can
be connected to the host computer, as required.
This service manual is provided to ensure that this analyzer is used safely. Before installation or operation of the
analyzer, read the manual carefully for full understanding.
Precaution
1. This manual is intended for those who install the analyzer and manage it on a daily basis and those who maintain
and repair it on a periodical basis.
2. The contents in this manual are subject to change without notice.
Technical
FOREWORDS
Precaution for Use and Installation Environment
This section explains points to note when using the analyzer, the installation environment required for normal
operation, standard accessory and warning labels. Before using the analyzer, please read this manual.
If the equipment is used in a manner not specified by the manufacturer, the protection may be impaired.
1. Safety Precautions
● Prevention of damage and ignition
Please observe the following precautions to prevent damage and ignition of the analyzer.
- Install the analyzer according to the installation environment and the installation requirements specified in
this manual.
- Contact our servicing or sales division when you need to move the analyzer to other location.
● Prevention of electric shock

Please observe the following precautions to prevent electric shock caused by the use of the analyzer.
- Whenever the analyzer is operating, do not remove the covers (front cover, rear cover, side cover, etc.) that
are installed by using screws.
- If liquid falls into the analyzer or liquid spills inside the analyzer, contact our servicing division. In this
case, careless action may cause electric shock.
● Prevention of injury
Please observe the following precautions to prevent injury due to the use of the analyzer.
- Whenever the analyzer is operating, never touch the moving parts including sample probes, reagent
probes, stirrer, etc. Also do not put your fingers or hand into the openings.
- As for replacing lamps, turn the power off and wait for the lamp to get cold (over 30 minutes), then replace
the lamp. Direct contact with the heated lamp may cause burn injury.
- For safety reasons, follow the instructions written on the labels attached to the analyzer and the
instructions of this manual.
- As for personal computers and printers, refer to each operating manual.
● Protection of eyes
Please observe the following precautions to protect eyes.
- Do not look directly at the lighted lamps of the analyzer or laser beam used in the bar code reader, as they
may cause eye injury.
Table of Contents
● To ensure the accuracy of measurement data
- Whenever the analyzer is operating, do not open the covers including top cover, rear cover, side covers
(left cover and right cover).
- Whenever the analyzer is operating, do not open the RCU cover (lid) and ASP cover (lid). If the lid for
ASP or RCU is removed, then the measurement is aborted.
- For use of the analyzer, conduct accuracy control so that the analyzer functions correctly.
- As for maintenance or components needing periodic replacement for the analyzer, follow the instructions
in this manual.
- As for reagents, accuracy control substances and standard substances, follow the instructions of their
manufacturers and suppliers.
● Disposal of wastewater
Special attention is required for disposal of some wastewater or residual samples. This analyzer discharges
high concentrated wastewater and low concentrated wastewater separately. Please observe the following
precautions.
Substances regulated by the pollution control laws and wastewater discharge standards are contained in some
samples, reagents, accuracy control substances, standard substances, wash solutions (detergents), etc. used
for the analyzer. Please refer the disposal of such substances to the instructions of relevant manufacturers
and suppliers to comply with the facility wastewater standards.
● Prevention of infection
It is necessary to correctly handle samples used in the analyzer. Unless the samples are correctly handled, it
may result in infection. Please observe the following precautions to prevent infection.
Do not touch samples, reagents, wastewaters, etc. that may cause infection. If there is possibility to touch
them, make sure to wear protective gloves, masks and goggles to prevent infection. In case you touch them
accidentally, follow your company's operating procedure and consult a physician as required. If they contact
the analyzer, immediately wipe away.
● Handling of test reagents

Please observe the following precautions to prevent injury.
Some reagents are strong acid or strong alkali. Be careful not to touch them with hands or spill over your
clothes. In case where they mistakenly spill over your skin or clothes, immediately wash enough with
water and soap. If they contact eyes, flush thoroughly with plenty of water and consult a physician .
● Prevention of affect on other facility/equipment
As for the installment of the analyzer, make appropriate power supply wiring so that failure of the analyzer
should not affect other important facility or equipment (example: power supply unit of surgical equipment,
etc.).
Table of Contents
2. Precautions for Use
Please observe strictly the following precautions to ensure safe and efficient use of the analyzer.
● General precautions for use of the analyzer

1. Use of samples
(1) This analyzer is designed to analyze human serums, urine, etc. There might be some sample that cannot
be analyzed depending on the analysis item and the reagents. In this case, refer to the relevant
manufacturers and suppliers.
(2) Use samples that contain no suspended particles. As for serum samples, use serum samples that contain
no blood clots. Use of serum samples containing blood clots or use of urine samples containing
suspended particles may cause the analyzer's probes to get clogged and adversely affect the analysis
processing.
(3) Note that there are some cases where a significant clinical affect is achieved depending on chemical
substances which coexist with samples (medication, anticoagulant, preservative, etc.)
2. Storage of samples
Store samples in an appropriate manner. If stored in an inappropriate environment, samples may change in
quality. For example, if blood is kept in cold storage, potassium in the blood will be increased.
3. Sample pretreatment and handling of samples

(1) Fibrins contained in serum may clog the probes. When separating serum, make sure that blood is clotted
enough. Samples to be used in the analyzer shall be free of fibrin.
(2) As for using urine as a sample, if there is suspension of particles in a urine sample, centrifugalize the
urine sample so that the suspended particles get precipitated.
(3) If sample pretreatment unique to the analysis item is required, consult the relevant reagent
manufacturers and suppliers. Regarding the advisability of serum separation agents, refer to their
manufacturers .
(4) To prevent samples from evaporating, do not leave the sample containers unsealed for a long time. The
evaporation may lead to incorrect analysis results.
4. Handling of reagents, standard substances, and accuracy control substances

(1) Regarding the ways to store, handle and use reagents, standard substances and accuracy control
substances, follow the instructions of the relevant reagent manufacturers and suppliers.
(2) If a reagent, standard substance or accuracy control substance is not stored appropriately, regardless of
the specified expiry date, correct analysis results may not be gained. With regard to the ways to store
reagents, follow the instructions specified on their packaging, container or attached documents.
(3) Regarding safety after opening the package of reagents, etc., refer to the relevant manufacturers and
suppliers.
(4) Make sure to calibrate the analyzer whenever reagents are replaced. To gain correct analysis results,
correct calibration is important.
5. Reagent interference of assay method-to-method

In the analysis process sometimes a reagent may be contaminated by other reagents and that may adversely
affect the analysis results. Refer to the relevant manufacturers and suppliers for details because the influence
is different by individual reagents.
Table of Contents
6. Analysis performance
If hemolysis, turbidity or bilirubin is contained in serum at high concentrate rate, the medical agent or its
metabolic products may adversely affect analysis results. Refer to the relevant manufacturers and suppliers
for details.
7. Connection of water supply/exhaust hoses

(1) Leave connection work of water supply/exhaust hoses to qualified personnel only. Incorrect connection
may cause troubles including hose disconnection during the operation, leakage. etc.
(2) Make sure to prevent air bubbles from entering the ion-exchange water to be supplied to the analyzer.
8. Electromagnetic waves, noise, etc.

(1) Do not install the analyzer near the equipment that generates an abnormal noise.
(2) Turn off a portable radio or cellular phone near the analyzer. Abnormal noise or electromagnetic waves
generated from the portable radio or cellular phone may cause malfunction of the analyzer.
(3) Do not use medical equipment which may be affected by electromagnetic waves near the analyzer.
9. Operational environment of the analyzer

Operate the analyzer with temperature: 15 to 30°C humidity: 45 to 85% and temperature variation: less than
2°C per hour.
Use ion-exchange water (purified water) at water temperature 5 to 25°C. If used outside the specified range,
analysis performance by the analyzer may not be guaranteed.
10. CRT monitor, keyboard and mouse

Do not handle a CRT monitor, keyboard and mouse by hand wet with water or reagents to prevent failure.
11. Points to check when analyzing

As for the points to check when analyzing, follow your company's operating standards.
Check the following points at least:
- quality of purified water
- remaining amount of reagents and wash solutions
- calibration results
- accuracy control data
- analysis results
- that there is no leakage in pipettes (SPT and RPT) or piping system
- that there is no dust, fibrin or foam within samples.
- that there is enough amount of samples required for analysis
12. Maintenance checks and periodical parts replacement

(1) As for maintenance checks and periodical parts replacement, follow the instructions stated in this
manual.
(2) After replacing main parts of the analyzer including a halogen lamp, probes, syringes, cuvettes, etc.,
make sure to calibrate them.
(3) Use consumables and replacement parts we recommend. Use of non-recommended consumables or
parts may adversely affect the performance and safety of the analyzer. Parts such as nozzle, cuvette,
syringe tip, wipe tip, mesh filter, electrode of ISE, diaphragm pump, micro syringe, electromagnetic
valve, waste line tube and etc. that have been replaced may be infected. When they are discarded after
exchanging, refer to the relevant manufacturers and suppliers and follow your company’s or national
regulation for disposal substances and dispose them appropriately.
Table of Contents
13. Backup of data
Please back up parameters and analysis result data stored in hard disc periodically, so that data recovery can
be provided in unexpected events including failure of the equipment or power interruption.
When you use external devices, please confirm that those devices are Virus Free.
14. Prohibition of use for purposes other than those intended

Do not use the analyzer for purposes other than those intended.
15. Cleaning of covers, etc.

When covers, worktable, CRT monitor, etc. get dirty, wipe and clean them with a dry cloth, etc.
16. Other cautions

If accidentally any reagent or sample contacts mucous, or if any reagent or sample is swallowed, immediately
consult a physician for the instructions.
Table of Contents
●General Precautions for Use of Medical Electrical Equipment
(for Safety and Prevention of Danger)
The followings are general precautions for use of medical electrical equipments.
As for precautions unique to each equipment, please read its operation manual for full understanding and do
not do wrong handling.
1. Only qualified personnel shall use the analyzer.
2. The following precautions shall be taken when the analyzer is installed.

(1) Keep the analyzer away from rain or any other water.
(2) Avoid areas that are adversely affected by atmospheric pressure, temperature, humidity, ventilation,
sunlight, dust, air containing salt or sulfur, etc.
(3) Do not expose the analyzer to inclination, vibration, shock (including shock during transportation), etc.
and pay attention to the state of safety.
(4) Do not install the analyzer in a place adjacent to a storage room of chemicals or a place where any gas is
likely to be generated.
(5) Pay attention to frequency, voltage and permissible current (or power consumption).
(6) Confirm the conditions of battery power source (state of discharge, polarity, etc.).
(7) Make sure that the analyzer is correctly and well grounded.
(8) Secure the space (minimum 300mm) at the left side of analyzer in order to be easily taken power-off the
analyzer at emergency situation.
3. The following precautions shall be taken before using the analyzer.

(1) Confirm that the analyzer operates correctly by checking contact status of switches, polarity, dial setting,
meters, etc.
(2) Make sure that the analyzer is correctly and completely grounded.
(3) Make sure that all necessary electrical cables are correctly and completely connected.
(4) Special care shall be taken not to result in misdiagnosis or any danger to analyzer or human body when
the analyzer is used in conjunction with other equipment.
(5) Check battery power source.
4. The following precautions shall be taken during operation.

(1) Pay attention not to exceed time and volume required for diagnosis and treatment.
(2) Keep monitoring the behavior of whole system in order to detect any malfunction.
(3) Take immediate corrective measures including shutdown of operation when any malfunction is detected
in the analyzer.
(4) Avoid any possibilities of direct access from patients.
5. The following precautions shall be taken after use of the analyzer.

(1) Turn off the power after every operational switch and control is restored to its pre-use state as directed.
(2) Do not remove the line cord plugs from receptacles by cords not to give undue stress to cords.
(3) Storage areas:
- Keep away from rain or any other water splash.
- Avoid areas that are adversely affected by atmospheric pressure, temperature, humidity, ventilation,
- Do not expose the analyzer to inclination, vibration, shock (including shock during transportation),etc.
and pay attention to the state of safety.
- Do not store the analyzer at a place adjacent to the storage room of chemicals or a place where any gas is
(4) Organize and store the accessory parts and cords after they have been cleaned.
(5) Keep the analyzer clean not to cause any inconvenience to the next use.
Table of Contents
6. In the event of trouble, do not play with the analyzer and leave repair work to authorized experts.
7. Do not refurbish the analyzer.
8. Conduct maintenance checks correctly.

(1) Make sure to conduct periodic checks on the analyzer and its associated parts.
(2) Make sure to check that the analyzer operates normally and safely when it is reused after being kept
unused for some time.
Table of Contents
3. Installation Environment
The analyzer is required to be installed under the environmental conditions that will not adversely affect its
operation or analysis. Qualified service engineer of our servicing division shall carry installation work out
(unpacking, installation, operation check).
● Installation environmental conditions
The analyzer shall be installed:

(1) in a place that is not subject to direct sunlight.
(2) in a place that is not exposed to direct wind, rain or any other water. (The analyzer shall be installed
indoors.)
(3) in a dustless place.
(4) in a place that is not subject to vibration or sound.
(5) in not inclined but horizontal place (slope: 1/200 or less).
(6) on a floor that is strong enough to support the weight of the whole analyzer system (about 150 kg).
(7) in a place that is not subject to voltage variation (less than ±10%).
(8) not near noise sources (facility or equipment). Avoid placing the analyzer right under the fluorescent
light.
(9) at the height of 2,000 meters above sea-level and lower. (Use the analyzer only indoors.)
● Temperature/humidity conditions
(1) Indoor temperature: 15 to 30°C, Temperature variation: less than 2°C per hour
(2) Indoor humidity: 45 to 85% (No condensation shall be formed.)
(3) Install the analyzer in a place with good ventilation or with ventilation system.
(4) Do not install the analyzer in a place subject to direct wind from the air conditioning.
● Space
Refer to the figure below for space required for installation including space for maintenance and for exhaust
ventilation. Secure the space (minimum 300mm) at the left side of analyzer in order to easily power off the
analyzer at emergency situation.
150 and up
<space for exhaust ventilation>
300 PC 300 300

Main Analyzer 690
and up Control and up and up
Unit
1340
600 970
500 and up
Front
(Unit: mm)
2470
Table of Contents
● Power supply and grounding
Install a 3-pronged power outlet with a ground terminal (A-Type, S-Type or O-Type) within the
reach of the analyzer's accessory power cable (2 m). Ground resistance shall be less than 100Ω.
Refer power outlet installation to qualified personnel only.
3-Pronged Power
Outlet
Cable Plug
Ground Ground Terminal
● Water supply and drainage

As for connection part for water supply and drainage, there are 8 types of tube connections on the right side of
the analyzer. Refer to the table below for details.
Type of Water supply and drainage Type of connection tube Remarks

Pressure-resistant hose
Pure water supply Main analyzer - Purified water
Inside diameter: 12mm
Outside diameter: 18ｍｍ generator
Main analyzer - Wash solution 1
PVC tube (R-3603)
tank
Wash solution 1 supply Inside diameter: 1.59mm
(with tube (1m), inline filter and
Outside diameter: 4.76mm
pipe)
Main analyzer - Wash solution 2
PVC tube (R-3603)
tank
Wash solution 2 supply Inside diameter: 1.59mm
(with tube (1m), inline filter and
Outside diameter: 4.76mm
pipe)
Silicon tube ISE - High-concentrated
ISE high-concentrated wastewater Inside diameter: 3mm wastewater tank
Outside diameter: 7mm (length:1m)
Main analyzer -
High-concentrated wastewater
WU high-concentrated wastewater
tank
Pressure-resistant hose (length:1m)
WU low-concentrated wastewater Inside diameter: 15mm
Outside diameter: 22mm Main analyzer -
Trough low-concentrated wastewater Low-concentrated wastewater
drainage system
Overflow
Before installation of the analyzer, it is required to install a water supply system and a low-concentrated
wastewater drainage system. As for high-concentrated wastewater, place an accessory high-concentrated
wastewater tank close to the main analyzer. Before this tank becomes full, dispose of high-concentrated
wastewater being stored in this tank in accordance with the specified wastewater standards.
Please wash Wash Solution Tank 1 and Wash Solution Tank 2 enough with pure water before use.
*Disposal limit of this high-concentrated wastewater tank is approx. 7 hours at the use of 5L tank.
Table of Contents
(1) Water supply system (purified water generator)
- Water pressure: 0.15 to 0.34 MPa
- Capacity: the Equipment that has ability of 18 L per hour or more
- Connection tube: Pressure-resistant hose (Inside diameter: 12mm, Outside diameter: 18mm)
Caution
Water pressure for the water supply system is required 0.15 to 0.34 MPa.
(2) Drainage system

- Capacity: 18 L per hour
- Position: Drainage system shall be at a position that is 500mm or more lower than the wastewater outlet
of the main analyzer.
- Lay the exhaust hose in the wastewater outlet so that the wastewater is drained by a natural drop.
- Open the end of the exhaust hose to the atmosphere. (Don't soak it in the liquid.)
4. Standard Accessories
nomenclature quantity
tip replace jig（25-012-4101-1） 1
trif screw driver No.123-S75 1
hexagonal wrench size1.5 1
hexagonal wrench size3.0 1
Styrene square case A-4 1
Wire band 2269-08 1
Table of Contents
5. Warning Labels
● Main meaning of warning labels
The following labels that show warning and attention are affixed on the places that are potentially hazardous.
Biohazard
Electric shock
High temperature
Injury
Action to be taken as directed by the “OPERATOR’S MANUAL”
Table of Contents
● Warning labels
The following warning labels are affixed on the places that are the potentially hazardous within the analyzer.
WARNING LABEL WARNING ABOUT PLACE
RISK OF ELECTRIC
Power supply inlet
SHOCK
Covers of SPT,
DO NOT TOUCH RPT1, RPT2,
MOVING PARTS MIX1, MIX2 and
WU
THE TANK
CONTAINS
Waste tanks
HAZARDOUS
MATERIAL
Mosaic plate
CONTAINS (Mosaic 1),
HAZARDOUS SWU cover and
MATERIALS Panel in lower
(SERUM, PLASMA right-hand of the
AND URINE) main analyzer (Side
Panel RD)
Lid for replacing
halogen lamps, lid of
RISK OF INJURY
ISE tank, lid for
replacing ISE
TURN THE POWER
electrodes , lid for
OFF BEFORE THE
replacing cuvettes
PANEL OPEN and Maintenance
cover 1/R1/R2
HOT SURFACE DTR
IRU heat insulation

Work according to the place, lid for ASP,
instruction of the lid for RCU and
operation manual. input line for
purified water
CLASS 1 LEASER
CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT PRODUCT
CAUTION – CLASS 2 LASER LIGHT WHEN OPEN
CAUTION-CLASS 2 Barcode reader of
DO NOT STARE INTO THE BEAM
650nm, 1mW LEASER LIGHT ASP and RCU
(IEC60825-1:1993+A1:1997+A2:2001) WHEN OPEN
DO NOT STARE
INTO THE BEAM
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Page
Chapter 1 Overview ......................................................................................................... 1-1 to 1-8

1.1. General ......................................................................................................................... 1-1
1.2. Built-in Units................................................................................................................ 1-4
Chapter 2 Unit Description .......................................................................................... 2-1 to 2-42

2.1. General ......................................................................................................................... 2-1
2.2. IRU (Incubation Reaction Unit) ................................................................................... 2-2
2.2.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-2
2.2.2. Components of IRU ............................................................................................. 2-2
2.3. DTR (Detector Unit) .................................................................................................... 2-5
2.3.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-5
2.3.2. Components of DTR............................................................................................ 2-5
2.4. SPT (Sample Pipette Unit) ........................................................................................... 2-8
2.4.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-8
2.4.2. Components of SPT ............................................................................................. 2-8
2.5. RPT1/RPT2 (Reagent Pipette Unit 1 and 2)................................................................. 2-10
2.5.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-10
2.5.2. Components of RPT............................................................................................. 2-10
2.6. MIX1/MIX2 (Mixing Stirrer Unit 1 and 2 ) ................................................................. 2-12
2.6.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-12
2.6.2. Components of MIX1/MIX2 .............................................................................. 2-12
2.7. WU (Wash Unit)........................................................................................................... 2-14
2.7.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-14
2.7.2. Components of WU ............................................................................................ 2-15
2.8. ASP (Auto Sampler Unit)............................................................................................. 2-16
2.8.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-16
2.8.2. Components of ASP............................................................................................. 2-17
2.9. RCU (Reagent Container Unit) .................................................................................... 2-19
2.9.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-19
2.9.2. Components of RCU............................................................................................ 2-20
2.10. SPP (Sample Pump Unit) ............................................................................................. 2-22
2.10.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-22
2.10.2. Components of SPP ............................................................................................. 2-22
2.11. RPP (Reagent Pump Unit)............................................................................................ 2-24
2.11.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-24
2.11.2. Components of RPP............................................................................................. 2-24
2.12. WPP (Wash Pump Unit ) .............................................................................................. 2-26
2.12.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-26
2.12.2. Components of WPP............................................................................................ 2-27
2.13. SWU (Supply Water Unit)............................................................................................ 2-30
2.13.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-30
2.13.2. Components of SWU ........................................................................................... 2-31
2.14. TR (Trough Unit) ......................................................................................................... 2-34
2.14.1. Functions.............................................................................................................. 2-34
2.14.2. Components of Trough ........................................................................................ 2-34
Table of Contents
Page
2.15. ST (Sub-Tank) .............................................................................................................. 2-36

2.15.1. Functions .............................................................................................................. 2-36
2.15.2. Components of Sub-Tanks R/L ............................................................................ 2-36
2.16. ISE (Ion Selectable Electrode) (Optional) .................................................................... 2-38
2.16.1. Functions .............................................................................................................. 2-38
2.16.2. Components of ISE .............................................................................................. 2-39
2.17. Chassis Unit.................................................................................................................. 2-40
2.17.1. Functions .............................................................................................................. 2-40
2.17.2. Components of Chassis Unit ................................................................................ 2-40
2.18. External Tanks and External Tank Sensors (Optional) ................................................. 2-42
2.18.1. Functions .............................................................................................................. 2-42
2.18.2. Components of External Tanks and External Tank Sensors ................................. 2-42
Chapter 3 PC Boards and Power Supply Unit .................................................. 3-1 to 3-8

3.1. General ......................................................................................................................... 3-1
3.2. Functions of PC Boards ................................................................................................ 3-1
3.3. Power Supply Unit........................................................................................................ 3-6
3.3.1. Functions .............................................................................................................. 3-6
3.3.2. Components of Power Supply Unit...................................................................... 3-7
Chapter 4 Unpacking and Installation.................................................................... 4-1 to 4-16

4.1. Installation Site ............................................................................................................. 4-1
4.1.1. Required Space..................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.2. Environmental Condition ..................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.3. Power Supply ....................................................................................................... 4-1
4.1.4. User Interface PC with CRT Monitor and Printer ................................................ 4-1
4.2. Unpacking and Installation ........................................................................................... 4-2
4.2.1. Unpacking ............................................................................................................ 4-2
4.2.2. Installation............................................................................................................ 4-5
4.2.3. Detaching Unit Protection Plates (Holding Plates) .............................................. 4-7
4.2.4. Remove Cuvette Cover ........................................................................................ 4-12
4.2.5. Level..................................................................................................................... 4-13
4.2.6. Signal Cable Connection...................................................................................... 4-14
Chapter 5 Cleaning............................................................................................................ 5-1 to 5-10

5.1. Pippetes (RPT1/RPT2/SPT) ......................................................................................... 5-1
5.2. Stirrers (MIX1/MIX2) .................................................................................................. 5-2
5.3. Auto Sampler Unit (ASP)............................................................................................. 5-3
5.4. Reagent Container Unit (RCU)..................................................................................... 5-3
5.5. Mosaic Plates................................................................................................................ 5-4
5.6. Dust Filter ..................................................................................................................... 5-5
5.7. ISE ................................................................................................................................ 5-6
5.8. Nozzle Covers (RPT1/RPT2/SPT) and Arm Covers (MIX1/MIX2) ............................ 5-6
5.9. Troughs (RPT1/RPT2/SPT/MIX1/MIX2) .................................................................... 5-6
5.10. WU Nozzles.................................................................................................................. 5-6
5.11. Tubing System and Sub-Tanks ..................................................................................... 5-7
Table of Contents
Page
Chapter 6 Maintenance................................................................................................... 6-1 to 6-14

6.1. Daily Check.................................................................................................................. 6-1
6.2. Preventative Maintenance ............................................................................................ 6-2
6.3. Check Procedure .......................................................................................................... 6-11
Chapter 7 Checker Programs ...................................................................................... 7-1 to 7-28

7.1. Motor Checker Program (chk_mot) ............................................................................. 7-1
7.2. D-I/O Checker Program (chk_dio)............................................................................... 7-11
7.3. Position Map ................................................................................................................ 7-15
Chapter 8 Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 8-1 to 8-90

8.1. Troubleshooting by Error Messages............................................................................. 8-1
8.2. Troubleshooting by Symptoms..................................................................................... 8-88
Chapter 9 Unit/Part Replacement............................................................................. 9-1 to 9-130

9.1. General ......................................................................................................................... 9-1
9.2. Chassis Unit ................................................................................................................. 9-3
9.2.1. Removing Mosaic Plates...................................................................................... 9-3
9.2.2. Removing Covers ................................................................................................ 9-5
9.2.3. Removing Decorative Laminate R and Front Frame ........................................... 9-7
9.2.4 Dismounting Fans ................................................................................................ 9-9
9.3. ASP (Auto Sampler Unit)............................................................................................. 9-10
9.3.1. Dismounting ASP ................................................................................................ 9-10
9.3.2. Bar Code Reader (BCR) ...................................................................................... 9-13
9.3.3. ASP Motor ........................................................................................................... 9-14
9.3.4. DC Fans ............................................................................................................... 9-18
9.4. RCU (Reagent Container Unit) .................................................................................... 9-19

9.4.1. Dismounting RCU ............................................................................................... 9-19
9.4.2. Bar Code Reader (BCR) ...................................................................................... 9-21
9.4.3. RCU Motor .......................................................................................................... 9-22
9.4.4. DC Fans ............................................................................................................... 9-30
9.5. SPT (Sample Pipette Unit) ........................................................................................... 9-31
9.5.1. Dismounting SPT................................................................................................. 9-31
9.5.2. SPT Nozzle .......................................................................................................... 9-34
9.5.3. SPT_R Motor....................................................................................................... 9-36
9.5.4. SPT_U Motor....................................................................................................... 9-38
9.6. RPT1/2 (Reagent Pipette Unit1/2)................................................................................ 9-41
9.6.1. Dismounting RPT1/2 ........................................................................................... 9-41
9.6.2. RPT Nozzle.......................................................................................................... 9-43
9.6.3. RPT_R Motor ...................................................................................................... 9-43
9.6.4. RPT_U Motor ...................................................................................................... 9-43
9.7. MIX1/MIX2 (Mixing Stirrer Unit 1/2)......................................................................... 9-44
9.7.1. Dismounting MIX1/MIX2 ................................................................................... 9-44
9.7.2. Stirrer ................................................................................................................... 9-47
9.7.3 MIX1_K/MIX2_K Motor .................................................................................... 9-48
9.7.4. MIX1_R/MIX2_R Motor..................................................................................... 9-49
9.7.5. MIX1_U/MIX2_U Motor .................................................................................... 9-51
Table of Contents
Page
9.8. WU (Wash Unit) ........................................................................................................... 9-54

9.8.1. Dismounting WU ................................................................................................. 9-54
9.8.2. Wipe Tip............................................................................................................... 9-57
9.8.3. Nozzle Replacement............................................................................................. 9-58
9.8.4. WU Motor ............................................................................................................ 9-60
9.9. IRU (Incubation Reaction Unit) ................................................................................... 9-63
9.9.1. Dismounting IRU ................................................................................................. 9-63
9.9.2. Cuvettes................................................................................................................ 9-68
9.9.3. Thermal Fuses ...................................................................................................... 9-70
9.9.4. Slip Ring .............................................................................................................. 9-72
9.9.5. IRU Motor............................................................................................................ 9-73
9.9.6. IRU Heaters.......................................................................................................... 9-76
9.10. DTR (Detector Unit)..................................................................................................... 9-80
9.10.1. DTR...................................................................................................................... 9-80
9.10.2. Halogen Lamp...................................................................................................... 9-81
9.11. PP - SPP(Sample Pump)/RPP(Reagent Pump)/WPP(Wash Pump) .............................. 9-83
9.11.1. DISMOUNTING PP ............................................................................................ 9-83
9.11.2. Syringe Plunger Tip.............................................................................................. 9-89
9.11.3. Solenoid Valve...................................................................................................... 9-91
9.11.4. SPP/RPP/WPP Motor........................................................................................... 9-97
9.12. ISE (Ion Selectable Electrode)...................................................................................... 9-112
9.12.1. Dismounting ISE.................................................................................................. 9-112
9.12.2. Electrode Replacement......................................................................................... 9-115
9.12.3. Calibrant A Bag Replacement .............................................................................. 9-116
9.12.4. ISE Pump Cassette Replacement ......................................................................... 9-117
9.13. SWU (Supply Water Unit) ............................................................................................ 9-119
9.13.1. Dismounting SWU ............................................................................................... 9-119
9.13.2. Solenoid Valve (SWU1-1).................................................................................... 9-122
9.13.3. Pumps................................................................................................................... 9-124
9.13.4. Mesh Filters (SWU2) ........................................................................................... 9-128
9.14. ST (Sub-Tank) .............................................................................................................. 9-129
9.14.1. Dismounting Sub-Tank R/L ................................................................................. 9-129
Chapter 10 Replacement of PC Board and Power Supply......................... 10-1 to 10-20

10.1. ASP_DRV Board .......................................................................................................... 10-2
10.2. CN_IBM Board / CNT_IBM Board ............................................................................. 10-3
10.2.1. Dismounting CNU ............................................................................................... 10-3
10.2.2. Dismounting CN_IBM Board .............................................................................. 10-4
10.2.3. Dismounting CNT_IBM Board............................................................................ 10-5
10.3. IRU_CN2 Board ........................................................................................................... 10-6
10.4. RCU_DRV Board ......................................................................................................... 10-7
10.5. SWU_DRV1 Board ...................................................................................................... 10-8
10.6. IRU_CN1 Board ........................................................................................................... 10-9
10.7. IRU_DRV Board........................................................................................................... 10-10
10.8. SWU_DRV2 Board ...................................................................................................... 10-11
Table of Contents
Page
10.9. SWU_DRV3 Board ...................................................................................................... 10-12

10.10. IRU_SENSA board ...................................................................................................... 10-13
10.11.IRU_TSP board.............................................................................................................. 10-14
10.12.WU_SENSA board ........................................................................................................ 10-18
10.13. WU_SEN board............................................................................................................ 10-20
10.14. WU_CN board.............................................................................................................. 10-21
10.15.MIX1/2_SEN2 board..................................................................................................... 10-22
10.16. MIX1/2_SENSA board................................................................................................. 10-23
10.17. MIX1/2_MOTOR-SEN-CN board ............................................................................... 10-25
10.18.SPT_SEN2 board and a RPT1/2_SEN2 board .............................................................. 10-26
10.19.SPT_SENSA board and a RPT1 /2 _ SENSA board (sensor for safety) ....................... 10-27
10.20. SPT_SENSA board and a RPT1 /2 _ SENSA board (Up zero-position sensor) ........... 10-28
10.21. SPT_SEN_LL/DL board and a RPT1/2_SEN_LL/DL board ....................................... 10-30
10.22. SPT_MOTOR-SEN-CN board and a RPT1/2_MOTOR-SEN-CN board .................... 10-31
10.23. ASP_SENSA board....................................................................................................... 10-32
10.24. ASP_TSP board ............................................................................................................ 10-34
10.25.RCU_SENSA board ...................................................................................................... 10-37
10.26. RCU_TSP board ........................................................................................................... 10-39
10.27. SPPS_SENSA board..................................................................................................... 10-41
10.28. RPP1/2_SENSA board and a SPPW_SENSA board .................................................... 10-42
10.29. WPP_SENSA board...................................................................................................... 10-44
10.30. WPP_CN board ............................................................................................................ 10-45
10.31. F_LED board A/B......................................................................................................... 10-46
10.32. AC_FLT board A/B....................................................................................................... 10-47
10.33. POWER_CN board A/B ............................................................................................... 10-48
10.34. PRES_SEN board ......................................................................................................... 10-49
10.35. PRES_SEN_CN board ................................................................................................. 10-50
10.36. Power Supply ............................................................................................................... 10-51
10.36.1 Dismounting PSU ............................................................................................... 10-51
10.36.2. Dismounting Direct-Current Power Supply ........................................................ 10-51
10.36.3. Removing Fan...................................................................................................... 10-55
Chapter 11 Software Setup and Update ................................................................ 11-1 to 11-24

11.1 Preparatory Setup ......................................................................................................... 11-2
11.2. Analyzer Software Upgrade ......................................................................................... 11-19
11.3. User-interface Software Upgrade ................................................................................. 11-21
11.4. Changing Correction Values......................................................................................... 11-25
Table of Contents
Appendices
Page
Appendix A Specification ............................................................................................. A-1 to A-6
Appendix B Special Tools, Materials and Required Tools ........................ B-1 to B-2
Appendix C Maintenance Parts List ....................................................................... C-1 to C-32
Appendix D Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................... D-1 to D-10
Appendix E Fluid System Diagram ........................................................................ E-1 to E-11
Appendix F Sensor List .................................................................................................. F-1 to F-4
Appendix G Test Points and LED's ......................................................................... G-1 to G-22
Appendix H Bar Code Adjustment .......................................................................... H-1 to H-10
Appendix J Ping Command for LAN Check .................................................... J-1 to J-2
Table of Contents
THIS PAGE IS
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK.
Chapter 1
Overview
1.1. General
The Clinical Chemistry Analyzer CA-400 is a fully automatic biochemical analysis system with throughput
up to 400 tests per hour. The analyzer is operated with the operational PC and measurement results can be
printed out from the printer. The analyzer may be connected to the host computer, as required. The analyzer
consists of a main analyzer (control unit) and an operational PC. Refer to Figure 1.1-1.
The IRU holds 90 cuvettes where samples react with reagents and the temperature in the IRU is always kept at
37°C. These cuvettes are reusable. Each time they are used, they will be washed by the Wash Unit within the
analyzer for next use.
After a sample and a reagent are mixed in a cuvette on the IRU table, the DTR measures absorbance of the
mixture every 9 seconds. You can select one or two wavelengths from the specified 12 wavelengths in order
to obtain a measurement result.
Samples are mounted on the detachable trays. The ASP can hold a maximum of 72 blood collection tubes
(bottles) and a maximum of 20 sample cups. Barcodes can be affixed to the blood collection tubes to enable
the analyzer to automatically identify them by using the barcode reader. (*Barcode Reader is optional).
Barcodes cannot be used for sample cups.) The section where sample cups are mounted has a cooling
function to be kept at a constant temperature (*Cooling Function is optional).
Reagent are mounted on the detachable tray. The RCU can hold a maximum of 60 reagent bottles. Bar codes
can be affixed to the reagent bottles to enable the analyzer to automatically identify them by using the barcode
reader (*Barcode Reader is optional).. The RCU has a cooling function to be kept at a constant temperature.
LAN Cable
RS232C Main Analyzer
PC
Host Computer
PC
Clinical Chemistry Analyzer
BLOCK PLAN
Figure 1.1-1
Refer to Figure 1.1-2 for the appearance of the main analyzer.
Chapter 1 Overview
1.1 General
Page 1-1
APPEARANCE OF MAIN ANALYZER (CONTROL UNIT)
Figure 1.1-2
Chapter 1 Overview
1.1 General
Page 1-2
FRONT VIEW
REAR VIEW
PERSPECTIVE VIEW OF MAIN ANALYZER (CONTROL UNIT)

Figure 1.1-3
Chapter 1 Overview
1.1 General
Page 1-3
1.2. Built-In Units
The main analyzer consists of various built-in units as shown below:
RPT2 MIX2 IRU WU
RCU RPT1 MIX1 ASP SPT
DTR MIX2 RPT2 RPT1

Trough Trough Trough
SPT MIX1 ISE

Trough Trough
BUILT-IN UNITS 1/2

Figure 1.2-1
Chapter 1 Overview
Page 1-4
Sub-Tank L RPP2 RPP1 SWU3
WPP
SPP (Wash)
SPP (Sample)
SWU2
Sub-Tank R
SWU1 (inside)
BUILT-IN UNITS 2/2

Figure 1.2-2
Chapter 1 Overview
Page 1-5
Major functions of each unit are summarized in the table below. Refer to Chapter 2 for detailed explanation.
MAJOR FUNCTIONS OF EACH UNIT
UNIT
MAJOR FUNCTIONS
(ABBREVIATION)
IRU Incubation Reaction Unit
Its cuvette table (turn table) holds 90 cuvettes, and turns to the position where
sample (reagent) can be dispensed by the SPT (RPT).
DTR DeTectoR unit
In mixing and incubation process, measures absorbance that indicates
incubation (reaction) process in a cuvette. The DTR disperses the light from
the halogen lamp by the grating method and determines the absorbance with
respect to 12 kinds of wavelength at one time.
SPT Sample PipeTte unit
Aspirates sample from a bottle (ASP) by using the SPP, then dispenses it into
a cuvette (IRU) or ISE. The nozzle is cleaned in the SPT trough after use.
RPT Reagent PipeTte unit
Aspirates reagent from a reagent bottle (RCU) by using the RPP, then
dispenses it into a cuvette (IRU). The RPT consists of RPT1 and RPT2. Each
nozzle is cleaned in the RPT trough after use.
MIX MIXing stirrer unit
After sample and reagent are dispensed into a cuvette, the paddle-type stirrer
comes down into the cuvette and stirs the mixture evenly. There are two
mixing stirrer units, MIX1 (for reagent 1) and MIX2 (for reagent 2). The
stirrer is cleaned with purified water after every use.
WU Wash Unit
Comprises six supply/drain nozzle pairs, one drain nozzle and one wipe tip.
Drains reaction liquid out of each cuvette at the end of measurement, washes
the inside of the cuvette by pouring wash solution or purified water into the
cuvette.
ASP Auto SamPler unit
Holds 72 tubes of samples (general samples, emergency samples), and 20
sample cups (general samples, ISE wash solution). Rotates its turntable to
bring a requested sample tube to the SPT pipetting spot.
*Barcode Reader and Cooling Function are optional.
RCU Reagent Container Unit
Holds up to 60 reagent bottles. Rotates its turntable to bring a requested
reagent bottle to the RPT pipetting spot.
*Barcode Reader is optional.
(CONT'D)
Chapter 1 Overview
Page 1-6
UNIT
MAJOR FUNCTIONS
(ABBREVIATION)
SPP Sampling PumP unit
Aspirates or dispenses sample or purified water by moving its plungers up and
down. Since a motor is installed for each of the sample syringe and the wash
syringe, each syringe can operate independently.
*Clot detection unit is an optional.
RPP Reagent PumP unit
Aspirates or dispenses reagent or purified water by moving its plungers up and
down. Consists of RPP1 for reagent1 and RPP2 for reagent2. As a motor is
installed for each of the reagent syringe and the wash syringe, each syringe
can operate independently.
WPP Wash PumP unit
Consists of six pumps which aspirate or dispense wash solution or purified
water by moving the plungers up and down, and are connected to the
dispensing nozzles of the WU (cuvette wash unit). Supplies wash solution or
purified water to WU1 and WU3, and purified water to WU2, WU4, WU5 and
WU6.
SWU Supply Water Unit
Consists of SWU1 to SWU3.
Controls the supply of purified water:
from the purified water generator to the sub-tanks R/L (SWU1-1),
from the sub-tank R to the SPT trough and MIX1/2 troughs (SWU2),
and from the sub-tank L to the RPT 1/2 troughs (SWU3).
Also drains wastewater from the WU (SWU1-2).
TR TRough unit
Consists of five troughs and one trough chamber.
Collects wastewater inside the nozzles of the SPT and RPT1/2, washes with purified water the
outside of these nozzles and the stirrers of the MIX1/2, then collects the wastewater and
collects the condensation water of the ASP and RCU.
ST Sub-Tank
Consists of sub-tanks R/L. These tanks store purified water to be supplied to the SPP, WPP,
RPP1/2, and troughs for SPT, MIX1/2, RPT1/2.
ISE Ion Selectable Electrode unit: *Optional
Determines the concentration of electrolytes (sodium, potassium, chloride)
contained in serum, blood plasma or urine by using ion electrodes.
- Chassis Unit (Enclosure)
Houses all the above-mentioned units, and also houses the PC boards which
are not installed in these units, and Power Supply Unit, and Control Unit.
Protects the units and PC boards from damage with covers. Has functions
including cooling and dustproof, etc. using fans and filters.
- External tanks and external tank sensors :*Optional
Store purified water and wash solutions to be used for the analyzer and also
store wastewater discharged from the analyzer. The amount of liquid stored
in each tank is monitored by an external tank sensor (Optional).
Chapter 1 Overview
Page 1-7
UNIT
MAJOR FUNCTIONS
(ABBREVIATION)
PSU AC power is supplied to the internal power supply pack via the noise filter and
power switch.
The power supply pack converts the AC power to required DC power (5V, 12V
or 24V) and supply it to each unit. AC po wer input range is 100V to 240V to
meet voltage of the country where the analyzer is used.
CNU This unit houses the CN_IBM and the CNT_IBM board.
Chapter 1 Overview
Page 1-8
Chapter 2
Unit Description
2.1. General
This chapter explains units forming the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer.
Some units are similar to each other. This will half your pain when reading this chapter:
- ASP and RCU

- SPT and RPT1/2
- SPP and RPP
It should be noted that the figures given in this chapter are considerably simplified for comprehensibility.
SEE ALSO:
Ap p end ix D "Wiring Diagr am" Electrical co nnectio ns o f P C board s, sensors,
mo to rs, etc.
Ap p end ix E "Fluidic System Fluidic co nnectio ns o f tub es, p ump s, valves, etc.
Diagr am"
Ap p end ix F " Senso r List" Lists up functio ns o f each sensor.
Chapter 2 Unit Description

2.1. General
Page 2-1
2.2. IRU (Incubation Reaction Unit)
IRU
2.2.1. Functions
The IRU holds 90 cuvettes on its cuvette table and rotates the cuvette table to bring any requested cuvette to
the SPT (RPT)-dispensing spot where the SPT (RPT) dispenses sample (reagent) into the cuvette, To speed
up the incubation (reaction between sample and reagent), the cuvette table is heated.
2.2.2. Components of IRU
COMPONENT FUNCTION AND OPERATION

Cuvette Table Holds 90 cuvettes. The cuvette table is kept at 37 ± 0.3ºC by heating to speed up
the reaction between sample and reagent.
In the initialization, the cuvette table is driven to bring cuvette No. 1 to the
RPT-dispensing spot.
Cuvettes The cuvettes are made of special material (PYREX) so that the light from the
halogen lamp (DTR) may pass them.
IRU Motor Stepping motor. Gives rotary movement to the cuvette table.
Zero-Position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position of the cuvette table (The
zero-position refers to the state when cuvette No. 1 comes to the
RPT1-dispensing spot.
(CONT'D)

2.2. IRU
Page 2-2
Rotary Encoder Detects the rotational position of the IRU. Measurement by the DTR
synchronizing the IRU rotation takes place.
Heaters Three silicone rubber heaters attached to the cuvette table to keep the table warm.
Temperature Sensors Mounted on the cuvette table. Measure the table temperature. The heaters are
driven based on these measurement results so that the incubation (reaction)
liquids in the cuvettes are maintained at 37 ± 0.3ºC. In total 6 sensors (2 sensors
per heater x 3 heaters = 6) are mounted so that the temperature can be measured
per heater.
Thermal Fuses Prevent the IRU from overheat. Power supply for the heaters is shut down when
the temperature exceeds 76ºC. In total three fuses (1 per heater x 3 heaters) are
mounted.
Slip Ring Relays power for heaters and temperature sensor signals.

2.2. IRU
Page 2-3
Cuvette Table
Slip Ring
IRU_CN2 board
A Cuvettes
IRU Motor
Zero-Position Sensor
（SENSA board） Rotary Encoder
View from A
IRU (Incubation Reaction Unit)

Figure 2.2.2-1

2.2. IRU
Page 2-4
2.3. DTR (Detector Unit)
DTR
2.3.1. Functions
The DTR measures the absorbance that indicates incubation (reaction) process in a cuvette.
The light from the halogen lamp passes through the heat-ray absorbing filter, is condensed by the lens. The
condensed light is transmitted to the cuvette. The light passing through the cuvette hits the mirror which
changes the direction of the light by 90 degrees. The light passes the imaging lens and the grating slot, then
hits the grating mirror. The grating mirror disperses the light and the DTR determines the absorbance with
respect to 12 kinds of wavelength at one time. (Refer to Figure2.3.2-1) While the IRU rotates one cycle, the
DTR measures the absorbance of 90 cuvettes at one time and outputs the result data (90 cuvettes x 12
wavelengths) to the main CPU.
2.3.2. Components of DTR

Halogen Lamp This is a light source used for measuring the absorbance of the reaction mixture.
Grating Mirror Disperses the light passing through a cuvette by employing the mirror giving
different reflection angles with respect to wavelength.
Photodiode Array Receives the lights dispersed by the grating mirror by employing the
Board photodiodes of 12 wavelengths.

2.3. DTR
Page 2-5
DTR
Heat-ray Absorbing Filter Light Source Unit

Halogen
Slit i Condenser
Lamp
Mirror
Imaging Lens Cuvette

Slit g
Photodiode Array Board
A/D conversion
board
Grating Mirror DET_CPU
Board
CNT Board
Power Supply
Unit
DTR (Detector Unit) 1/2

Figure 2.3.2-1

2.3. DTR
Page 2-6
Halogen Lamp
DET_CPU Board
AD_MPX Board
Photodiode
Array Board
Grating Mirror
DTR (Detector Unit) 2/2

Figure 2.3.2-2

2.3. DTR
Page 2-7
2.4. SPT (Sample Pipette Unit)
SPT
2.4.1. Functions
The SPT pipettes a sample, etc. then dispenses it between the ASP, IRU and ISE by employing the SPP. After
the dispense, the nozzle is washed in the SPT trough. After the dispense, its nozzle is washed in the SPT
trough. At initialization time, the nozzle is in the position for washing in the SPT trough.
2.4.2. Components of SPT

SPT_U Motor Stepping motor. Gives up-and-down movement to the nozzle.
SPT_R Motor Stepping motor. Gives horizontal movement to the nozzle.
Nozzle The vertical, horizontal and rotary movement is given by the SPT_U and
SPT_R motors. Pipetting and dispensing is performed by using the SPP.
Rotational Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position for the rotary movement (the
Zero-Position position where the nozzle dispenses a sample onto a cuvette in the IRU).
Sensor
Safety Sensors Photo interrupters. Detect that the nozzle is in the ASP, ASP, trough or ISE by
sensing the slits.
Up Zero-Position Photo interrupter. Detects the up-and-down zero position (up zero position of
Sensor the nozzle.
(CONT'D)

2.4. SPT
Page 2-8
Liquid Level Sensor The nozzle itself functions as a sensor. Detects that the nozzle tip has reached
sample liquid. When the sensor output becomes active, the SPT_U motor stops
and aspiration and dispensation begins.
Contact with sample liquid by the nozzle tip is detected by sensing a sudden
change of capacitance.
Down Limit Sensor Photo interrupter. Normally the gobo of the nozzle rests in the photo interrupter
and the photo interrupter is OFF. When the nozzle tip reaches the bottom of a
sample tube, the gobo of the nozzle is lifted up, resulting that the photo
interrupter goes ON.
This sensor is used for protection of the nozzle. When the sensor output turns
ON, the SPT_U motor stops.
Liquid level detection sensor and

lower limit sensor
Nozzle
SPT_R Motor
SEN2 Board
Safety Sensor
Rotational MOTOR_SEN_CN
（SENSA Board）
Zero-Position Board
Sensor
(above the PCB) Up Zero-Position
Safety Sensor Sensor
(below the PCB) （SENSA Board）
SPT_U Motor
SPT (Sample Pipette Unit)

Figure 2.4.2-1

2.4. SPT
Page 2-9
2.5. RPT1/RPT2 (Reagent Pipette Unit 1 and 2)
RPT2
RPT1
2.5.1. Functions
The RPT pipettes a reagent, etc. from the RCU then dispenses it into a cuvette (IRU) by employing the RPP.
Also, the RPT dispenses purified water for washing a cuvette. After the dispense, the nozzle is washed in the
RPT 1 (or 2) trough. At initialization time, the nozzle is in the position for washing in the SPT trough.
2.5.2. Components of RPT

RPT1_U Stepping motor. There is a U-motor for each of RPT1 and RPT2. Gives
(RPT2_U) Motor up-and-down movement to the nozzle.
RPT1_R Stepping motor. There is a R-motor for each of RPT1 and RPT2. Gives
(RPT2_R) Motor horizontal movement to the nozzle.
Nozzle Each RPT (RPT1 and RPT2) has a nozzle.
The vertical, horizontal and rotary movement is given to RPT1 (RPT2) nozzle
by the RPT1_U (RPT2_U) and RPT1_R (RPT1_R) motors. Pipetting and
dispensing is performed by using the RPP1 (RPP2).
Rotational Photo interrupter. Each RPT (RPT1 and RPT2) has a rotational zero-position
Zero-Position sensor.
Sensor Detects the zero position for the rotary movement (the zero position refers to
the position where the nozzle dispenses reagent onto a IRU cuvette.).
(CONT'D)

2.5. RPT1/RPT2
Page 2-10
Safety Sensors Photo interrupters. Each RPT (RPT1 or RPT2) has two safety sensors.
Detect that the nozzle is in the IRU, RCU or trough by sensing the slits.
Up Zero-Position Photo interrupter. Each RPT (RPT1 or RPT2) has a up zero-position Sensor.
Sensor Detects the up-and-down zero position (up zero position of the nozzle.
Liquid Level Sensor The nozzle itself functions as a sensor. Detects that the nozzle tip has reached
sample liquid. When the sensor output becomes active, the RPT1_U (RPT2_U)
motor stops and pipetting (drawing sample) begins.
Contact with sample liquid by the nozzle tip is detected by sensing a sudden
change of capacitance.
Down Limit Sensor Photo interrupter. Each RPT (RPT1 or RPT2) has a down limit sensor.
Normally the gobo of the nozzle rests in the photo interrupter and the photo
interrupter is OFF. When the nozzle tip reaches the bottom of a reagent bottle,
the gobo of the nozzle is lifted up, resulting that the photo interrupter goes ON.
This sensor is used for protection of the nozzle. When the sensor output turns
ON, the RPT1_U (RPT2_U) motor stops.
Basic structure of the RPT is similar to the SPT. Refer to Figure 2.4.2-1 for the appearance of the RPT.
The difference in part name between the RPT and the SPT is as follows (the same names are used for other
parts.):
RPT SPT
RPT1_U(RPT2_U) motor: SPT_U motor
RPT1_R(RPT2_R) motor: SPT_R motor

2.5. RPT1/RPT2
Page 2-11
2.6. MIX1/MIX2 (Mixing Stirrer Unit 1 and 2)
MIX1
MIX2
2.6.1. Functions
After sample and reagent are dispensed into a cuvette, the paddle-type stirrer comes down into the cuvette and
stirs the content by rotating so that reaction may progress evenly. There are two mixing stirrer units, MIX1
(for reagent 1) and MIX2 (for reagent 2). The stirrer is cleaned with purified water after each use. At
initialization time, the nozzle is in the position for washing in the trough.
2.6.2. Components of MIX1/MIX2

Stirrer Comes down into a cuvette and stirs the reaction mixture in the cuvette evenly.
MIX1_K (MIX2_K) Stepping motor. There is a K-motor for each of MIX and MIX2. Rotates the
Motor stirrer.
MIX1_U (MIX2_U) Stepping motor. There is a U-motor for each of MIX and MIX2. Gives
Motor up-and-down movement to the stirrer.
MIX1_R (MIX2_R) Stepping motor. There is a R-motor for each of MIX and MIX2. Gives
Motor horizontal movement to the stirrer.
Up Zero-Position Photo interrupter. There is a up-down zero-position sensor for each of MIX and
Sensor MIX2. Detects the vertical zero position (up zero position).
Rotational Photo interrupter. There is a Rotational position zero-position sensor for each of
Zero-Position Sensor MIX and MIX2. Detects the zero position for the rotary movement.
Safety Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects that the stirrer is in the trough by sensing the slits.

2.6. MIX1/MIX2
Page 2-12
MIX1_K Motor
(MIX2_KMotor)
Stirrer
MIX1_R Motor Rotational Zero-Position Sensor

(MIX2_R Motor) (above the PCB)
SEN2 Board
Safety Sensor
(below the PCB)
MIX1_U Motor
(MIX2_U Motor)
MOTOR_SEN_CN
Board
Up Zero-Position Sensor
（SENSA Board）
MIX1/MIX2 (Mixing Stirrer Unit 1 and 2)

Figure 2.6.2-1

2.6. MIX1/MIX2
Page 2-13
2.7. WU (Wash Unit)
WU
2.7.1. Functions
The WU Unit comprises 6 supply/drain nozzle pairs (WU1 to WU6), 1 drain nozzle (WU 7) and 1 wipe
nozzle (WU8). The unit drains reaction liquid out of the cuvette at the end of measurement and washes its
inside by dispensing (supplying) wash solution or purified water into the cuvette.
STAGE OPERATION
1 WU1 (2 nozzles) drains reaction liquid ® supplies wash solution or purified water.
2 Space of one cuvette for immersion (by leaving the cuvette filled with wash solution or
purified water)
3 WU2 (2 nozzles) drains wash solution or purified water® supplies purified water
4 WU3 (2 nozzles) drains purified water ® supplies wash solution or purified water
5 Space of one cuvette for immersion (leaving the cuvette filled with wash solution or
purified water)
6 WU4 (2 nozzles) drains wash solution or purified water® supplies purified water
7 WU5 (2 nozzles) drains purified water ® supplies purified water
8 WU6 (2 nozzles) drains purified water ® supplies purified water
9 Space of one cuvette for immersion (water blank measurement+ leaving the cuvette
filled with purified water)
10 WU7 (1 nozzle) drains purified water
11 WU8 (1 nozzle with a wipe tip attached) drains purified water
Each of WU1 to WU7 is equipped with a liquid level sensor which detects remaining wastewater after
drainage to prevent wastewater overflow of the cuvette.

2.7. WU
Page 2-14
2.7.2. Components of WU

Supply Nozzles Six supply nozzles. Installed in the WU1 to WU6. Dispense (supply) wash
solution or purified water into cuvettes while moving upward.
Drain Nozzles Seven drain nozzles. Installed in the WU1 to WU7 . Drain reaction liquid or wash
solution out of cuvettes while moving downward. Also function as electrodes for
remaining liquid detection sensor.
Wipe Nozzle Installed in the WU8. Equipped with a wipe tip at the nozzle end. Wipes and
removes water drops from inside of the cuvette.
WU motor Stepping motor. Gives up-and-down movement to the nozzles.
Up Zero-Position Photo interrupter. Detects the up-and-down zero position (up zero position).
Sensor
Remaining liquid Detect remaining liquid in the cuvette in the WU (WU1 to WU7) after draining the
detection sensor. cuvette. Detection of remaining liquid is conducted by monitoring capacitance of
drain nozzle equipped in WU 1 to 7.
WU_SEN Board
Drain Nozzle Supply Nozzle
Wipe Nozzle
WU_CN Board
（SENSA Board）
WU Motor
WU (Wash Unit)
Figure 2.7.2-1

2.7. WU
Page 2-15
2.8. ASP (Auto Sampler Unit)
ASP
2.8.1. Functions
The ASP holds 72 tubes of samples (general samples, emergency samples), and 20 sample cups (general
samples, ISE wash solution). It rotates its sample tray to bring a requested sample tube to the SPT-pipetting
spot. Sample position numbers are marked on the sample tray and the SPT starts to pipette samples from the
sample tube mounted in sample position No.1.
The zero-position of the sample tray refers to the state where position number "27" are in pipetting spot of
sample pipette. When the measurement starts, the sample tray rotates tube by tube clockwise and the bar cord
reader reads the bar cord on the tube mounted in the sample position No.1.
Generally during operation, the sample tray rotates tube by tube, but when it becomes necessary to recheck a
sample, it brings the wanted tube to the SPT-dispensing spot.

2.8. ASP
Page 2-16
2.8.2. Components of ASP

General Sample Tray Detachable from the ASP. Holds up to 72 tubes of samples (general and
emergency samples, 36 tubes on the middle circumference plus 36 tubes on the
outer circumference). Since the BCR is installed outside the ASP, sample tubes
must be placed in the sample tray with their barcode labels faced outwards so that
the BCR can read them.
Standard Sample Detachable from the ASP. Holds up to 20 sample cups (20 cups of standard
Tray samples ISE wash solution on the inner circumference). BCR reading is
unavailable.
Lid Sensors Hall sensors. Detect the opening and closing state of the ASP lids. Attached to the
lid for general samples and the lid for emergency samples (2 places).
Cooling Case It is in an ASP central part and a standard sample is stored.
Peltier Modules Two peltier modules are used to keep the temperature below 10°C inside the
cooling case. The peltier modules are cooled by fans.
Peltier Module Two cooling fans for peltier two modules (one per peltier module). Detect the
Cooling Fans stopped rotational movement.
Temperature Sensor Monitors the temperature inside the cooling case. According to this temperature
information, activates the peltier modules and keeps the temperature below 10°C
inside the ASP.
ASP Motor Stepping motor. Rotates the sample tray, and brings a requested sample tube
(general sample) or requested sample cub (standard sample) to the SPT-pipetting
spot.
Zero-Position Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position of the sample tray rotation. (The
Sensor zero-position of the sample tray refers to the state where position number "27"
are in pipetting spot of sample pipette..)
Bar Code Reader Identifies samples by reading bar code labels attached to the sample tubes.
(BCR)

2.8. ASP
Page 2-17
Lid Sensor for General
Samples
Bar Code Reader Standard Sample Tray
General Sample Tray
Lid Sensor for Emergency

Samples
ASP (Auto Sampler Unit)

Figure 2.8.2-1

2.8. ASP
Page 2-18
2.9. RCU (Reagent Container Unit)
RCU
2.9.1. Functions
The RCU holds up to 60 reagent bottles and rotates its turntable to bring a requested reagent bottle to the RPT
pipetting spot.
At the initialization time after power-on, the bar code is automatically identified and the reagent tray rotates to
the zero position where the reagent position No.1 comes to the RPT1 pipetting spot. The data read by the bar
code reader is transmitted to the control unit where the position and information about the reagent is
memorized.
The RCU is cooled by the peltier modules and reagents inside are kept at the temperature 8 to 15°C.

2.9. RCU
Page 2-19
2.9.2. Components of RCU

Reagent Tray Detachable from the RCU. Holds up to 60 reagent bottles. 20 / 40 / 50 / 70 /
100mL bottles types are available on the inner circumference and 20 mL bottle
type is available on the outer circumference. You can put up to 30 bottles for each
circumference.
Since the B1CR is installed outside the RCU, reagent bottles must be placed on
the reagent tray with their barcode labels faced outwards so that the BCR can read
them.
Lid Sensor Hall sensor. Detects the opening and closing state of the RCU lid.
Peltier Modules Four peltier modules are used to keep the temperature 8 to 15°C inside the RCU.
The peltier modules are cooled by fans.
Peltier Module Four cooling fans for peltier four modules (one per peltier module). Detect the
Cooling Fans stopped rotational movement.
Temperature Sensor Monitors the temperature inside the RCU. According to this temperature
information, activates the peltier modules and keeps the temperature 8 to 15°C
inside the RCU.
Heater Window defog heater. Defogs the BCR reading window glass.
Thermostat Prevents the above defog heater from overheat. Used by being connected to the
defog heater, and stops power supply if the temperature reaches 75°C.
RCU motor Stepping motor. Rotates the reagent tray, and brings a requested reagent bottle to
the RPT1(RPT2)-pipetting spot.
Zero-Position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position of the reagent tray rotation. (The
zero-position of the reagent tray refers to the state where the reagent position
No.1 comes to the RPT1 pipetting spot.)
Bar Code Reader Identifies reagents by reading bar code labels attached to each reagent bottles.
(BCR)

2.9. RCU
Page 2-20
Heater
Bar Code Reader
Thermostat
RCU_DRV Board
RCU (Reagent Container Unit)

Figure 2.9.2-1

2.9. RCU
Page 2-21
2.10. SPP (Sample Pump Unit)
SPP (Wash)
Clot Detection Sensor
SPP (Sample)
2.10.1. Functions
The SPP consists of a sample syringe and a wash syringe.
The SPP pipettes and dispenses sample or purified water by moving the plungers up and down. Since a motor
is installed for each of the sample syringe and the wash syringe, each syringe operates independently.
2.10.2. Components of SPP

Plungers Two plungers are provided; one is for the sample syringe, and the other for the
wash syringe. Each syringe moves up and down independently with its own
motor.
SPP Motors Stepping motors. Two SPP motors are provided; one is for the sample syringe,
and the other for the wash syringe. Each motor gives up-and-down movement to
a plunger.
Up Zero-Position Photo interrupters. Two sensor are provided; one is for the sample syringe, and
Sensors the other for the wash syringe. Detect the upward zero-position of a plunger.
Syringes Two syringes (one is a sample syringe and the other is a wash syringe).
SPP-EV Solenoid Incorporated into the sample syringe. Piping as follows:
Valve COM: Wash syringe
NO: Sub-tank R
NC: Sample syringe
Clot Detection Detect nozzle clot level with pressure sensor.
Sensor

2.10. SPP
Page 2-22
SPP-EV
Solenoid
Valve
Syringe
Up
Zero-Position
Sensor SPP Motor
（SENSA Board）
Plunger
SPP (Sample)
Up Zero-Position
Sensor
（SENSA Board）
Syringe
Plunger SPP Motor
SPP (Wash)
Clot Detection
Sensor
SPP (Sample Pump Unit)

Figure 2.10.2-1

2.10. SPP
Page 2-23
2.11. RPP (Reagent Pump Unit)
RPP
2.11.1. Functions
The RPP consists of the RPP1 for reagent 1 and the RPP2 for reagent 2.
The RPP pipettes or dispenses reagent or purified water by moving the plungers up and down.
Since a motor is installed for each of the reagent syringe and the wash syringe, each syringe operates
independently.
2.11.2. Components of RPP

Plungers A total of four plungers (two plungers per RPP, one for the reagent syringe and
the other for the wash syringe). Each syringe moves up and down independently
with its own motor.
SPP Motors Stepping motors. Total of four motors (two motors per RPP; one is for the
reagent syringe and the other for the wash syringe). Each motor gives
up-and-down movement to a plunger.
Up Zero-Position Photo interrupter. Total of four sensors (two sensors per RPP, one is for the
Sensors reagent syringe and the other for the wash syringe). Detect the upward
zero-position of a plunger.
Syringes Total of four syringes (two syringes per RPP; one is for the reagent syringe and
the other for the wash syringe).
RPP-EV Solenoid Two RPP-EV solenoid valves in total are used. One is incorporated into the wash
Valves syringe of the RPP1 and the other is into the wash syringe of RPP2. Piping as
follows: .
COM: Wash syringe
NO: Sub-tank L
NC: Reagent syringe

2.11. RPP
Page 2-24
RPP Motor
SPP-EV
Solenoid Valve
Up Zero-Position
Sensor
(SENSA Board)
Syringe
Plunger
ＲＰＰ Reagent syringe section ＲＰＰ Wash Syringe section
RPP (Reagent Pump Unit)

Figure 2.11.2-1

2.11. RPP
Page 2-25
2.12. WPP (Wash Pump Unit)
WPP
2.12.1. Functions
The WPP consists of six syringe pumps which dispense wash solution or purified water (System 2) or purified
water (System 4) into cuvettes.

2.12. WPP
Page 2-26
2.12.2. Components of WPP

Syringe Pumps Six pumps which pipette (aspirate) and dispense wash solution or purified water
by moving the plungers up and down, and are connected to the dispensing nozzles
of the WU (cuvette wash unit). Supply wash solution or purified water to WU1
and WU3, and purified water to WU2, WU4, WU5 and WU6.
WPP Motor Gives up-and-down movement to the plungers of the syringe pumps so that the
pumps can pipette or dispense wash solution or purified water. These plungers are
coupled and work simultaneously.
Solenoid Valves Eight solenoid valves are used in total including six valves connected to the WU1
to WU 6 syringe and two valves connected to the WU1 and WU3 syringes. The
former six valves switch between the nozzle side and the solution liquid supply
side (wash solution or purified water) to enable the pumps to pipette or dispense
wash solution used to clean cuvettes. The latter two valves connected to the WU1
and WU3 syringes switch between wash solution and purified water to supply the
WU1 and WU3. The piping is a s follows:
The valves coupled to each syringe:
COM: Syringe
NO: Sub-tank R
(As for the valves for the WU1 and WU3, COM shown below *.)
NC: Nozzle
The valves coupled to the syringes for the WU1 and WU3:
COM: NO of the valves for WU1, WU3 (*)
NO: Wash solution tank (external)
NC: Sub-tank R
Up Zero-Position Photo interrupter. Detects the upward zero-position of plungers ( The pumps
Sensor begin to pipette wash solution or purified water from this position).

2.12. WPP
Page 2-27
WU Supply Nozzles
Wash 1
NO
(from external tank)
NC NO COM
WU1 COM NC
NC NO
Wash 2
WU2 COM NO
(from external tank)
NC NO COM
WU3 COM NC
NC NO
)
WU4 COM
NC NO
WU5 COM
NC NO
WU6 COM
WPP Syringe Pump
Purified Water
Sub-tank R (from SWU)
NC NO
: Solenoid Valves (3-way)
COM
WPP (Wash Pump Unit) 1/2

Figure 2.12.2-1

2.12. WPP
Page 2-28
Solenoid Valve
Syringe Pump
(SENSA Board)
WPP_CN Board
WPP Motor
WPP (Wash Pump Unit) 2/2

Figure 2.12.2-2

2.12. WPP
Page 2-29
2.13. SWU (Supply Water Unit)
SWU2
SWU1-1
SWU1-2
SWU3
2.13.1. Functions
The SWU consists of SWU 1, SWU2 and SWU3. It controls the supply of purified water from the purified
water generator to the Sub-tanks R/L (SWU1-1), from the Sub-tank R to the SPT/MIX1/MIX2 troughs
(SWU2) and from the Sub-tank L to the RPT1/RPT2 troughs (SWU3). It also drains wastewater from the WU
and trough chamber (SWU1-2).

2.13. SWU
Page 2-30
2.13.2. Components of SWU

Drain Pumps for WU Eight diaphragm pumps built in the SWU1-2. Connected to drain nozzles of the
WU1to WU8 via mesh filters. Drain liquid (reaction liquids or wash solutions)
from cuvettes.
SWU Chambers Two SWU chambers built in the SWU1-2: SWU chamber for high-concentrated
wastewater from WU1/WU2 and SWU Chamber for low-concentrated wastewater
from the WU3 to WU8. The SWU chambers collect wastewater.
Solenoid Valves for Two 2-way solenoid valves built in the SWU1-1. Control the supply of purified
Purified Water water from the purified water generator to the sub-tanks R/L.
Supply Control
Supply Pumps for Five diaphragm pumps are provided. The pumps for the SPT, MIX1 and MIX2
Troughs troughs are built in the SWU2 and they are connected to the sub-tank R. The
pumps for RPT1 and RPT 2 troughs are built in the SWU3 and are connected to
the sub-tank L. Supply purified water to troughs respectively.
Check Valves Five check valves are provided (each valve between each supply pump for trough
and each trough). The check valves prevent reverse flow of purified water
supplied to each trough. The check valves for SPT, MIX1 and MIX2 are built in
the SWU2, the check valves for RPT1 and RPT2 troughs are built in the SWU3.
Mesh Filters Seven mesh filters are provided between the drain nozzles (WU１ to WU7) and
drain pumps for WU respectively. Remove extraneous particles from wastewater
from the WU１ to WU7.

2.13. SWU
Page 2-31
SWU1-1
Purified Water
Generator
Overflow
MIX2
Sub-tank Sub-tank
Trough
L R
Drain Pump
RPT1 MIX1 for Trough
Trough Trough SWU2
SWU3 RPT2 SPT Drain Pump
Trough Trough for WU
SWU1-2
SWU Chamber 2
Supply Pump for
WU1
Trough
WU2
WU3
SWU Chamber 1
WU4
WU5
RCU ASP
WU6
WU7
Trough Chamber WU8
20L
Drainage Drainage High Drainage

: Diaphragm Pump Conc.
: Solenoid Valve (2-way)

: Mesh Filter
: Check Valve
Piping Diagram for SWU (Supply Water Unit)

Figure 2.13.2-1

2.13. SWU
Page 2-32
SWU Chamber
SWU_DRV Board
Drain Pump for WU (x 8)

Solenoid Valve for
Purified Water Supply
Control
SWU1
Supply Pump
for Trough (x 3)
Supply Pump for

Trough (x 2)
SWU2 SWU3
SWU (Supply Water Unit)

Figure 2.13.2-2

2.13. SWU
Page 2-33
2.14. TR (Trough Unit)
MIX2 Trough
RPT2 Trough
RPT1 Trough
Trough Chamber
MIX1 Trough
SPT Trough
2.14.1. Functions
The TR consists of five troughs and one trough chamber.
Trough:
(1) drains unused dummy water from inside the SPT and RPT1/2 nozzles,
(2) drains wash solutions from inside the SPT and RPT1/2 nozzles,
(3) drains purified water used for cleaning the outside of the SPT, RPT1/2 and PT nozzles and the MIX1/2
stirrers.
Trough chamber:
(1) stores all above-mentioned wastewater,
(2) stores dew condensation water forming inside the ASP and RCU.
All wastewater stored in the trough chamber is sent to the drainage equipment.
2.14.2. Components of Trough

Troughs Total of five toughs (one for the SPT, RPT1, RPT2, MIX1, MIX2 respectively).
Installed in a moving range (route) of each nozzle or stirrer. The outside of the
SPT, RPT1, RPT2 nozzles can be cleaned with purified water without lowering the
nozzles.
Trough Chamber Stores wastewater from PT, MIX troughs and dew condensation water from the
RCU and ASP, and sends them to external tanks. Detects the liquid level by using
its float sensor.

2.14. TR
Page 2-34
Stirrer Washing Bath
PT Nozzle Washing Bath
Stirrer Draining Bath
Drain Outlet Purified Water Inlet

Purified Water Inlet Drain Outlet
Trough for RPT1/RPT2/SPT Trough for MIX1/MIX2
Level Sensor
to RPT1 Trough to SPT Trough
to MIX1 Trough
to ASP Trough
to RPT2
to RCU Trough
to MIX2
Trough Chamber
TR (Trough Unit)
Figure 2.14.2-1

2.14. TR
Page 2-35
2.15. ST (Sub-Tank)
Sub-Tank R
Drain
Overflow Drainage Line
Sub-Tank L
2.15.1. Functions
The ST consists of Sub-tank R and Sub-tank L.
Sub-tank R stores purified water to be supplied to the SPP, WPP and the troughs for the SPT, MIX1 and
MIX2.
Sub-tank L stores purified water to be supplied to the RPP1, RPP2 and the troughs for the , RPT1 and RPT2.
2.15.2. Components of Sub-Tanks R/L

Tanks Used to store purified water. Tank capacity: 655ml (Detected high level capacity)
Tank Full Sensors/ Float sensors. Detect tank full or empty by sensing up-and-down movement of
Tank Empty Sensors floats.
Tank Detection Limit switches.
Sensors
When a tank is not installed: Switch is OFF.
Drains Used to drain water in case of overflow.

2.15. ST
Page 2-36
Tank
Tank Full/Empty Sensor
Drain
Tank Detection Sensor
ST (Sub-Tank)
Figure 2.15.2-1

2.15. ST
Page 2-37
2.16. ISE (Ion Selectable Electrode) (Optional)
ISE
2.16.1. Functions
The ISE is installed on the right side of the analyzer and is used to determines the concentration of electrolytes
(sodium, potassium, chloride) contained in serum, blood plasma or urine using ion electrodes.
As measurement, a sample is supplied by the SPT and automatically diluted by the ISE. When the
measurement is complete, the ISE reports the measurement results to the control unit via RS232C.

2.16. ISE
Page 2-38
2.16.2. Components of ISE

Ion Electrodes Four electrodes (Na+, K+, Cl- and Reference). Measure ion concentration
Pumps Two pumps. Controlled by the ISE module. Send and drain liquid including
Calibrant A/B, samples, buffer solutions, wash solutions.
ISE Module Connected to ASP via RS232C.
Controls the operation of the pump, measures signals from the ion electrodes and
send the measurement results.
ISE Liquids Four types of liquids are used for the ISE. Note that they are installed in different
units.
Sample: Ion concentration contained such as Na+ is measured by the
ISE.
Diluted Sample: A urine sample diluted by a urine diluent. The diluted
sample is dispensed as ISE sample.
Calibrant A: Calibrant A is sealed in a special bag to be installed in the
ISE. The Calibrant A is dispensed according to the
instruction from the above-mentioned pump. Also, it is
dispensed automatically every 30 minutes to prevent the
electrodes from drying.
Calibrant B: Calibrant B is used together with Calibrant A. It is installed
in the ASP and dispensed to the ISE by the SPT. Two
measurements are conducted per calibration.
ISE Wash A detergent specially used to clean the ISE. Like Calibrant
Solution: B, it is installed in the ASP and dispensed to the ISE by the
SPT.
Diluent: A diluent specially used to dilute a urine sample. It is
installed in the RCU. The RPT dispenses it into a IRU
cuvette where it is mixed with a urine sample, then the SPT
dispenses it into the ISE.

2.16. ISE
Page 2-39
2.17. Chassis Unit
2.17.1. Functions
The chassis unit:
(1) houses all the above-mentioned main units and the PC boards and power supply unit which are not
installed in these units,
(2) prevents foreign particles, dust, etc. from entering into the analyzer,
(3) discharges heat generated inside the analyzer,
(4) prevents unwanted outside light which is harmful to the measurement,
(5) protects human body from the moving part of the analyzer.
(6) and prevents leak of the laser used in the measurement.
2.17.2. Components of Chassis Unit

Main Chassis Vertically three layer structure (top/middle/bottom). All the above-mentioned
main units and the PC boards and power supply unit which are not installed in
these units are attached to this main chassis.
Mosaic Panels Six mosaic panels per set (analyzer). The mosaic panels separate top from middle
of the main chassis. Made of resin material.
Covers Protect the outer side of the analyzer. Most covers are usually not necessary to
open and tightly screwed down. Following is the covers which can be easily
opened.
DTR Cover: To be opened for replacement of DTR lamp.
ISE Cover: To be opened for replacement of ISE Calibrant A.
Top Cover: To be opened for installment/replacement of samples and

reagents. Since this is a polyvinyl chloride cover , visual
check of inside with the top cover closed is possible.
LED (three places) Display the current status (two places).
LED Left (Orange): gets illuminated when the main power is ON.
LED Right (Green): turns OFF when the analyzer is in SLEEP mode. (When
this LED is lighted, the measurement is available.)
LED (Green) displaying emergency sample replacement timing (one place)
ISE Cover Sensor Hall sensor. Detects the presence of the ISE cover.
Cooling Fans Cool the inside of the chassis. Have a function to detect the stop of rotation.
Filters Prevent foreign particles, dust, etc. from entering into the analyzer.

2.17. Chassis Unit
Page 2-40
Top Cover
Emergency Sample
Replacement Timing LED
(Green)
ISE Cover
LED Left (Orange)
LED Right (Green)
Chassis Unit
Figure 2.17.2-1

2.17. Chassis Unit
Page 2-41
2.18. External Tanks and External Tank Sensors (Optional)
2.18.1. Functions
The external tanks are used to store purified water and wash solutions to be used in the analyzer and also store
wastewater discharged from the analyzer. The amount of liquid stored in these tanks is monitored by external
tank sensors and this information is transmitted to the analyzer's main unit via the SWU's external tank sensor
I/F.
2.18.2. Components of External Tanks and External Tank Sensors

Tanks Wash Solution A Tank (5L) For cleaning cuvettes (No tank rack)
Wash Solution B Tank (5L) For cleaning cuvettes (No tank rack)
Tank (Optional) Purified Water Tank (20L)
High-Concentrated Wastewater (20L)
Wash Solution Tank Rack to install wash solutions tanks (see above). Equipped with liquid level
Rack sensors.
(Optional)
Wash Solution Liquid Photo interrupters (Transmissive)
Level Sensors It is set at the bottom of the tank (outside the tank) and it monitors the remaining
(Optional) amount and reports the result to the main analyzer.
ON: 300mL or more
OFF: 300mL or less (approx. 150 tests)
Purified Water Liquid Float sensor
Level Sensor It is inserted in a purified water tank and it monitors the remaining amount and
(Optional) reports the result to the main analyzer.
ON: 4L or more
OFF: 4L or less (approx. 25 tests)
Wastewater Liquid It is inserted in a high-concentrated wastewater tank and it monitors the quantity of
Level Sensors wastewater and reports the result to the main analyzer.
(Optional) Type: float sensor
ON: 18L or more(approx. 200 tests)
OFF: 18L or less

2.18. External Tanks and External Tank Sensors
Page 2-42
Chapter 3
PC Boards and Power Supply Unit
3.1. General
This chapter explains the functions of every PC board used in the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer.
SEE ALSO:
Ap p end ix D "Wiring Diagr ams" Electrical co nnectio ns o f P C board s, sensors,
mo to rs, etc.
Ap p end ix F " Senso r List" Summarizes the functio n o f each sensor.
3.2. Functions of PC Boards

The following table lists PC boards in alphabetic order and summarizes their functions.
For detailed locations of the PC boards, refer to Chapter 2. For detailed locations of the PC boards
mounted in the chassis unit, see Figure 3.2-1.
FUNCTIONS OF P C BOARDS
P CB I MP LEMENTED FUNCTIONS/DEVICES LOCAT ION

AC_FLT - AC line filter. Removes noise on AC line. PSU
25P3518
AD_MPX - Amplifies light-receiving signals by electronic volume value DTR
25P3515 set at each wavelength, and converts them from analog to
digital.
ASP_DRV - Drives the peltier elements and stepping motor. ASP
25P3503 - Relays temperature sensor signals and BCR signals.
- Relays sensor signals to the RCU.
- Turns on the Run/Sleep LEDs of the analyzer.
- Turns on the LED for emergency samples.
CN_IBM - Relays signals to the CNT-IBM board and each board CNU
25P3525 mounted in the analyzer.
- Sensor signals of the sub-tank L are inputted.
CNT_IBM - Controls the operation of the analyzer according to commands CNU
25P3521 from the user interface PC connected with Ethernet and
makes measurements.
Transmits measurement results to the user interface PC.
The CF card is mounted.
DET_CPU - Controls the operation of the detector. DTR
25P3514 - Transmits measurement data to the control unit.
PD_AMP1 - Converts and amplifies photocurrent of the PD-AMP1 board DTR
25P3516 into voltage.
(CONT'D)
Chapter 3 PC Boards and Power Supply Unit

3.1. General / 3.2.Functions of PC Boards
Page 3-1
PCB IMPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS/DEVICES LOCATION
PD_AMP2 - Receives light by photodiode array. DTR
25P3517
IRU_CN1 - Converts sensor signals of units Chassis Unit
25P3510 (SPT,RPT1/2,MIX1/2,WU,IRU) on RTB from
parallel to serial and transmits them to the control unit.
- Detects overflow of the waste chamber.
IRU_CN2 - Relays power for driving the IRU heaters. IRU
25P3511 - Transmits temperature sensor data to the control unit.
IRU_DRV - Drives stepping motor of units (SPT, Chassis Unit
25P3509 RPT1/2,MIX1/2,WU,IRU) on RTB.
- Outputs power for driving the IRU heaters.
- Relays communication between the IRU and the control
unit.
LLED - Light-emitting board to detect the liquid amount of an External tank sensor
25P3142 external tank. (Optional)
LLRD - Light-receiving board to detect the liquid amount in External tank sensor
25P3141 external tank. (Optional)
MOTOR_SEN_CN Relays driving signals for MIX1/2. SPT, RPT1/2 MIX1, MIX2, RPT1,
25P3513 stepping motors. RPT2, SPT
- Relays sensor signals of MIX1/2, SPT, RPT1/2.
POWER_CN - Relays power supply for power supply fans and sensor PSU
25P3520 signals.
- Controls voltage of halogen lamp.
RCU_DRV - Drives peltier elements and stepping motor. RCU
25P3502 - Relays temperature sensor signals and BCR sensors.
- Converts RCU and ASP sensor signals from parallel to
serial and transmits them to the control unit.
- Relays signals for ASP.
SEN_LL/DL - Detects liquid level and down limit of reagent or RPT1, RPT2, SPT
25P3523 sample.
SEN2 - Detects location with photo interrupter. Two circuits MIX1, MIX2, RPT1,
25P3225 in one board. RPT2, SPT
SENSA - Detects the location with photo interrupters. ASP, IRU, MIX1,
25P3207 MIX2, RCU, RPP1,
RPP2, RPT1, RPT2,
SPP, SPT, WPP, WU
SWU_DRV1 - Drives wastewater pumps. SWU1-2
25P3506
(CONT'D)

3.2.Functions of PC Boards
Page 3-2
PCB IMPLEMENTED FUNCTIONS/DEVICES LOCATION
SWU_DRV2 - Outputs pump driving signals to the SWU1-2. Chassis Unit
25P3505 - Outputs solenoid valve driving signals or pump driving
signals to the WPP.
- Drives the trough pumps of the MIX and SPT.
- Drives the solenoid valve and stepping motor of the
SPP.
- Drives the solenoid valves for the SWU1-1.
- Converts sensor signals of the SWU1, SPP, WPP,
sub-tank R to parallel/serial signals, and transmits to the
control unit.
SWU_DRV3 - Drives trough pumps of the RPT1 and RPT2. Chassis Unit
25P3507 - Drives the solenoid valves and stepping motors of the
RPP１ and RPP2.
- Transmits sensor signals to the control unit.
TSP - Detects the temperature. ASP, IRU, RCU
25P2015
WPP_CN - Relays signals to the solenoid valves and the stepping WPP
25P3508 motor of the WPP and sensor signals.
WU_CN - Relays WU sensor signals. WU
25P3527
WU_SEN - Detects remaining liquid in cuvettes with WU nozzle. WU
25P3512
PRE_SEN - Detects SPT clot level. SPP
25P3536
PRE_SEN_CN - Connects SPT stepping motor signal and sensor signal. SPPW
25P3535

Page 3-3
SWU_DRV3 Board
CN_IBM Board
CNT_IBM Board
SWU_DRV2 Board
IRU_CN1 Board
IRU_DRV Board
LOCATIONS OF PC BOARDS MOUNTED IN CHASSIS UNIT

Figure 3.2-1

Page 3-4
T he fo llo wing d iagr am sho ws the hierarchy o f majo r circuit bo ard s.
to Host
PC
Computer
　　LAN Cable
CNT_IBN Main Unit
CN_IBN
IRU_DRV IRU_CN1 RCU_DRV BCR
PRE_SEN ASP_DRV BCR
PRE_SEN_CN ISE
DET_CPU
MOT_SEN_CN
(SPT)
AD_MPX
MOT_SEN_CN
(RPT1)
PD_AMP2
MOT_SEN_CN
(RPT2)
PD_AMP1
MOT_SEN_CN
(MIX1)
SWU_DRV3
MOT_SEN_CN
(MIX2)
IRU_CN2 WU_CN
SWU_DRV2 WU_SEN
WPP_CN
SWU_DRV2
Hierarchy o f Major P C Bo ard s

Figure 3.2 -2

Page 3-5
3.3. Power Supply Unit
Power Supply Unit
PERSPECTIVE VIEW OF POWER SUPPLY UNIT

Figure 3.3-1
3.3.1. Functions
AC power is supplied to the internal power supply pack via the noise filter and power switch.
The power supply pack converts the AC power to required DC power (5V, 12V or 24V) and supply it to
each unit. AC power input range is 100V to 240V to meet voltage of the country where the analyzer is
used.
When the power switch is turned on, only power (12V) for the RCU/ASP peltier elements and for the ISE
and power (5V) for the control unit are supplied. When operational software starts up by the control unit,
power (24V) for the motors and heaters and power (12V) for the halogen lamp are supplied.
POWER SLEEP *1 RUN *2

Power for Peltier Element (12V) ON ON
Power for Control Unit (5V) ON ON
Power for ISE (12V) ON ON
Power for Motors/Heaters etc. (24V) OFF ON
Power for Halogen Lamp (12V) OFF ON
*1： When the power switch is ON.
*2： When the operational software starts up.

Page 3-6
3.3.2. Components of Power Supply Unit
COMPONENT FUNCTION
AC Power Switch ON/OFF Switch (100V to 240V AC）
Fuse Holder Houses over current protection fuse for safety.
Inlet Socket To be connected with the AC power cord.
Noise Filter Protects against noise into/from the analyzer through AC line.
Power supply pack Converts AC power externally supplied to DC power required for the each unit.
Contains the following three power supply:
1. For control unit （5V）
2. For motors, heaters, solenoid valves, pumps （24V）
For ISE, ASP peltier elements, RCU peltier elements （12V）
3. For halogen lamp （12V）
Power Supply Cool the power supply unit. Drive voltage is 12V DC. With function to detect
Cooling Fanｓ stopped fan.
24V/12V Power Supply
5V Power Supply
- POWER_CN Board (above)

- Power Supply for halogen
lamp (below）
Noise Filter
AC Power Switch
Fuse Holder
Inlet Socket
POWER SUPPLY UNIT

Figure 3.3.2-1

Page 3-7
THIS P AGE IS
I NTENTIONALLY
LEFT B LANK.
Page 3-8
Chapter 4
Unpacking and Installation
4.1. Installation Site
4.1.1. Required Space
Dimensions of the analyzer: 970 (w) x 690mm (d) x 582mm (h)

The height of the adjustment bolts, which are located at
the bottom of the analyzer, is not included.
Mass: 150 kg (Max)
On the right side of the analyzer there will be external tanks placed and on the left side there will be PC
placed for user interface. The required space next to the analyzer is 30 cm on the right and 30 cm plus
operation unit and the clearance on the left. In case of installing a printer on the left side of the analyzer,
extra 40 cm will be required.
Create space behind the analyzer more than 15 cm for air circulation. (See Figure 4.2.5-2.)
4.1.2. Environmental Condition
- Ambient temperature range shall be 15 to 30°C and humidity range shall be 45 to 85% without
condensing.
- Do not expose the analyzer to direct sunlight or water splash.
- Install the analyzer in a place where there is no dust or vibration.
- Do not expose the analyzer to direct heat or cool air from air conditioner, etc.
- Avoid areas that are adversely affected by atmospheric pressure, temperature, humidity, ventilation,
- Do not install the analyzer at a place adjacent to the storage room of chemicals or a place where any gas is
4.1.3. Power Requirements
AC 100 to 120V 50/60Hz，9A(Max.) or

AC 200 to 240V 50/60Hz，4.5A(Max.)
4.1.4. User Interface PC with CRT Monitor and Printer (To be prepared locally)
- Supply Voltage: Refer to the operating manual for your PC, CRT Monitor and Printer.
- Power Consumption: Refer to the operating manual for your PCP, CRT Monitor and Printer.
Chapter 4 Unpacking and Installation

4.1. Installation Site
Page 4-1
4.2. Unpacking and Installation
4.2.1. Unpacking
(1) Cut the plastic bands.
Figure 4.2.1-1
(2) Lift the top lid of the package.
Figure 4.2.1-2
Page 4-2
(3) Lift and remove the top cushions.
Figure 4.2.1-3
(4) Remove the bolts (bolt head size: 19mm) from the left and right sides of the package..
(There are a total of four bolts, two bolts at each side, right and left.)
BOLT
Figure 4.2.1-4
Page 4-3
(5) Lift and remove the sidewall. Also remove the vinyl cover from the analyzer.
Figure 4.2.1-5
Page 4-4
4.2.2. Installation
(1) Four or more persons are required to lift and carry the analyzer from the palette and place it in an
installation place. Make sure that each person should hold each of the both side handles located at the
analyzer's bottom by both hands, then lift and carry the analyzer carefully. Since the analyzer weighs
150kg, place it on the solid bench.
How to hold the handles

Figure 4.2.2-1
Installation to the place

Figure 4.2.2-2
Page 4-5
(2) Remove the handles from the sides of the analyzer by removing the bolts with spanner (size 24mm).
REMOVE HANDLES
Figure 4.2.2-3
Page 4-6
4.2.3. Detaching Unit Protection Plates (Holding Plates)
The SPT, RPT1, RPT2, MIX1, MIX2 and WU units are fixed with holding plates to avoid damage during
transportation. Follow the procedure below to remove the holding plates for transportation use.
RPT2
MIX2
RPT1
IRU WU
SPT
MIX1
HOLDING PLATES (INSTALLED IN ANALYZER)

Figure 4.2.3-1
Page 4-7
(1) Detach SPT holding plate.
Remove the SPT holding plate by removing the two screws (M3).
Screw
SPT Holding Plate
DETACH SPT HOLDING PLATE

Figure 4.2.3-2
(2) Detach MIX1 holding plate.
Remove the MIX1 holding plate by removing the two screws (M3).
Screw
MIX1 Holding Plate
DETACH MIX1 HOLDING PLATE

Figure 4.2.3-3
Page 4-8
(3) Detach RPT1 holding plate.
Remove the RPT1 holding plate by removing the two screws (M3).
RPT1 Holding Plate
Screw
DETACH RPT1 HOLDING PLATE

Figure 4.2.3-4
(4) Detach RPT2 holding plate.
Remove the RPT2 holding plate by removing the two screws (M3).
Screw
RPT2 Holding Plate
DETACH RPT2 HOLDING PLATE

Figure 4.2.3-5
Page 4-9
(5) Detach MIX2 holding plate.
Remove the MIX2 holding plate by removing the two screws (M3).
Screw
MIX2 Holding Plate
DETACH MIX2 HOLDING PLATE

Figure 4.2.3-6
(6) Detach WU holding plate.
Remove the WU holding plate by removing the one screws (M3).
Screw
WU Holding Plate
DETACH WU HOLDING PLATE

Figure 4.2.3-7
Page 4-10
(7) Detach IRU holding plate.
Remove the IRU holding plate by removing the two screws (M3).
Screw
IRU Holding Plate
DETACH IRU HOLDING PLATE

Figure 4.2.3-8
(8) Holding plates
The removed holding plates are shown below.
- RPT1 Holding Plate

- RPT2 Holding Plate
- WU Holding Plate
- SPT Holding Plate
- MIX1 Unit Holding Plate
- MIX2 Unit Holding Plate
- IRU Holding Plate
Page 4-11
4.2.4. Remove Cuvette Cover
During transportation the cuvettes in the IRU are topped with a cuvette cover (vinyl plate) to prevent dust
from entering the unit. When the analyzer is installed, it is necessary to remove the cuvette cover from the
IRU.
Remove the mosaic plate by removing the two screws (M3). Remove the white tape (several places) and
then remove the cuvette cover. Install the mosaic plate to its original position.
Cuvette Cover
Mosaic Plate
(In a removed state)
REMOVE CUVETTE COVER

Figure 4.2.4-1
Page 4-12
4.2.5. Adjusting the height of the analyzer
Adjust the height adjustment bolts which needs to adjust to the level within the range from 38mm to 42mm.
40+/-2 mm
LEVEL ADJUSTMENT
Figure 4.2.5-1
690 150
Space
REQUIRED SPACE
Figure 4.2.5-2
Note: For ventilation, 150mm or more space is required.
Page 4-13
4.2.6. Signal Cable Connection
At completion of analyzer installation, connect the analyzer to the PC and printer, and the tubes to the
external tanks.
Printer
RS232C 10/100 Base-T

(Cross) (Cross)
Clinical Tanks
Host Computer
Chemistry
PC as User Interface Analyzer
CABLE CONNECTION
Figure 4.2.6-1
A. Analyzer (Left Side)
Ethernet Cable for User

Interface PC
Power Cable Power Switch
ANALYZER (LEFT SIDE)

Figure 4.2.6-2
Page 4-14
B. Analyzer (Right Side)
Wastewater Wastewater
(Low Concentration) (High Concentration) Purified Water Overflow
ISE Wastewater Wash Solution 2 Wash Solution 1

(High Concentration)
ANALYZER (RIGHT SIDE)

Figure 4.2.6-3
C. PC (To be prepared locally. The following figure is only a example and just for your reference.)
Printer Cable CRT Cable
Mouse Cable Keyboard Cable Ethernet to the Analyzer
REAR VIEW OF PC (EXAMPLE)

Figure 4.2.6-4
Page 4-15
D. Printer (To be prepared locally. The following figure is only an example and just for your reference.)
Power Cable
Printer Cable
(To PC for User Interface)
REAR VIEW OF PRINTER (EXAMPLE)

Figure 4.2.6-5
E. Power Cable Connection
Use power cables supplied only and check power capacity before turning on the analyzer, PC and printer.
Secure ground connection for safety.
Page 4-16
Chapter 5
Cleaning
This chapter gives cleaning instructions for respective units.
5.1. Nozzle (RPT1/RPT2/SPT)

WARNING: BEFORE STARTING THE FOLLOWING STEPS,
MAKE SURE THAT THE CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
ANALYZER IS TURNED OFF.
WEAR MEDICAL RUBBER GLOVES TO PREVENT DIRECT
CONTACT WITH NOZZLES OR LIQUID.
(1) Moisten gauze with ethanol.
(2) Lift the nozzle with the arm section.
(3) With the moistened gauze wipe the entire nozzle downward to its nozzle tip, as shown in Figure 5.1-1.
WARNING: DO NOT APPLY EXTRA FORCE TO THE NOZZLE ASSEMBLY.

PROPER ALIGNMENT OF NOZZLE ASSEMBLY IS VITALLY
IMPORTANT FOR PROPER PIPETTING OPERATION.
UNPROPER ALIGNMENT CAN RESULT IN DAMAGES
TO THE NOZZLE AND/OR INCORRECT ANALYSIS RESULT.
NOZZLE
CLEANING PIPETTE
Figure 5.1-1
(4) Insert the cleaning pointer of the SPT/RPT nozzle cleaning jig (option) into the nozzle in order to clean
the inside of the nozzle. See Figure 5.1-1.
Note that the cleaning pointer for SPT is thinner than the pointer for RPT.
(5) After cleaning the inside of the nozzle with nozzle cleaning jig, clean the nozzle with purified water by
Mainte(F10)screen.
- Select [Mainte(F10)] [Sequence] menu.
- Check the Water box of SPT,RPT1,RPT2 in Wash and press the Exec button to start cleaning.
Chapter 5 Cleaning
5.1. Pipettes
Page 5-1
5.2. Stirrers (MIX1/MIX2)
CONTACT WITH STIRRERS OR LIQUID.
There are two stirrers: The MIX1 stirrer is located near the SPT and the MIX2 stirrer is near the RPT2.
(1) Moisten gauze with ethanol.
(2) Lift up the stirrer assembly by holding its arm section.
(3) Wipe the whole stirrer with the gauze moistened with ethanol. Be careful not to bend the paddle.
Wipe off from the upper part of stirrer to the tip as shown in figure 5.2-1.
WARNING: DO NOT APPLY EXTRA FORCE TO THE STIRRER.

PROPER ALIGNMENT OF THE STIRRER ASSEMBLY IS VITALLY
IMPORTANT FOR PROPER STIRRING OPERATION.
TO THE STIRRER AND/OR INCORRECT ANALYSIS RESULT.
CLEANING OF STIRRER
図 5.2-1
Chapter 5 Cleaning
5.2. Stirrers
Page 5-2
5.3. Auto Sampler Unit (ASP)
(1) Make sure that the SPT nozzle assembly is not above or in the ASP. If it is, rotate it by hand.
(2) Take out the ASP tray for the inner and outer circumference.
(3) Wipe the barcode reader (BCR) window with gauze moistened with neutral detergent.
ASP
Figure 5.3-1
(4) Clean the inner surface of the ASP and the top surface of the tray base with gauze or paper towel as
illustrated above. Make sure that condensation and water drops are wiped off completely.
(5) Reinstall the ASP tray.
5.4. Reagent Container Unit (RCU)

(1) Make sure that the RPT nozzle assembly is not in the RCU. If it is, rotate the nozzle assembly by
hand.
(2) Take out the RCU tray.
Chapter 5 Cleaning
5.3. ASP / 5.4. RCU
Page 5-3
(3) Wipe the barcode reader (BCR) window with gauze moistened with neutral detergent or glass cleaner.
Be careful not to scratch the window surface.
RCU
Figure 5.4-1
(4) Clean the inner surface of the RCU with gauze or paper towel as illustrated above. Make sure that
condensation and water drops are wiped off completely.
(5) Reinstall the RCU tray and the lid.
5.5. Mosaic Plates

(1) Clean the surface of the mosaic plates with neutral detergent-moistened gauze or paper towel.
Mosaic Plates
MOSAIC PLATES
Figure 5.5-1
Chapter 5 Cleaning
5.5. Mosaic Plates
Page 5-4
5.6. Air Filter
The Clinical Chemistry Analyzer CA-400 has the following five types of air filters.
Clean the filter from time to time. If it is damaged or contaminated heavily, replace it with a new one.
Name Location
Air Filter 1 Inside of the maintenance cover
R2
Air Filter 2 Inside of the maintenance cover
R1
Air Filter 3 Inside the SIDE panel LU
Air Filter 4 Inside of the maintenance cover L
Air Filter 5 Inside of the SIDE panel LD
(See figure 9.2.2-1 for detailed locations of the filters.)
The air filter is covered with hook-and-loop fasteners and it is easily removable.
MOUNTING/DISMOUNTING AIR FILTER

Figure 5.6-1
Chapter 5 Cleaning
5.5. Dust Filter
Page 5-5
5.7. ISE (Ion Selectable Electrode)
(1) Remove the Mosaic 1.
(2) Check if the area around the sample port is clean. If it is not clean, wipe the area using gauze
moistened with ethanol. Make sure that ethanol will not enter inside the sample port.
(3) Reinstall the Mosaic 1.
5.8. Nozzle Covers (SPT/RPT1/RPT2) and Arm Covers (MIX1/MIX2)

Wipe the nozzle cover (or arm cover) using gauze or paper towel moistened with neutral detergent.
5.9. Troughs (SPT/RPT1/RPT2/MIX1/MIX2)

Wipe the trough using gauze or paper towel moistened with ethanol.
5.10.WU Nozzles
(1) Lift up the WU nozzle assembly.
(2) Wipe the nozzles (six supply nozzles ,one detector bar and seven drain nozzles) using gauze moistened
with ethanol. Make sure not to bend the nozzles. Wipe off each nozzle from the upper part to the tip.
(3) Lower the WU nozzle section.
WARNING: DO NOT APPLY EXTRA FORCE TO THE NOZZLE ASSEMBLY.

PROPER ALIGNMENT OF NOZZLE ASSEMBLY IS VITALLY
IMPORTANT FOR PROPER PIPETTING OPERATION.
TO THE NOZZLE AND/OR INCORRECT ANALYSIS RESULT.
(4) Insert the cleaning pointer of the WU nozzle cleaning jig (option) into the nozzle in order to clean the
inside of the nozzle.
(5) After cleaning the inside of the nozzle with nozzle cleaning jig, execute Prime by Mainte(F10) screen.
- Select [Mainte(F10)] [Sequence] menu.
- Push Prime button, and execute Prime once.
Chapter 5 Cleaning
5.7. ISE / 5.8. Nozzle Covers and Arm Covers / 5.9. Troughs / 5.10. WU Nozzles
Page 5-6
5.11. Tubing System and Sub-Tanks
Make sure that wash solution used in the cleaning procedure below should not be mixed with other
detergents.
A. Cleaning procedure
(1) Flow
Operation (Approx. time required)

<1> ・ Disconnect the tank tubes (Sol.1 and 2) from the wash
solution tanks 1 and 2. Connect them to a purified water
tank.
・ Clean the tubing system with purified water (Prime: 1
Preparation time) 21min.
・ Disconnect the sub-tanks (R and L) from the analyzer.
・ Fill the sub-tanks (R and L) with C1 solution.
・ Reinstall the sub-tanks (R and L) to the analyzer.
・ Connect the tank tubes (Sol.1and 2) to a C1 solution tank.
・ Clean the inside of the tubes (Prime: 1 time). 17min.

<2> Cleaning ・ Clean the cuvettes (Cuvette Wash: 1 time).
・ Connect the tank tubes (Sol.1 and 2) to the purified water 45min.
tank.
Post- ・ Disconnect the sub-tanks (R and L) from the analyzer.
<3> Cleaning ・ Fill the sub-tanks R/L with purified water.
(Rinse) ・ Reinstall the sub-tanks (R and L) to the analyzer.
・ Clean the inside of the tubes (Prime: 2 time).
・ Clean the cuvettes (Cuvette Wash: 2 time).
( min.)
・ Return the tank tubes (Sol.1and 2) to the wash solution 17min.
tanks 1 and 2. <Following day>
・ Clean the inside of the tubes (Prime: 1 time).
・ Clean the cuvettes (Cuvette Wash: 1 time).
Total 100min.
The steps written inside a box (see left) can be automated by setting Sleep Mode.
Refer to "How to set up Sleep Mode" in (2) Description of cleaning procedure.
CAUTION：
If you conduct Post-Cleaning operation (cleaning with purified water) in Sleep
mode, make sure to set the time/day so that the Post-Cleaning operation will start
immediately after Cleaning operation. Do not leave the cuvettes or tubes with
FurunoClean (C1) solution filled in for a long period of time, or this may shorten
the life of cuvettes or tubes.
Chapter 5 Cleaning
Page 5-7
(2) Description of cleaning procedure
<1> Preparation
1 Cleaning the tube line (Sol.1 and 2) with purified water:

If the wash solution used in the analyzer is mixed with acid detergent, hazardous gaseous
chlorine may be generated due to chemical reaction. To avoid the hazard, completely wash
the inside of the tubes before going to step <2> by taking the following steps.
- Fill a tank with purified water (approx. 4 to 5 L).
- Move the tank tubes (Sol.1 and 2) from the wash solution tanks into this tank.
- Conduct a "Prime" operation to wash away and remove the remaining materials from the
tubes completely. (Prime: 1 time)
How to conduct a "Prime" operation:
[Mainte(F10)] screen ® [Sequence] screen ® Click on [Prime].
2 Making C1 (diluted) solution
Mix purified water (ion exchanged water) and FurunoClean (C1) to make a 1 %
FurunoClean (C1) solution.
Fill a tank with the C1 solution. Approx. 500mL of C1 solution is required for the cleaning
operation <2> (Prime: 1 time) per analyzer. Therefore, it is necessary to make 1 L of a C1
solution at minimum.
3 Preparation for cleaning:
Place the two tank tubes ( Sol.1 and 2) into a tank filled with C1 solution prepared in step 2.
Disconnect the sub-tanks (R and L) from the analyzer, then fill them with C1 solution
prepared in step 2.
As for the drain tubes connected to the wastewater tank, leave them as they are.
<2> Cleaning
To clean the inside of the nozzles, tubes and cuvettes with FurunoClean (C1) solution, take the
steps below. (For frequency, refer to "B. Frequency of cleaning ")
1 Routine cleaning of the inside of tubes or nozzles:

[Mainte(F10)] screen ®[Sequence] screen ® Click on [Prime] to start cleaning.
(Prime: 1 time)
2 Routine cleaning of the inside of cuvettes:
[Mainte(F10)] screen ®[Sequence] screen ® Click on [Cuvette Wash] to start cleaning.
(Cuvette Wash: 1 time)
<3> Post-Cleaning (Rinse)

Completely wash away C1 solution with purified water, or remaining solution may cause
incorrect measurement results by the analyzer.
1 Remove the two tank tubes (Sol.1 and 2) from the C1 solution tank and put them in the
purified water tank prepared in <1> 1.
Disconnect the sub-tanks (R and L) from the analyzer, fill them with purified water, and
reinstall them into the analyzer.
2 [Mainte(F10)] screen ®[Sequence] screen ® Click on [Prime].
(Prime: 1 time)
3 [Mainte(F10)] screen ®[Sequence] screen ® Click on [Cuvette Wash].
4 Return each tube to each own regular measurement tank.
5 [Mainte(F10)] screen ®[Sequence] screen ® Click on [Prime].
(Prime: 1 time)
6 [Mainte(F10)] screen ®[Sequence] screen ® Click on [Cuvette Wash].
(When step 6 is complete, measurement operation is available.)
Chapter 5 Cleaning
Page 5-8
How to set up Sleep Mode
1 [RUN] ® [Auto] screen. On the [Auto] screen, enter the number of times of "Prime" and
"Cuvette Wash" operations in "Prep1" or "Prep2" in the After Sleep section. (For example,
while you set "Prep1" to sleep mode, you can use "Prep2" for routine cleaning mode.)
2 Input the start-up time (day of the week and the time), then select "Prep1" or "Prep2".
(If you want to start cleaning shortly after making setting, set the start-up time to a few
minutes after the current time.)
NOTE: Make sure to press the Save button at the end of the setting.
3 Click on the "Shut Down" tag on the upper right corner of the screen to display the "shut
down" menu screen. Then click on the "Sleep".
(Make sure that the "Sleep" indication pops up.)
B. Frequency of cleaning
Perform cleaning with FurunoClean (C1) solution every three months for average use (approx. four hours
per day).
CAUTION: Usually the cleaning cycle is every three months. To prevent bacterial growth in the
tubing system of the analyzer, perform cleaning every three months at least. The
bacteria growth may cause clogged filters resulting in short life of the filters.
C. Storage of FurunoClean (C1)
The storage life of concentrate solution of FurunoClean (C1) is 24 months. Concentrate solution can be
stored for 24 months as long as the cap is closed tightly even after first opening the cap. Since diluted
solution is not preservable, make fresh diluted solution for every use.
D. Precautions for use of FurunoClean (C1)
Following are precautions for cleaning of the analyzer. For other general precautions, obey the
instructions given on the label of the Fullclean container.
(1) Use this product after diluting in accordance with the above mentioned instructions.
(2) Make sure to use purified water (ion exchanged water) to dilute the product. Do not use tap water to
dilute it. If you dilute it with tap water and leave the diluted solution for several days, brown particles
(corroded iron) or white particles (calcium chloride) may be generated.
(3) If the product expires (storage life: 24 months), sodium hypochlorite contained in the product is
decomposed and effective chlorine is reduced. Therefore, dispose of an expired product in an
appropriate manner. (Before disposal, neutralize it and dilute it with a large amount of water.)
(4) Do not mix the product with acid material.
(5) Do not make the product to contact with zinc plating or metals including iron, ferric oxide, copper,
copper alloy, etc., which may result in metal corrosion.
(6) Before putting the product into another container, completely clean the container by rinsing it with
purified water and completely drying it.
Chapter 5 Cleaning
Page 5-9
THIS P AGE IS
I NTENTIONALLY
LEFT B LANK.
Chapter 5 Cleaning
Page 5-10
Chapter 6
Maintenance
6.1. Daily Check

This subsection explains the checks which are required before day's work.
A. Purified Water and Wastewater Tanks
Make sure the following points:

- Purified water is provided from the external water supply equipment.
- The high concentrated wastewater tank is empty.
- The tube tip inside the high concentrated wastewater tank is well above the wastewater level.
- The tube of the low concentrated wastewater is connected to a drain outlet and there is no bend in the
tube.
- The overflow tube is connected to a drain outlet and there is no bend in the tube.
Note: When using Clinical Chemistry Analyzer, please check the following from time to time:
The tube tip inside the high concentrated wastewater tank is well above the wastewater level.
(If the tube tip is in the wastewater, wastewater cannot flow properly, resulting in
malfunction.)
B. Wash Solution Tanks (Sol.1 and 2)
Check the following:

- there is a sufficient amount of wash solution in the tank.
- the tube tip is in contact with the bottom of the tank.
C. ISE and Its Related Portion (Option)

- the remaining amount of Calibrant-A is enough.
- the expiration date of Calibrant-B before executing the ISE calibration.
- the expiration date of ISE cleaning solution before executing the ISE cleaning.
D. Others

- the print paper is set.
- the remaining amount and expiration date of the reagents in the reagent container (RCU).
- the [Work Hour] of the consumable parts displayed on the " Mainte(F10)" screen.
- the cuvette check results listed in the [W Blank] section on the " Mainte(F10)" screen are all normal
(within the "Judgment" value range) at every wavelength.
Chapter 6 Maintenance
6.1. Daily Check
Page 6-1
6.2. Preventative Maintenance
This subsection describes the check items which a serviceman performs every four months. In the
8-month check, the 4-month and 8-month check items are performed. And in the 12-month check, the
4-month, 8-month and 12-month check items are performed.
X=Check, O=Clean, R=Replace, A=Adjust

UNIT/ CHECK ITEM CHECK INTERVAL REMARKS
PARTS (MONTHS)
4 8 12
ASP Operating condition of X An alarm shall not occur in normal
whole mechanism measurement.
Function of photo interrupter X and An alarm shall not occur in normal
O measurement.
Contamination of light X and No contamination shall be found in a

receiving portion of the O visual check.
barcode reader
Clean the light receiving portion with
compressed air.
Function of barcode reader X and An alarm shall not occur in normal
A measurement.
Contamination of sample X and No contamination shall be found in a
tray O visual check.
Wipe with waste cloth.
See "Chapter 5 Cleaning".
Contamination of auto X and No contamination shall be found in a
sampler unit O visual check.
Wipe with waste cloth.
See "Chapter 5 Cleaning".
Function of ASP cover X Select [Sensor] on the
sensor (lid sensor) "Mainte(F10)" screen, and check
"ASP_COVER_F" and
"ASP_COVER_B" are displayed in
red color when the lid is closed.
Tension and condition of X and No damage shall be found in a visual
timing belt A check. See "Chapter 9 Unit/Part
(Timing belt shall be Replacement" for tension adjustment.
exchanged every 3 years.)
Contamination of X and No contamination shall be found in a
mechanical parts O visual check.
Peltiert and temperature X Temperature of ASP shall be not
sensor more than 10 deg C in "Mainte
(F10)" "Perform."
Damage and contamination X No damage and contamination shall
of tubing. (Tubing shall be be found in a visual check.
Page 6-2
PARTS (MONTHS)
4 8 12
SPT, Damage and contamination X and R No contamination shall be found in a
RPT1 & of nozzles O visual check. See "Chapter 5
RPT2 Cleaning".
O measurement.
Function of liquid level X An alarm shall not occur in normal
sensors measurement.
Select "Mainte (F10)" "Sensor", and
check the value changes by
SPT/RPT1/ RPT2/_PULSE.
Fluctuation range shall be following.
SPT：
Fluctuation shall be more than 35 in
pure water of 150 μ L.
RPT1 /2:
Put pure water 5.2ml in 70ml bottle
and then Fluctuation shall be more
than 100.
Function of the springs and X Select [Sensor] on the "
down limit sensors Mainte(F10)" screen. Check that
"SPTU_DL (RPT1U_DL,
RPT2U_DL)" is displayed in red
color when the nozzle is pushed up
by hand, and is displayed in grey
color when the hand is removed from
the nozzle.
timing belts A check. See "Chapter 9 Unit/Part
(Timing belt shall be Replacement" for tension adjustment.
Damage and contamination X and No damage shall be found in a visual
of tubing O check. See "Chapter 5 Cleaning".
Liquid leakage from tubing X No liquid leakage shall be found in a
joint sections visual check.
Operating condition of X An alarm shall not occur in normal
Page 6-3
PARTS (MONTHS)
4 8 12
SPP, Exchange of plunger tips X X X Select [Work Hour] on the "
RPP & (1.46/3.24/7.29) Mainte(F10)" " screen, and check
SPP SPP SPP
WPP SPP, RPP are changed in the working hour.
150H. RPP RPP RPP
WPP is changed in 400H.
WPP WPP WPP
Operation of solenoid valves X X X Select [Sequence] on the "
Mainte(F10)" screen, and perform
"Prime" operation. At the time,
purified water shall be discharged
from the nozzles of SPT, RPT and
WU. Also an alarm shall not occur
during Prime operation.
Contamination of syringes X and No contamination shall be found in a
O visual check. Perform cleaning
according to "5.11. Tubing System
Damage and contamination X and and Sub-Tanks" in "Chapter 5
of tubing (Tubing shall be O Cleaning" when contamination is
found.
Liquid leakage from tubing X No liquid leakage shall be found in a
joint sections visual check.
O measurement.
Damage and tension of steel X and No damage shall be found in a visual
belts A check. See "Chapter 9 Unit/Part
(Steel belt shall be Replacement" for tension adjustment.
timing belts (Timing belt A check. See "Chapter 9 Unit/Part
shall be exchanged every 3 Replacement" for tension adjustment.
years.)
Page 6-4
PARTS (MONTHS)
4 8 12
IRU & Contamination of X and No contamination shall be found in a
DTR mechanical parts O visual check.
years.)
Function of rotary encoder X and An alarm shall not occur in normal
O measurement.
Contamination of optical X and Clean the lenses with compressed air.
light path (contamination of O
lenses)
Halogen lamp (Halogen X and Select [Work Hour] on the "
lamp shall be exchanged R Mainte(F10)" screen, and check the
every 1,000 hours.) working hour.
IRU temperature (37±0.3 X An alarm shall not occur in normal
°C) measurement.
Life of slip ring X X X Shall be exchanged every 12 months
Cuvettes X and See "6.3. A Cuvette Check
R Procedure" in "Chapter 6
Maintenance".
(CONT'D)
Page 6-5
PARTS (MONTHS)
4 8 12
RCU Operating condition of X An alarm shall not occur in normal
Contamination of light X and Clean the light receiving portion with
receiving portion of barcode O compressed air. (Perform reagent
reader scan and check that the bar code can
be read correctly.) No contamination
shall be found in a visual check.
Function and adjustment of X and Perform RCU scan and check that the
barcode reader A bar code can be read correctly.
Function of BCR window X
heater
Contamination of reagent X and See "5.4. Reagent Container Unit" in
container unit O "Chapter 5 Cleaning".
Contamination of BCR X and
window O
Function of cooling function X Select [Perform] on the
(peltier elements) and " Mainte(F10)" screen and check
temperature sensor that the RCU temperature is kept at
8 °C to 15 °C.
Function of RCU cover X Select [Sensor] on the
sensor (lid sensor) " Mainte(F10)" screen, and check
that "RCU_COVER_F is displayed in
red color when the lid is closed.
O measurement.
years.)
Damage and contamination X and No damage and contamination shall
of tubing (Tubing shall be O be found in a visual check.
(CONT'D)
Page 6-6
PARTS (MONTHS)
4 8 12
SWU Damage and contamination X and No contamination shall be found in a
of tubing (Tubing shall be O visual check. Perform cleaning
exchanged every 2 years.) according to "5.11. Tubing System
and Sub-Tanks" in "Chapter 5
Cleaning", when contamination is
found.
Function of pumps (Pumps X Select [Work Hour] on the
shall be exchanged every " Mainte(F10)" screen, and check
1,000 hours.) the working hour.
Contamination of external X and No contamination shall be found in a
tanks O visual check.
Water supply to MIX 1, X Select [Sequence] on the
MIX 2, SPT, RPT 1 and " Mainte(F10)" screen, check the
RPT2 troughs Pump Test box, input an operating
time , press Exec, and check pure
water flows to the troughs
Operation check of WU X Select [Sequence] on the
pump " Mainte(F10)" screen,
execute Cuvette Wash, and Cuvette
Wash shall be finished without error.
Validation of non-return X Water shall not drop in 10 seconds
valve after water supply to troughs
Contamination of mesh X (R) Exchange the mesh filters for WU1 to
filters (Mesh filters shall WU7.
be exchanged every 6
months.)
(CONT'D)
Page 6-7
PARTS (MONTHS)
4 8 12
WU Damage and contamination X and R No damage or contamination shall be
of nozzles (Nozzles shall O found in a visual check.
be exchanged once a year.) See Chapter 5 for cleaning.
Wipe Out Chip X X X Shall be exchanged every 12 months
O measurement.
Function of detection X Select "Mainte (F10)" "Sensor", and
sensors of remaining liquid check that the value changes more
than 500 before and after each nozzle
is dipped in pure water of 150μL by
WU1 -7_PULSE.
Function of springs X Remove the WU cover, push up the
WU1 to WU8 nozzles by hand, and
remove the hand from these nozzles.
At the time, the nozzles shall
automatically return to their original
position .
years.)
MIX1 & Damage and contamination X and No contamination shall be found in a
MIX2 of stirrers O visual check. See "5.2. Stirrers" in
"Chapter 5 Cleaning" for cleaning.
O measurement.
Damage and Tension of X and No damage shall be found in a visual
years.)
Operation check of stirring X Check that the stirrer turns when the
motor nozzle is washed in "Mainte (F10)"
"Sequence" "Wash".
Page 6-8
PARTS (MONTHS)
4 8 12
ISE Cleaning of ISE unit X No contamination shall be found in a
visual check. See "5.7. ISE" in
"Chapter 5 Cleaning" for cleaning.
Verification of calibrants X (R) Check the remaining amount and the
(Calibrant-A/Calibrant-B) expiration date of Calibrant-A.
Residual quantity of Calibrant-A can
be checked in "Mainte (F10)" "Work
Hour" "Working Hour of ISE".
Check the expiration date of the
Calibrant-B before starting
calibration.
Verification of diluent and X (R) Check the expiration date of the
ISE wash solution diluent for diluting urine sample and
the ISE wash solution.
Verification of pump X (R) Select [Work Hour] on the " Mainte
cassettes (Pump cassettes (F10)" screen, and check the working
shall be exchanged every hour.
180 days.)
Verification of electrodes X (R) Select [Work Hour] on the " Mainte
(Expiry: 1,000 tests or 6 (F10)" screen, and check the working
months.) hour.
ISE cleaning X Select [Sequence] on the " Mainte
(F10)" screen, and perform "ISE
Cleaning".
(CONT'D)
Page 6-9
PARTS (MONTHS)
4 8 12
Tubes Damage and contamination X and No damage or contamination shall be
of water inlet (Piping shall O found in a visual check. Perform
be exchanged every 2 cleaning according to "5.11. Tubing
years.) System and Sub-Tanks" in "Chapter 5
Cleaning" when contamination is
found.
Damage and contamination X and Perform cleaning according to "5.11.
of waste tubing (Piping O Tubing System and Sub-Tanks" in
shall be exchanged every 2 "Chapter 5 Cleaning" when
years.) contamination is found.
Power DC voltage check: X and
Supply 24/12/5 VDC A
Unit
Electro- Connection of all printed X and Visually check that the printed circuit
nic Parts circuit boards and O boards and the connectors are
connectors correctly connected. Contact pins
shall not be come out of their
connector housing.
Others Contamination of dust filter X and No damage or contamination shall be
installed in the chassis O found in a visual check. See "Chapter
5,cleaning".
Function of fan motors at X, O The fans shall operate properly in a
chassis visual check.
Contamination of entire unit X and Visually check if there is
O contamination. If there is, wipe the
dirt with a soft cloth or paper towel.
Check customer’s X
emergency spare parts.
Open/Close operation of X and See "6.3. Check Procedure, B.
chassis cover A Chassis Cover Check Procedures" in
this chapter for check and adjustment.
Final check of performance X Check the reproducibility by control
(Check the reproducibility sample.
by standard sample and
control sample.)
Expiration date validation of X, (R) Check the expiration date.
wash solution
Page 6-10
6.3. Check Procedure
A. Cuvette Check Procedure
The condition of the cuvettes is vitally important to obtain correct analysis results. Therefore the clinical
chemistry analyzer is provided with a utility to check the cuvette condition. Perform the following
procedure at least once a week.
(1) Start the analyzer program on the user-interface PC (Window XP).

( [Start] ® "Program (P)" ® "ca-400" ® "main" )
(2) Click on the [Mainte (F10)] tab.
(3) Click on the [Sequence] button located on the right side of the screen.
(4) Start "Cuvette Check" by clicking on the [Cuvette Check] button. Proceed with the check by
responding to the message boxes displayed.
(5) When the Cuvette Check completes, click on the [W Blank] button.
(6) Select the "Wave Length".
(7) Click on the date located at the bottom of the date column on the left side of the screen, and select the
latest cuvette blank value.
(8) Enter "5000" as the "Judgment Value", then click on the [Judgment] button. Wait until check results
for the 90 cuvettes are displayed.
The check results are indicated by color:
COLOR MEANING
White Good. You may continue to use the cuvette, as it is.
Yellow The condition of the cuvette is inferior to the above "White", however you
may continue to use the cuvette. It shows that the result exceeds the
[Judgment] value at wavelengths other than the one selected at step (6).
Red No good. The cuvette may be contaminated and/or damaged.
(9) If the check result is indicated in red color, record the cuvette number.
(10) Repeat steps (6) through (9) while changing the wavelength one after another in step (6).
(11) If no check result is indicated in red color, the 90 cuvettes are all good to use. Since at this stage the
check is complete, terminate the analyzer program.
If the check result is indicated in red color for one or more cuvettes at any of the wavelengths, the
cuvette(s) may be contaminated and/or damaged. In this case, proceed to step (12) to wash the
cuvettes, then conduct the cuvette check again.
Page 6-11
(12) Click on the [Sequence] button located on the right side of the screen.
(13) Start to wash the cuvettes by clicking on the [Cuvette Wash] button. Proceed with the washing
operation by responding to the message boxes displayed.
(14) Perform steps (4) through (10) again.
(15) If no check result is displayed in red color, the 90 cuvettes are all good to use. If the check result is
displayed in red color again, wash the cuvettes in accordance with the following procedure.
(a) Mix purified water and Wash Solution (F clean No.10-2) to make a 0.5 % solution.
Use a hand pipette to pipette 600ml (per cuvette) of this 0.5 % solution and dispense it into the
cuvette whose check result is displayed in red color.
(b) Leave it for about 1 hour.
(c) Perform "Cuvette Wash" twice.
( "" Mainte (F10)" screen ® Select [Sequence] ® Select [Cuvette Wash] )
(d) Perform the procedures (4) through (10) and check the condition of the cuvette.
(16) If the result is still displayed in red color even after the above-mentioned cleaning procedures, extract
the cuvette in question from the IRU and dip the whole cuvette in 0.5 % solution (F clean No.10-2) for
about 1 hour. Then, wipe both inside and outside of the cuvette carefully with a soft paper towel.
Return the cleaned cuvette to the IRU and perform procedures (1) through (10) to check the condition
of the cuvette. If the result of the cuvette check is still displayed in red color, the cuvette needs to be
exchanged.
See "9.9. IRU (Incubation Reaction Unit)" in Chapter 9 for the means of removing cuvettes from the
unit.
(17) Now the check is complete. Terminate the analyzer program.
Page 6-12
B. Chassis Cover Check Procedure
If the cover does not open or close smoothly, it is necessary to adjust its hinges. The check and adjust
procedure is described below.
(1) Remove the SIDE panel RU, SIDE panel LU and TOP panel in order (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(2) Open the cover at any angle from 20 to 50 degrees and check that it stays still.
Figure 6.3-1
(3) When the cover does not stay still but swings up and down, adjust the hinges by adjusting the M4
screws (three places).
Hinge M4 Screw (x 3)
Figure 6.3-2
(4) Adjust the hinges so that the cover closes smoothly without large noise when it closes down by itself
after opened 100 mm and then released.
Page 6-13
THIS P AGE IS
I NTENTIONALLY
LEFT B LANK.
Page 6-14
Chapter 7
Checker Programs
This chapter gives instructions to use the checker programs, which are run from the user-interface PC. These
checker programs ensure the performance of some components used in the clinical chemistry analyzer.
Explanations of some items within the checker programs are omitted since they are intended for use in factory and
are not necessary in field services.
7.1. Motor Checker Program (chk_mot)

A. Starting the checker program
(1) After turning the power switch on, double-click on the "Hyper Terminal" icon to start it. At the login
prompts, enter as follows:
login: ca400
Password: qnx
(2) At the kgtprtT# prompts, enter as follows, and the program starts.
CA400＞: cd sysboot
CA400＞: chk_mot
Chapter 7 Checker Programs

Page 7-1
B. Operations within the checker program
When the checker program starts, "Motor Checker Menu" is displayed:
// == Motor Checker Menu

1. Information
2. Teisoku Search
3. Kagen Search
4. Kousoku Search
5. Zero Near
6. Mcio Move
7. Pulse Move
8. Map Move
9. Sensor Check
10.Get PositionMap
11.Get MotPara
12.Set MotPara
13.kateisoku Move
14.Gensoku Stop
15.IRU_DTR Center
Select No[ 1-15 or "end" ] -->
MOTOR CHECKER MENU

Figure 7.1-1

Page 7-2
The following table summarizes the function of each menu item.
Motor Checker Menu

MENU ITEM FUNCTION
1. Information (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
2. Teisoku Search Moves a desired motor to its zero position.
3. Kagen Search (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)

4. Kousoku Search (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
5. Zero Near (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
6. Mcio Move Moves a desired motor by the desired number of pulses.
7 Pulse Move (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
8. Map Move Moves a desired motor to a desired position pre-defined within the
position map.
9. Sensor Check Displays status of all sensors.
(No further operation is required to return to Motor Checker Menu.
After the status is displayed, Motor Checker Menu will be redisplayed
automatically.)
10. Get PositionMap If you select the motor, displays the number of pulses required to move
it to the position pre-defined within the position map.
11. Get MotPara (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
12. Set MotPara (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
13. kateisoku Move (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
14. Gensoku Stop (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
15. IRU_DTR Center Zero position reset
CAUTION: DO NOT SELECT THE MENU ITEMS IN THE SHADED AREA ABOVE.
After entering a menu item number, press the [Enter] key. Operations in respective menu items are
explained on the succeeding pages.
NOTE: If an invalid item number is entered, "Select No #ERR" will be displayed.
If you want to terminate the checker program, enter "end" then press the [Enter] key.
WARNING: THE CHK_MOT PROGRAM DRIVES THE MOTORS IN "NON-SAFETY MODE"

IN THAT IT DRIVES THE MOTORS FAITHFULLY AS YOU COMMAND,
DISREGARDING SAFETY. FOR EXAMPLE, THE IRU MOTOR WILL ROTATE
(IF COMMANDED SO) EVEN WHEN THE SPT NOZZLE STAYS IN THE IRU
CUVETTE, RESULTING IN BROKEN SPT NOZZLE OR CUVETTE. FOR THIS
REASON, YOU MUST BE CAREFUL WHEN DRIVING THE MOTORS.
TYPICALLY TAKE CARE OF THE FOLLOWING CASES:
· BEFORE OPERATING THE IRU, RETURN ALL THE SPT, RPT1, RPT2,
MIX1, MIX2 AND WU TO THEIR RESPECTIVE UP-ZERO POSITIONS.
· BEFORE ROTATING THE SPT (OR RPT), RETURN IT TO ITS UP-ZERO
POSITION.
· BEFORE ROTATING THE ASP (OR RCU), RETURN THE SPT (OR RPT) TO
ITS UP-ZERO POSITION.
· DO NOT MOVE THE SPP, RPP AND WPP ABOVE THEIR ZERO POSITION.

Page 7-3
(1) "2. Teisoku Search"
Moves a desired motor to its zero position.

1. Information
2. Teisoku Search
3. Kagen Search
4. Kousoku Search
5. Zero Near
6. Mcio Move
7. Pulse Move
8. Map Move
9. Sensor Check
10.Get PositionMap
11.Get MotPara
12.Set MotPara
13.kateisoku Move
14.Gensoku Stop
15.IRU_DTR Center
Select No[ 1-15 or "end" ] -->2

// ==Teisoku Search
00:mt_MX1R 01:mt_MX1U 02:mt_MX2R 03:mt_MX2U
04:mt_MX1S 05:mt_MX2S 06:mt_RPT1R 07:mt_RPT1U
08:mt_RPT2R 09:mt_RPT2U 10:mt_SPTR 11:mt_SPTU
12:mt_WU 13:mt_IRU 14:mt_WPP 15:mt_SPP
16:mt_ASP 17:mt_RCU 18:mt_RPP1 19:mt_RPP1W
20:mt_RPP2 21:mt_RPP2W 22:mt_SPPW
Motor Index ==> 19

Mode(0:Max,1:Near)==> 0
TEISOKU SEARCH
Figure 7.1-2
NOTE: Use "IRU_DTR Center" for IRU origin.

Page 7-4
At respective prompts, enter the following parameters:
PROMPT PARAMETER TO ENTER

Motor Index Motor number:
See Figure 7.1-3.
Search Mode Zero position search range mode:
0: Maximum range search mode
(Searches up to the "Max" value defined in "7.3. Position Map".)
1: Near range search mode
(Searches up to double of the "Near" value defined in
"7.3. Position Map".)
0: MIX1R 1: MIX1U 2: MIX2R 3: MIX2U
4: MIX1S 5: MX2S 6: RPT1R 7: RPT1U
8: RPT2R 9: RPT2U 10: SPTR 11: SPTU
12: WU 13: IRU 14: WPP 15: SPP
16: ASP 17: RCU 18: RPP1 19: RPP1W
20: RPP2 21: RPP2W 22: SPPW
MOTOR NUMBER LIST

Figure 7.1-3

Page 7-5
(2) "6. Mcio Move"
Moves a desired motor by the desired number of pulses.

1. Information
2. Teisoku Search
3. Kagen Search
4. Kousoku Search
5. Zero Near
6. Mcio Move
7. Pulse Move
8. Map Move
9. Sensor Check
10.Get PositionMap
11.Get MotPara
12.Set MotPara
13.kateisoku Move
14.Gensoku Stop
15.IRU_DTR Center
Select No[ 1-15 or "end" ] --> 6
// == Mcio Move
Motor Index ==> 8

Move Dir( 0:+,1:- )==> 0
Move Pulse ==> 500
PmPara Index(0-29) ==> 0
MCIO MOVE
Figure 7.1-4

Motor Index Motor number: See Figure 7.1-3.
Move Dir (0: +, 1: –) Direction of motor rotation: (See note.)
0: Gets away from the zero position.
1: Gets closer to the zero position.
Move Pulse Number of pulses:
See "7.3. Position Map" for number of pulses. Do not enter
the values below "Min" or above "Max" values defined in
"7.3. Position Map".
PmPara Index Driving Mode
(0-29)
Note: In order to descend the nozzle for SPT/ RPT/ MIX/ WU, “Move Dir” should choose the “0”.

Page 7-6
(3) "8. Map Move "
Moves a desired motor to a desired position pre-defined within the position map.

1. Information
2. Teisoku Search
3. Kagen Search
4. Kousoku Search
5. Zero Near
6. Mcio Move
7. Pulse Move
8. Map Move
9. Sensor Check
10.Get PositionMap
11.Get MotPara
12.Set MotPara
13.kateisoku Move
14.Gensoku Stop
15.IRU_DTR Center
// == Mcio Move
Motor Index ==> 10

PosMap PosName==> SPTRTRD
PosMap Offset(+) ==>0
PmPara Index(0-29) ==> 0
MAP MOVE
Figure 7.1-5

Page 7-7

Motor Index Motor number:
See Figure 7.1-3.
PosMap PosName Position name:
See "7.3. Position Map".
(Use uppercase letters only.)
PosMap Offset (+) Position name offset: Always enter "0".
PmPara Index Driving Mode
(0-29)

Page 7-8
(4) "9. Sensor Check "
Displays status of all sensors:

0. Information
2. Teisoku Search
3. Kagen Search
4. Kousoku Search
5. Zero Near
6. Mcio Move
7. Pulse Move
8. Map Move
9. Sensor Check
10.Get PositionMap
11.Get MotPara
12.Set MotPara
13.kateisoku Move
14.Gensoku Stop
15.IRU_DTR Center
Select No[005 or "end" ] --> 9
// ==Sensor Check
ASP_ZERO =0
RCU_ZERO =0 RPP1_ZERO =0 RPP1W_ZERO =0 SPARE_SENS1 =0
SPARE_SENS2 =0 ASP_COVER_F =0 ASP_COVER_B =0 ASP_COVER_C =0
RCU_COVER_B =0 RCU_COVER_B =0 ISE_COVER =0 LEAK_RCU =0
LEAK_RPP1 =0 LEAK_ASP =0 02V_RCUPE =0 02V_ASPPE =0
24V_RCU =0 24V_ASP =0 SPARE_S3 =0 SPARE_S4 =0
RCU_PE1FAN =0 RCU_PE2FAN =0 RCU_PE3FAN =0 RCU_PE4FAN =0
ASP_PE1FAN =0 ASP_PE2FAN =0 SPARE_FAN3 =0 SPARE_FAN4 =0
WPP_ZERO =0 SPP_ZERO =0 SPPW_ZERO =0 STANK1_EMP =0
STANK1_FULL =0 STANK1_SET =0 LEAK_SPP =0 LEAK_SWU =0
BOT1_EMP =0 BOT2_EMP =0 BOT3_EMP =0 BOT4_FULL =0
BOT5_FULL =0 BOT6_FULL =0 SPARE_S5 =0 SPARE_S6 =0
LEAK_SWU2 =0 24V_SWUDRV1 =0 24V_SWUDRV2 =0 CSE_FAN1 =0
SPARE_FAN2 =0 SWU_FAN =0 MIX1U_ZERO =0 MIX1R_ZERO =0
MIX2U_ZERO =0 MIX2R_ZERO =0 RPT1U_ZERO =0 RPT1R_ZERO =0
RPT2U_ZERO =0 RPT2R_ZERO =0 SPTU_ZERO =0 SPTR_ZERO =0
IRU_ZERO =0 WU_ZERO =0 RPT1_RCU =0 RPT2_RCU =0
SPT_ASP =0 MIX1R_TS =0 MIX2R_TS =0 RPT1R_TS =0
RPT2R_TS =0 SPTR_TS =0 IRU_READY =0 SPARE_S9 =0
SPARE_S10 =0 RPT1U_DL =0 RPT2U_DL =0 SPTU_DL =0
WU_COVER =0 T1_EKIMEN =0 T2_EKIMEN =0 LEAK_IRU =0
R1_EKIMEN =0 R2_EKIMEN =0 S_EKIMEN =0 W1_EKIMEN =0
W2_EKIMEN =0 W3_EKIMEN =0 W4_EKIMEN =0 W5_EKIMEN =0
W6_EKIMEN =0 W7_EKIMEN =0 W8_EKIMEN =0 24V_IRUDRV =0
DTR_FAN =0 SPARE_S7 =0 SPARE_S8 =0 LEAK_RPP2 =0
RPP2_ZERO =0 RPP2W_ZERO =0 24V_SWUDRV3 =0 24V_IRU =0
STANK2_EMP =0 STANK2_FULL =0 STANK2_SET =0 POW_FAN1 =0
POW_FAN2 =0 POW_FAN3 =0 POW_FAN4 =0 POW_FAN5 =0
POW_FAN6 =0 POW_FAN7 =0 POW_FAN8 =0 DTR_SPARE1 =0
DTR_SPARE2 =0 RCU_BCROK =0 RCU_BCRNG =0 ASP_BCROK =0
ASP_BCRNG =0 ISE_READY =0 CSE_FAN5 =0 CSE_FAN6 =0
SPARE_S11 =0 SPARE_S12 =0
SENSOR
Figure 7.1-6
Sensor status is coded as follows:
0 = Sensor OFF
1 = Sensor ON
NOTE: For details about sensors, see "Appendix F Sensor List".

Page 7-9
(5) "10. Get PositionMap"
At the "Motor Index ==> " prompt, enter the motor number given in Figure 7.1-3. Then the check
program displays number of pulses required to go to the motor position pre-defined within the position
map. See the following example.
For position names, see "7.3. Position Map".

1. Information
2. Teisoku Search
3. Kagen Search
4. Kousoku Search
5. Zero Near
6. Mcio Move
7. Pulse Move
8. Map Move
9. Sensor Check
10.Get PositionMap
11.Get MotPara
12.Set MotPara
13.kateisoku Move
14.Gensoku Stop
15.IRU_DTR Center
Select No[ 1-15 or "end" ] --> 10
// ==Get PositionMap
Motor Index ==> 01
// mt_MX1U (1) ,size=8

00: +00000 0
01: +00200 200
02: +01581 1581
03: +01100 1100
04: +01360 1360
05: +00680 680
06: +01601 1601
07: +02401 2401
08: +01600 1600
09: +02401 2401
POSITIONMAP
Figure 7.1-7
(6) "15.IRU_DTR Center"

Turn to the zero-position of the IRU by counting the pulse of the rotary encoder of the IRU rotating
shaft with the DTR sub- CPU.

Page 7-10
7.2. D-I/O Checker Program (chk_dio)
This program allows you to control various devices in the internal units by switching internal (D-I/O)
output signals between logical ONE (1) and ZERO (0) manually.
A. Starting the checker program
(1) After turning the power switch on, double-click on the "Hyper Terminal" icon to start it. At the login
prompts, enter as follows:
login: ca400
Password: qnx
(2) At the kgtprtT# prompts, enter as follows, and the program starts.
CA400＞: cd sysboot
CA400＞: chk_dio
Soon the D-I/O Checker Menu" is displayed:
//== D-I/O Checker Menu

1. Port Out
2. Port Out(Byte)
3. Heater On
4. Heater On2
5. Per On
6. Per On2
7. Temp Read
8: SubCPUTemp_PGVer
Select No[ 1-5 or "end" ] -->
D-I/O CHECKER MENU

Figure 7.2-1

Page 7-11
B. Operation within the checker program
The following table summarizes the function of each menu item.
D-I/O Checker Menu
MENU ITEM FUNCTION

1. Port Out Sets a desired D-I/O output port to ON/OFF.
2. HeaterOn (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
3. Temp Read (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
4. RcuPer On (DO NOT SELECT THIS ITEM.)
CAUTION: DO NOT SELECT THE MENU ITEMS IN THE SHADED AREA ABOVE.
Enter a menu item number and press the [Enter] key. Operations in respective menu items are explained
on the succeeding pages.
NOTE: If an invalid item number is entered, "Select No #ERR" will be displayed.
If you want to terminate the checker program, enter "end" then press the [Enter] key.

Page 7-12
(1) "1. Port Out"
Sets a desired D-I/O output port to ON/OFF.
//== D-I/O Checker Menu

1. Port Out
2. Port Out(Byte)
3. Heater On
4. Heater On2
5. Per On
6. Per On2
7. Temp Read
8: SubCPUTemp_PGVer
//== Port Out

DRV ( 0 - 127) -->5
flg ( 0 or 1 ) -->1
PORT OUT
Figure 7.2-2

Page 7-13

DRV ( 0 – 29 ) Port number:
5 Solenoid valve RPP1-EV1
10 Demist heater for BCR window (RCU)
32 Solenoid valve WPP-EV1 (for WU1 nozzle)
38 Solenoid valve WPP-EV7 (for WU1 wash solution/purified water switching)
39 Solenoid valve WPP-EV8 (for WU3 wash solution/purified water switching)
42 Solenoid valve SPP-EV
48 Drain pump for WU1

56 Purified water supply pump for MIX1 trough
57 Purified water supply pump for MIX2 trough
58 Purified water supply pump for SPT trough
105 Purified water supply pump for RPT1 trough

113 Purified water supply pump for RPT2 trough
115 Solenoid valve RPP2-EV1

flg ( 0 or 1 ) Output level
1: ON (Energize)
0: OFF.
CAUTION: Do not enter the port number: 40 and 41.

Page 7-14
7.3. Position Map
A. General
This subsection lists position-map files stored in the “¥home¥ca400¥sysboot¥pmap” folder within the
Clinical Chemistry Analyzer.
NOTE: If necessary, you may copy (down-load) all the position-map files from the analyzer to PC as
explained in "11.4.B. Changing Position Map" (Chapter 11). Because the map-position files
are plain text files, you may read them by using Notepad, etc. Never modify the
position-map files stored in the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer unless instructed by us to do so.
For each position-map file, the following information is given:

"GENERAL INFORMATION"
"DUMP LIST OF MAP FILE".
"GENERAL INFORMATION" includes the following items.
GENERAL INFORMATION
ITEM WHAT THIS ITEM INDICATES
Trip Rate This value indicates how many mm (or degrees) the up-down (or rotary)
(or Rotation Rate) mechanism moves when a single pulse is fed to the stepping motor.
Add Pulses In the initialization the motor is driven as follows:
1 The motor is driven until the zero position is detected.
The motor stops as soon as the zero position is detected.
2 The number of pulses (Add Pulses) is additionally fed to the motor to enable
the motor to enter the zero position range sufficiently.

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-15
"DUMP LIST" looks like this, and explanations on respective items follow.
DUMP LIST OF: mt_WU.txt

Min 0
Max 3000
Near 200
Size 4
1 [WUUP2] 650 // 22 mm above the cuvette bottom in IRU
2 [WUUSP1] 600 // 17 mm above the cuvette bottom in IRU
3 [WUUSP2] // Not used
4 [WUUDL] 1750 // 1 mm below the cuvette bottom in IRU
5 [WUADJUST] 120 // WU nozzle adjustment position
ITEM WHAT THIS ITEM INDICATES

Min Minimum pulse number.
Do not give a pulse number less than this value.
Max Maximum pulse number.
Do not give a pulse number greater than this value.
Near Number of pulses to leave the zero position in initialization.
Size This number merely tells how many position names (see below) are available.
[Position Name] A position name is enclosed within brackets [ ]. "[" or "]" is not a part of
position name.
The value that follows the position name is a number of pulses required for the
motor to go from its zero position to the named position.
The text line led by "//" is a comment explaining the position. The comment
is not contained in the file but added for this publishing only.
NOTE: Position names are not always available. Some position map
files do not have position names.

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-16
B. ASP Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
Rotation Rate: 0.025 deg/pulse
Add Pulses: 21 pulses
DUMP LIST OF: mt_ASP.txt

Min 0
Max 14800
Near 408
Size 4
1. [ASP1SAMPLE] 200
2. [ASPOUT] 0 (No.27) Zero position
3. [ASPMID] 252 (No.64)
4. [ASPIN] 290 (No.1)
C. IRU Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
Add Pulses: None
DUMP LIST OF: mt_IRU.txt

Min 0
Max 9250
Near 500
Size 1
1. [IRU1CV] 100

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-17
D. MIX1U Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
Trip Rate: 0.025 mm/pulse
DUMP LIST OF: mt_MX1U.txt

Min 0
Max 2401
Near 160
Size 7
1 [MIX1CELL] 200 // Cuvette-mouth level
2 [MIX1IRU] 1581 // Cuvette bottom level
3 [MIX1PULL] 1100 // 11.5 mm above the cuvette bottom
4 [MIX1TR] 1360 // Trough (washing) bottom level
5 [MIX1TR0] 680 // 15 mm above the trough (washing) bottom level
6 [MIX1DRY] 1601 // Trough (dry) bottom level
7 [MIX1ADJUST] 1600 // MIX adjustment position
E. MIX1R Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_MX1R.txt

Min 0
Max 866
Near 88
Size 2
1 [MIX1RTRD] 537 // Trough (washing)
2 [MIX1RDRY] 688 // Trough (dry)

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-18
F. MIX2U Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_MX2U.txt

Min 0
Max 2401
Near 160
Size 6
1 [MIX2CELL] 200 // Cuvette-mouth level
2 [MIX2IRU] 1581 // Cuvette bottom level
3 [MIX2PULL] 1100 // 11.5 mm above the cuvette bottom
4 [MIX2TR] 1360 // Trough (washing) bottom level
5 [MIX2TR0] 680 // 15 mm above the trough (washing) bottom level
6 [MIX2DRY] 1601 // Trough (dry) bottom level
7 [MIX2 ADJUST] 16 00 // MIX adj ustment po sitio n
G. MIX2R Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_MX2R.txt

Min 0
Max 888
Near 88
Size 2
1 [MIX2RTRD] 550 // Trough (washing)
2 [MIX2RDRY] 700 // Trough (dry)

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-19
H. RCU Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_RCU.txt

Min 0
Max 19733
Near 545
Size 5
1 [RCU1 RG] 64 0 // 1 Reagent
2 [RCURGINRPT1] 0 // Pip etting spot for inner bo ttles in RPT1
（ No.1zero p o sitio n）
3 [RCURGOUTRPT1] 72 // Pip etting spot for o uter bo ttles in RPT1 （No .60）
4 [RCURGINRPT2] 50 3 // Pip etting spot for inner bo ttles in RPT2 （No .28）
5 [RCURGOUTRPT2] 39 6 // Pip etting spot for o uter bo ttles in RPT2 （No .58）

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-20
I. RPP1 Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_RPP1.txt

Min 0
Max 2401
Near 80
Size 0
J. RPP1W Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_RPP1W.txt

Min 0
Max 2401
Near 80
Size 0
K. RPT1R Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_RPT1R.txt

Min 0
Max 1577
Near 88
Size 4
1 [RPTRTRDX] 565 // RPT trough (drain)
2 [RPTRTRD] 634 // RPT trough (water)
3 [RPTRRCUOUT] 1152 // Pipetting spot for outer bottles in RCU
4 [RPTRRCUIN] 1383 // Pipetting spot for inner bottles in RCU

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-21
L. RPT1U Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_RPT1U.txt

Min 0
Max 4803
Near 160
Size 5
1 [RPTUDMYU] 0 // The level to dispense reagent dummy in the RPT trough (drain)
2 [RPTUTRDU] 0 // The level to dispense wash solution in the RPT trough (drain)
3 [RPTUIRUD] 1521 // Cuvette bottom level in IRU
4 [RPTURCUD] 4573 // Bottle bottom level in RCU
5 [RPTUADJ UST] 16 00 // RPT1height adjustment po sitio n

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-22
M. RPP2 Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_RPP2.txt

Min 0
Max 2401
Near 80
Size 0
N. RPP2W Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_RPP2W.txt

Min 0
Max 2401
Near 80
Size 0
O. RPT2R Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_RPT2R.txt

Min 0
Max 1377
Near 88
Size 5
1 [RPTRTRDX] 407 // RPT trough (drain)
2 [RPTRTRD] 476 // RPT trough (water)
3 [RPTRRCUOUT] 955 // Pipetting spot for outer bottles in RCU
4 [RPTRRCUIN] 1181 // Pipetting spot for inner bottles in RCU

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-23
P. RPT2U Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_RPT2U.txt

Min 0
Max 4803
Near 160
Size 5
1 [RPTUDMYU] 0 // The level to dispense reagent dummy in the RPT trough (drain)
2 [RPTUTRDU] 0 // The level to dispense wash solution in the RPT trough (drain)
3 [RPTUIRUD] 1521 // Cuvette bottom level in IRU
4 [RPTURCUD] 4573 // Bottle bottom level in RCU
5 [RPTUADJ UST] 16 00 // RPT2 height adj ustment p ositio n

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-24
Q. SPP Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_SPP.txt

Min 0
Max 1834
Near 101
Size 0
R. SPPW Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_SPPW.txt

Min 0
Max 2401
Near 80
Size 0

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-25
S. SPTR Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_SPTR.txt

Min 0
Max 3800
Near 88
Size 7
1 [SPTRTRDX] 592 // Drain outlet of SPT trough
2 [SPTRTRD] 661 // Water inlet of SPT trough
3 [SPTRTRDY] 681 // Drain outlet of SPT trough
4 [SPTRASPOUT] 966 // Pipetting spot for outer tubes in ASP
5 [SPTRASPMID] 1122 // Pipetting spot for middle tubes in ASP
6 [SPTRASPIN] 1758 // Pipetting spot for inner tubes in ASP
7 [SPTRISE] 3612 // Dispensing spot in ISE
T. SPTU Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_SPTU.txt

Min 0
Max 4803
Near 160
Size 7
1 [SPTUTRDU] 0 // The level to dispense general sample dummy in the SPT trough
(drain)
2 [SPTUISEU] 1120 // The level to dispense sample in ISE
3 [SPTUIRUD] 1601 // Cuvette-bottom level in IRU
4 [SPTUASPD] 4503 // Tube-bottom level in ASP
5 [SPTUASPDI] 3202 // Tube-bottom level for inner tubes in ASP
6 [SPTUCUP D] 19 56 // micro samp le cup bo tto m
7 [SPTUADJUST] 16 00 // SPT height adj ustment po sitio n

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-26
U. WPP Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_WPP.txt

Min 0
Max 2641
Near 240
Size 5
1 [WUPRESID] 106 // Plungers are lowered down to this point to absorb air after
dispensing purified water or wash solution.
2 [WUPWASH1] 1795 // Plungers are lowered down to this point to absorb 550ml of wash
solution. (First time)
3 [WUPTEI1] 2083 // Plungers are lowered down to this point to absorb 650ml of wash
solution for volume examination.
4 [WUPTEI2] 2228 // Plungers are lowered down to this point to absorb 700ml of
purified water for volume examination.
5 [WUPPURE] 2228 // Plungers are lowered down to this point to absorb 700ml of
purified water.
V. WU Motor
GENERAL INFORMATION
DUMP LIST OF: mt_WU.txt

Min 0
Max 3000
Near 200
Size 4
1 [WUUP2] 650 // 22 mm above the cuvette bottom in IRU
2 [WUUSP1] 600 // 23 mm above the cuvette bottom in IRU
3 [WUUSP2] 1725 // 0.5 mm above the cuvette bottom in IRU
4 [WUUDL] 1750 // Cuvette bottom level in IRU

7.3. Position Map
Page 7-27
THIS P AGE IS
I NTENTIONALLY
LEFT B LANK.
Page 7-28
Chapter 8
Troubleshooting
8.1. Troubleshooting by Error Messages

This subsection lists all ERROR MESSAGEs that the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer displays, and the "SUSPECT:" column indicates possible faulty sections for respective errors. First take the actions given in the "CHECK:" column. Unless this solves
your problem, then replace the parts raised in the same column (CHECK).
B lock: User I nter face Alar m
Code Message Explanation and Action

The measurement result(s) could not be converted into concentration.
6002 Concentration calculation error.
Check the setting details on the [Calibration] screen and also verify if the calibration is performed correctly.
Full calibration was not performed appropriately.
6003 Full calibration failed. The concentration value input on the [Calibration] screen may be wrong or standard sample may not be placed in the ASP appropriately.
Check and try again.
Full calibration, one-point or two-point calibration failed.
6004 Full, one point or 2-point calibration failed. The concentration value input on the [Calibration] screen may be wrong or standard sample may not be placed in the ASP appropriately.
Check and try again.
Printer output failed.
6005 Printer output failed.
Verify if the cable is connected appropriately or the printer is in the [Ready] state.
Standard sample whose concentration value has not been set was found.
6008 Invalid standard sample found.
Make sure to input the concentration value for the standard sample which you calibrate.
Input concentration values are less than 3.
6009 Concentration information not available.
Input 3 or more concentration values for the standard sample to be calibrated.
Received invalid data from the Host. Check with the Host.
6011 Data reception error.
Overflow or zero divide error occurred during concentration conversion.

6012 Software interrupted.
Bcc (Block Checking Code) error occurred during host communication.

6013 Bcc error occurred during host communication.
Check the communication setting details on the [System setting] screen.
No response from the Host. Verify if the communication cable to the Host is appropriately connected.
6014 Time out error occurred during host communication.
Data was resent to the Host, however, no response.
Re transmission error occurred during host
6015 Verify if the communication cable to the Host is appropriately connected.
communication.
Reagent blank data has been deleted automatically due to expiration of storage period.
6016 Unable to display time course data.
Reagent blank data for the selected measurement has been deleted. Unable to display time course data.
6030 Database update failure.
6031 Database insertion failure.
Database may be corrupt or damaged. Contact our customer service section for technical support.
6032 Database deletion failure.
6033 Database SelectOpen failure.
There are less than 30 good cuvettes and testing Conduct cuvette cleaning.
6100
cannot begin. If you still have an error, replace no-good cuvette(s) with good cuvette(s).
The amount of the required reagent(s) for the measurement shown bellow is not sufficient.
6101 Not enough reagent inventory to initiate the run.
Replace reagent bottle(s) with new ones.
Chapter 8 Troubleshooting
Page 8-1
Remaining amount of Calibrant A is insufficient. Replace the bottle with a new one.
6102 Calibrant A remaining volume is running short.
Following reagent remaining amount required for the measurement may be running short.
6103 Possible shortage of reagent for measurement.
As the sensor has detected an error, the measurement cannot be started.

6104 Error detected
Check the situation.
Factor computation is included among the placed standard samples.
6120 Standard has been set for “Factor” assay.
Found calibrators other than S2. As Blank
Even if the selection of “Enable reagent blank as S1” is set, a calibrator (standard sample) other than S2 is placed.
6121 Measurement is set to enable reagent blank as S1,
only S2 can be used for calibration.
Found series dilution calibrators. As Blank
Even if the selection of “Enable reagent blank as S1” is set, a standard sample except for S1 is placed.
6122 Measurement is set to enable reagent blank as S1,
Check the situation and place S2 standard sample.
only S2 can be used for calibration.
Calibration is performed due to lack of calibration
6123 Check the sample number and method number:
curve for method.
Measurement is not performed due to lack of
6124 Check the sample number and method number:
calibration curve for method.
There is no agreed reagent lot numbers with the measurement result data.
6125 Disagreed reagent lot number.
Try again after check.
6126 No ISE calibration. Unable to run the measurement. Sample ID:
6201~
RCU bottle barcode number (1~60) is not usable. Check if there are any smears and / or damages on the barcode label applied to the reagent bottles
6260
6301~ RCU bottle number (1~60) barcode has already been
The barcode is already assigned for the bottle that has been already placed in other position.
6360 assigned.
6401~ RCU bottle number (1~60) reagent code is not
Check the reagent registration status at the [System] screen.
6460 registered.
The process has been interrupted due to mechanical
6500 Contact our customer service section for technical support.
interference.
Check the halogen lamp. Perform automatic gain adjustment.
6501 Automatic gain adjustment failed.
If fault returns, contact our customer service section for technical support.
While dealing with the emergency stop situation, an emergency stop occurred in the main analyzer.
6502 Restart failed.
Hardware problems may be occurring. Check the situation.
6510 Error detected Sensor detects the error. Check the sensor and sensor number. Check the situation.
6520 IRU temperature is less than 36.5 degrees. The temperature in the IRU must be kept within a range of 36.5 °C to 37.5°C (not including 37.5°C).
6521 IRU temperature is more than 37.5 degrees. Observe the temperature monitor on the [Mainte]-[Perform] screen and contact our customer service section for technical support.
Temperature in the RCU must be kept at 15°C or lower.
6522 RCU temperature is more than 15 degrees.
Observe the temperature monitor on the [Mainte]-[Perform] screen and contact our customer service section for technical support.
The temperature in the ASP must be kept at 10°C or lower.
6523 ASP temperature is more than 10 degrees.
Observe the temperature monitor on the [Mainte]-[Perform] screen and contact our customer service section for technical support.
Omitted order registration of position and sample
6600 Order registrations for the following position numbers and sample numbers have not been performed yet. Check the orders.
numbers.
Measurement is not performed due to overlaps of
6601 Measurement cannot be performed because the order registrations for the following sample numbers are overlapped. Check the orders.
sample numbers.
Existing order for a sample has been overwritten with

6602 As a new order was sent by the ASP Scan to the existing sample, the existing order has been renewed into the new order.
new order by ASP Scan.
Page 8-2
Existing order for a sample has been overwritten with
7001 As a new order for the existing sample was sent by the Host, the existing order has been renewed into the new order.
new order from host.
Communication error occurred during order reception Verify that the communication cable to the Host is connected appropriately. Perform an order inquiry to the Host again.
7002
from host. If you still have an error, contact our customer service section for technical support.
Communication error occurred during result Verify that the communication cable to the Host is connected appropriately. Retry sending the result to the Host.
7003
transmission to host. If you still have an error, contact our customer service section for technical support.
Received order(s) with following reagent shortage method(s).
7004 Received order with short reagent received from host.
Add a new reagent and perform an order inquiry to the Host again.
Sample number with invalid character received from
7005 Because the sample number other than normal sample is received, following orders were discarded. Check the correct order with the Host.
host and discarded it.
Check the memory capacity of the PC, and stop the unnecessary applications, then resend the result(s) to the Host.
7006 Failed to allocate memory for result transmission.
Communication protocol may not be set appropriately. Check the communication setting details on the [System setting] screen.
7007 Host transmissions retry time over error.
Check the memory capacity of the PC, and stop the unnecessary applications, then perform an order inquiry to the Host again.
7008 Failed to allocate memory for order acquire.
Sample number with invalid character received from

7010 As an unregistered sample number is received, the following orders were discarded.
host and discarded.
Reboot the PC.
7011 Failed to allocate memory while acquiring QC data.
If you still have an error, contact our customer service section for technical support.
Either the serum information definition file does not exist or the file format is not correct.
7030 Failed to read serum indices setting file.
Contact our customer service section for technical support.
Received more orders from host than the analyzer can
7051 Received more orders than the maximum sample numbers (1,000) for order registration. Check with the Host.
handle.
Registration of calibrator B to the standard sample tray position is required to execute the calibration.
7052 ISE calibrator B is not registered.
Registration of wash solution to the standard sample tray position is required to execute the ISE wash.
7053 ISE wash solution is not registered.
Chemistry parameter already exists. Please delete

7054 existing chemistry parameter or rename new Method name:
chemistry parameter.
Page 8-3
B lock: RPT1R ( RPT1 Rotar y B lock)
E0102
to E0104
ERROR ERROR M ESSAGE RESULT O PERATIONAL SUSPECT: CH ECK:
CO DE M ODE
E0102 Re a ge nt p ip e tte ( RP T 1 ) ro tat io n Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its mo vab le Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
o r i gi n s e nso r i s o n a f te r ro ta tio n . Stop range o n the IRU sid e. again.
( at i ni tia li za tio n)
No te ;
I t me a ns t ha t RP T 1 ca n n o t re t ur n
to i ts r o t at io nal o r i g i n.
Ro tary d riving sectio n. Check the RPT1 R mo tor fo r slackness o f belt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
E0103 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) ro tat io n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its mo vab le Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n b e fo r e Stop range o n the IRU sid e. again.
Maintenance
r o tat io n. ( wh i le no t a t it s o r i gi n)
No te ; co nnector, etc.
T her e is no g uar a nte e t h at RP T 1
ca n r e t ur n to i ts r o t at io n al o r i gi n. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0104 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) ro tat io n Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its mo vab le Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
o r i gi n se n so r i s o f f a f ter ret ur n i n g Stop range o n the RCU sid e. again.
to o r i g i n. ( at i ni ti al iza ti o n)
I t me a ns t ha t RP T 1 ca n n o t re t ur n
to i ts r o t at io nal o r i g i n.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
RPT1 R zero -po sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-4
E0106
to E0156
CO DE M ODE
E0106 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) up o r i gi n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its lo wer Manually mo ve the no zzle to the co rrect po sitio n, then p erfor m the initializatio n
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f Stop limit. again.
Maintenance
r o tat io n co m ma nd .
T he nozzle is not ab le to return to its zero Check the cause o f b lo cking mo vement for RPT1 no zzle.
No te ; po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. Manually mo ve the no zzle to the co rrect po sitio n, then p erfor m the initializatio n
I t me a ns t ha t, wh e n RP T 1 ro ta te s again.
fr o m I RU, t he RP T 1 no z zle i s i n
t he c u v et te ( lo we r ed p o s it io n). Up -do wn d riving mechanism. Check the RPT1 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
( RP T 1 is no t at it s ve r t i cal co nnector, etc.
o r i gi n.) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
Up zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SENSA board（ Up zero -po sitio n sensor）
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0156 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) up o r i gi n Samp ling stop Analysis T he No zzle is no t able to return to its zero Check the cause o f b lo cking mo vement for RPT1 no zzle.
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. Manually mo ve the no zzle to the co rrect po sitio n, then p erfor m the initializatio n
r o tat io n co m ma nd . ( T r o u g h o r again.
R CU p o s it io n)
Up -do wn d riving mechanism. Check the RPT1 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
I t me a ns t ha t, wh e n RP T 1 ro ta te s Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
fr o m tr o u g h o r R C U, t he RP T 1 - IRU_DRV board
no z zl e i s i n i t s lo wer ed p o si tio n. - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
( RP T 1 is no t at it s ve r t i cal - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
o r i gi n.)
- SENSA board（ Up zero -po sitio n sensor）
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
Page 8-5
B lock: RPT1U ( RPT1 Up-d o wn B lock)
E0201
to E0203
CO DE M ODE
E0201 Reagent pipette (RPT1) up origin sensor is Emergency Analysis Up -do wn d riving sectio n. Check the RPT1 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
off at initiation of the pipette descent from Stop co nnector, etc.
origin command.
No te; - IRU_DRV board
I n nor mal o per atio n, the origin - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
sensor (zero -p ositio n sensor) must - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
b e o n.
- SENSA board（ Up -zero po sitio n sensor）
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0202 Reagent pipette (RPT1) up origin sensor is Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
on although the RPT2 has left up origin. Stop limit. again.
(at initialization)
Up -do wn d riving sectio n. Check the RPT1 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
No te; co nnector, etc.
I n nor mal o per atio n, the origin
sensor (zero -p ositio n sensor) must
b e o ff. - IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
Up zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0203 Reagent pipette (RPT1) up origin sensor is Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
on at initiation of return to origin Stop limit. again.
Maintenance
command.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-6
E0204
to E0206
CO DE M ODE
E0204 Reagent pipette (RPT1) up origin sensor is Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its lo wer Perform the initialization again.
still off although the RPT2 has returned to Stop limit.
up origin. (at initialization)
T he nozzle is not ab le to return to its zero Check that the RPT1 is correctly mo ved to the upp er p o sitio n b y hand, then
po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. p erfo rm the initialization again.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0205 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) up o r i gi n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he Stop limit. again.
Maintenance
p ip et te up o r d o wn co m ma n d .
( fr o m a p o si tio n o t her t h an i ts
o r i gi n) co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0206 I R U s a fe t y se n so r i s o ff at re a ge n t Emergency Analysis Po sitio nal relatio n o f IRU and RPT1. Check the RPT1 p o sitio n whether RPT1 nozzle is correctly mo ved up / down at
p ip et te ( RP T 1 ) mo ve me n t Stop IRU.
Maintenance
co m ma nd .
IRU driving sectio n. Check the IRU mo tor for slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
I n the nor mal case, I RU safety
sensor must be o n. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
IRU read y-p ositio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU ro tary encoder
- DET_CP U b oard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-7
E0251
to E0255
CO DE M ODE
E0209 RPT1R position is not on IRU at Emergency Analysis Ro tary d riving sectio n Check if there are no objects ob structing the revolutio n o f RPT1.
initiation of RPT1 U up or down Stop
Check RPT1R mo tor for slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
command . co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0251 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) up o r i gi n Samp ling stop Analysis RPT1U driving sectio n.
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he (At RPT tro ugh
p ip et te d o wn wa r d co m m and . or RCU)
( T r o ug h o r R CU p o s it io n)
No te;
I n the nor mal case, RPT1 U o rigin
b e o n.
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f t he (At RPT tro ugh
p ip et te up war d co m ma n d . (T ro u g h or RCU) Check RPT1U mo tor for slackness o f its belt / p ulleys or poo r co ntact o f
o r R C U p o si tio n) co nnector, etc.
No te;
b e o ff.
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f t he (At RPT tro ugh
p ip et te up o r d o wn co m ma n d . or RCU)
( fr o m a p o si tio n o t her t h an i ts
o r i gi n) (Trough or RCU
p o si tio n)
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-8
E0257
to E0275
CO DE M ODE
E0257 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) sa fet y Samp ling stop Analysis RPT1 no zzle state at RPT1 tro ugh. Check the RPT1 p o sitio n whether RPT1 nozzle is correctly mo ved up / down at
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he RPT1 tro ugh.
Maintenance
p ip et te up o r d o wn co m ma n d a t
RPT1U driving sectio n. Check the RPT1 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
R CU .
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
RPT1 read y-p o sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SEN_ CN bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0258 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) p o si tio n Samp ling stop Analysis RPT1 no zzle state at reagent p ipetting Check the RCU bo ttle positio n whether RPT1 no zzle mo ves up / do wn co rr ectly.
se n so r fo r R C U i s o f f a t i ni ti at io n po sitio n.
Maintenance
o f t he p ip e tte up o r d o wn
co m ma nd at R C U. RPT1U driving sectio n. Check the RPT1 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
- SENSAbo ard（ ro tatio nal sensor）
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- SENSA board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0275 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) cra s h Co ntinued Analysis Reagent is shorted. Supp ly reagent.
d ete ct io n s e n so r i s o n b efo re t he op eratio n.
Do wn limit sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
p ip et te h as r ea c hed t he b o tto m o f
(Only warning) - SEN_ LL / DL b oard
t he R CU .
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
RCU d riving sectio n. Check the RCU mo tor for slackness o f its belt / pulleys or p oor co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
- RCU_DRV board
RPT1U driving sectio n. Check RPT1U mo tor for slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-9
Block: RPT1U (RPT1 Up-down Block)
E0276
to E0281
CO DE M ODE
E0276 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) ca n no t Co ntinued Analysis Reagent is shorted. Supp ly reagent.
d ete ct R C U l iq uid le v el. op eratio n.
Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
No te; (Only warning)
- SEN_ LL / DL b oard
T he nozzle d escend ed to the
bo tto m o f reagent bottle (the
maxi mu m d escent amo unt fo r RCU d riving sectio n. Check the RCU mo tor for slackness o f its belt / pulleys or p oor co ntact o f
liq uid level detectio n) witho ut co nnector, etc.
d etecting the liq uid level.
- RCU_DRV board
E0278 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) hard war e Co ntinued Analysis Reagent bo ttle. Check that no b ubb les are pro d uced in the reagent inside bottle.
is f u n ct io ni n g ab no r ma ll y. op eratio n.
Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
No te; (Only warning)
T he RPT1 nozzle stopp ed witho ut
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
arr iving at the botto m o f reagent
bo ttle. Ho wever , the liq uid level is
no t detected.
E0279 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) liq u id Co ntinued Analysis Reagent bo ttle. Check that no b ubb les are pro d uced in the reagent inside bottle.
le ve l d e tec tio n at R C U; Liq uid op eratio n.
le ve l no t d et ec ted . Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
No te;
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
After RPT1 detected the liq uid
level and p er fo r med p ipetting, it
has no t d etected the liq uid level.
E0280 B y t he Re a ge n t p ip et te ( RP T 1 ) Co ntinued Maintenance d etergent Check resid ual q uantity o f the detergent which is registered to use for
liq u id l e vel d et ec tio n at R CU ; op eratio n. maintenance.
Q ua nt it y o f d e ter ge n t li q u id i s
(Only warning
lac k i n g.
E0281 Bo tto m co ntact sensor Co ntinued Analysis Do wn limit sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
( RPT1U_DL) is o n at in i tia tio n o f op eratio n. - SEN_ LL / DL b oard
RPT1 d ispensing at I RU po sitio n - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(Only warning
Page 8-10
B lock: RPP1
E0301
to E030 3
CO DE M ODE
E0301 RP P zer o p o s it io n se n so r Emergency Analysis RPP1 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP1 mo tor fo r slackness o f belt, pulleys, plunger or po or co ntact o f
( RP P _ ZE RO) i s o f f at i n it iat io n o f Stop co nnector, etc.
RP P p ip e tt i n g fr o m zero p o si tio n ,
Check Plunger is parallel to syringe.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
E0302 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP T P 1 ) Emergency Initializatio n RPP1 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP1 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s st il l o n alt ho u g h Stop co nnector, etc.
t he s yr i n g e ha s le f t o r i g i n. (a t
Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
i ni tia li za tio n)
- SWU_ DRV3 board
RPP1 fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
So lenoid valve. Check the soleno id valve for sticking odd object, etc.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
Syringe tip. Check the syringe tip for excessive frictio n resistance, etc.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
Light-interrup ting p late fo r the up Lo wer the fixing po sition, then perform the initializatio n again.
zero -po sitio n senso r (p ho to -interrup ter) is
fixed too high.
E0303 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP T P 1 ) Emergency Analysis RPP1 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP1 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n a t i n i tia tio n o f Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
d isp e ns at io n co m ma n d .
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-11
B lock: RPP1
E0304
to E0305
CO DE M ODE
E0304 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP T P 1 ) Emergency Initializatio n RPP1 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP1 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s st il l o ff alt ho u g h Stop co nnector, etc.
t he s yr i n g e ha s r et ur ned to o ri g i n.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board (RPP1_ ZERO)
- SWU_ DRV3 board
E0305 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP T P 1 ) Emergency Analysis RPP1 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP1 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n a t i n i tia tio n o f Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
t he r e a ge n t p u mp mo v e me n t.
( wh i le r ea ge n t s yr i n g e i s no t at
o r i gi n.) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT'D)
Page 8-12
B lock: RPP1
E0351
to E0353
CO DE M ODE
E0351 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP T P 1 ) Samp ling stop Analysis RPP1 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP1 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s o f f a t i n it iat io n o f (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
asp ir a tio n co m ma nd . ( T ro u g h o r or RCU) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
R CU p o s it io n)
Note; Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
Since it is occurring in the trough or - SWU_ DRV3 board
RCU, sampling stops. RPP1 fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
E0353 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP T P 1 ) Samp ling stop Analysis RPP1 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP1 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n a t i n i tia tio n o f (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
d isp e ns at io n co m ma n d . (T ro ug h o r or RCU) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
R CU p o s it io n)
No te;
- SWU_ DRV3 board
Since it is occurr ing in the tro ugh
or RCU, samp ling stop s. RPP1 fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-13
B lock: RPP1
E0355
to E0356
CO DE M ODE
E0355 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP T P 1 ) Samp ling stop Analysis Same as E0305 .
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n a t i n i tia tio n o f
t he r e a ge n t p u mp mo v e me n t.
( wh i le r ea ge n t s yr i n g e i s no t at i ts
o r i gi n.)
E0356 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP T P 1 ) Samp ling stop Analysis RPT1 safety sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
sa f et y se n so r i s o f f a t i n it iat io n o f - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
d isp e ns at io n co m ma n d . - SEN2 bo ard
Page 8-14
B lock: SPT R ( SPT Ro tary B lo ck)
E0402
to E0404
CO DE M ODE
E0402 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) ro tat io n Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its mo vab le Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
o r i gi n se n so r i s st il l o n alt ho u g h Stop range o n the IRU sid e. again.
t he p ip et te h as le f t o r i gi n. (a t
SPTR driving sectio n. Check the SPT R mo to r for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
etc.
No te;
SPTR zero p o sitio n sensor must b e Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
o ff.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0403 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) ro tat io n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its mo vab le Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n b e fo r e ro ta tio n Stop range o n the IRU sid e. again.
Maintenance
to o r i g i n.
SPTR driving sectio n. Check the SPT R mo to r for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
No te; etc.
SPTR zero p o sitio n sensor must b e
o ff.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0404 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) ro tat io n Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its mo vab le Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
o r i gi n se n so r i s st il l o ff alt ho u g h Stop range o n the RCU sid e. again.
t he p ip et te h as r o t ated t o o ri gi n.
( at i ni tia li za tio n) SPTR driving sectio n. Check the SPT R mo to r for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
etc.
No te;
SPTR zero p o sitio n sensor must b e
- IRU_DRV board
o n.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
SPTR zero -p ositio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-15
B lock: SPT R ( SPT Ro tary B lo ck)
E0406
to E0456
CO DE M ODE
E0406 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its lo wer Perform the initialization again.
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he Stop limit.
Maintenance
p ip et te r o ta tio n co m ma n d .
T he nozzle can no t return to its zero Perform the initialization again.
No te; po sitio n d ue to external fo rce.
T he sensor o f SPT vertical driving
sectio n must be o n. SPTR driving sectio n. Check the SPT R mo to r for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
I t means that, when SPT ro tates, etc.
the SPT no zzle is lo wered . Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
SPTU zero -po sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SENSA board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0456 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Samp ling stop Analysis SPTU d riving sectio n. Check the SPTU mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he (At SPT tro ugh o r etc.
p ip et te r o ta tio n co m ma n d . ASP ) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
( T r o ug h o r ASP p o si tio n )
- IRU_DRV board
No te; - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
T he sensor o f SPT vertical driving - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
sectio n must be o n.
I t means that, when SPT starts
ro tatio n, the SPT no zzle is - SENSA board（ Up zero -po sitio n sensor）
lo wer ed. - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
Since the no zzle is in the tro ugh or - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
ASP , samp ling stop s.
Page 8-16
B lock: SPTU ( SPT Up -do wn B lo ck)
E0501
to E0503
CO DE M ODE
E0501 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Emergency Analysis SPTU d riving sectio n. Check the SPTU mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he Stop etc.
Maintenance
p ip et te d es ce n t fr o m o r i g i n
co m ma nd .
- IRU_DRV board
T he sensor o f SPT vertical driving - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
sectio n must be o n.
I t means that, when SPT starts
ro tatio n, the SPT no zzle is - SENSA board（ Up zero -po sitio n sensor）
lo wer ed. - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0502 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
se n so r is s ti ll o n al t ho u g h t he Stop limit. again.
p ip et te h as d e sce nd ed fr o m o r i gi n .
( at i ni tia li za tio n) SPTU d riving sectio n. Check the SPTU mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
etc.
No te;
sectio n must be tur ned off. - IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- SENSA board（ Up zero -po sitio n
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0503 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f t he Stop limit. again.
Maintenance
p ip et te r et ur n to o r i gi n co m ma nd .
SPTU d riving sectio n. Check the SPTU mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
No te; etc.
sectio n must be o ff.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- SENSA board (Up zero -po sitio n)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-17
E0504
to E0510
CO DE M ODE
E0504 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Perform the initialization again.
se n so r is o f f a f ter as ce n d . (a t Stop limit.
T he nozzle is not ab le to return to its Check the factor which has resisted the mo tio n o f the no zzle, then p er fo r m the
No te; zero po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. initializatio n again.
I t means that SPT has not returned
to its upp er origin. Up zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0505 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f t he Stop limit. again.
p ip et te up o r d o wn co m ma n d . (t h e
p ip et te i s no t at o r i g i n)
I t means that SPT is no t correctly - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
mo ved up /do wn.
E0506 I R U s a fe t y se n so r i s o ff at t he Emergency Analysis IRU driving sectio n. Check the IRU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o r d o wn Stop etc.
Maintenance
co m ma nd .
I t means that I RU is no t in the - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
po sitio n. - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
- DET_CP U b oard .
E0510 MI X1 is no t ab o ve tr o u g h at Emergency Initializatio n At initializatio n, MIX1 is not at the Mo ve the MIX1 b y hand so that it is at the tro ugh.
i ni tia tio n o f mo ve me n t. (at Stop tro ugh.
E0511 SP T R zer o p o s it io n se n s o r i s o ff Emergency Analysis SP T R driving sectio n. Check the SP T R mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
at i ni tia tio n o f SP T U up o r d o wn Stop etc.
Maintenance
co m ma nd i n I RU .
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-18
E0551
to E0555
CO DE M ODE
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he etc.
(SPT tro ugh or
p ip et te d o wn wa r d co m m and .
ASP ) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
mo ved up /do wn.
Since the no zzle is in the tro ugh or
ASP , samp ling stop s. - SENSA board(Up zero -po sitio n)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f t he etc.
(SPT tro ugh or
p ip et te up war d co m ma n d .
- IRU_DRV board
mo ved up /do wn.
Since the no zzle is in the tro ugh or Up zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
ASP , samp ling stop s. - SENSA board(Up zero -po sitio n)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0555 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Samp ling stop Analysis SPTU d riving sectio n. Check the SPTU mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f t he co nnector, etc.
(SPT tro ugh or
p ip et te up o r d o wn co m ma n d . (t h e
p ip et te i s no t at o r i g i n) (T ro ug h o r
- IRU_DRV board
ASP p o si tio n)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
No te; - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
I t means that SPT is no t correctly
mo ved up /do wn. Up zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SENSA board (Up zero-p o sitio n)
Since no zzle is in the trough or
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
ASP , samp ling stop s.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-19
Block: SPTU (SPT Up-down Block)
E0557
to E0563
CO DE M ODE
E0557 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) s a fe t y se n so r Samp ling stop Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its valid Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n.
is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he p ip e tte mo ve ment range.
Maintenance
up war d co m ma nd at AS P .
T/S p o sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- T / S po sitio n sensor (SPTR_T S)
- SENSA board (ro tatio nal sensor)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0558 SPT RCU Safety Senso r (SP T ASP ) Samp ling stop Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its valid Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n.
is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he p ip e tte mo ve ment range.
Maintenance
up war d co m ma nd at AS P .
SPT ASP po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0559 SPT Trough Safety Sensor Samp ling stop Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its valid Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
( SP T R_T S) is o n a t i n it i atio n o f mo ve ment range. - SEN2 bo ard
Maintenance
t he p ip et te up war d co m ma n d a t - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
T/S p o sitio n sensor.
ASP . - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board
E0561 SPT Trough Safety Sensor Samp ling stop Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its valid Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n.
( SPTR_TS) is not o n at initiatio n o f mo ve ment range.
Maintenance
SPTU mo vement in T RF.
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0562 SPT Trough Safety Sensor Samp ling stop Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its valid Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n.
( SPTR_TS) is o ff at initiatio n o f mo ve ment range.
Maintenance
SPTU mo vement in I SE.
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0563 SPT RCU Safety Senso r (SP T ASP ) Samp ling stop Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its valid Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n.
is o ff at initiatio n o f SPTU mo ve ment range.
Maintenance
mo ve ment in ISE.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-20
Block: SPTU (SPT Up-down Block)
E0575
to E0576
CO DE M ODE
E0570 SP T clo t d ete ct ed wh i l e asp ira ti n g Co ntinued
op eratio n.
E0571 SP T clo t d ete ct ed wh i l e d isp e ns i n g
Samp le sto p
when 3 SPT nozzle clotting
samp les have Analysis Check samp le co nd itio n.
Samp le clotting
errors Shut d o wn the analyzer and clean SPT no zzle if necessary.
co ntinuo usly (at ASP po sitio n) If yo u still have this error, co ntact o ur custo mer service fo r technical suppo rt.
E0572 SP T clo t d ete ct ed wh i l e wa s h i n g
Co ntinued
E0573 Co m mu n i ca tio n er r o r fo r SP T clo t op eratio n. ASP Drive unit
d ete ct io n SPT Clo t Detecting unit
E0575 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) cr as h se n so r Co ntinued Analysis Samp le is shorted. Supp ly samp le.
is o n b ut t he p ip e tte i s n o t a t t h e op eratio n.
(At ASP po sitio n)
b o tto m o f t he ASP . Do wn limit sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
I t means that there is no p ip etting
samp le in the cup o f ASP o r the
tub e.
ASP driving sectio n. Check the ASP mo to r fo r slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
etc.
- ASP_ DRV bo ard
- RCU_DRV board.
SPTU d riving sectio n. Check the SPTU mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0576 Samp le pip ette ( SPT) canno t detect Co ntinued Analysis Samp le is shorted in samp le tube, or Supp ly samp le.
the liq uid level at ASP . op eratio n. samp le tub e is not existent in ASP slot.
(At ASP po sitio n) P lace samp le tube to ASP slo t.
No te;
Altho ugh SPT descended to the Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
maxi mu m d o wn war d r ange, liq uid - SEN_ LL / DL b oard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
level was not detected and the do wn
limit sensor did no t tur n o n.
Fir st, check that a tub e is in an ASP ASP driving sectio n. Check the ASP mo to r fo r slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
slot. I t means that ther e is no etc.
samp le when this error occurs in
the tube. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
I n the case o f the cup , E05 76 error - ASP_ DRV bo ard
o ccur s when ther e is no samp le. - RCU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-21
E0578
to E0583
CO DE M ODE
E0578 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) cr as h se n so r Co ntinued Analysis Cuvette do es not exist correctly in IRU. If cuvette is b ro ken, rep lace it with new o ne.
is o n b ut t he p ip e tte ha s no t op eratio n.
(At IRU p o sitio n)
r eac hed t he b o t to m o f t h e c u ve tt e Reagent is no t d isp ensed. RPP may b e faulty.
at I R U.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0579 Sa mp le p ip e tte ca n no t d ete ct Co ntinued Analysis Cuvette do es not exist correctly in IRU. If cuvette is b ro ken, rep lace it with new o ne.
liq u id l e vel at I RU. op eratio n.
(At IRU p o sitio n) Reagent is no t d isp ensed RPP may b e faulty.
No te;
Altho ugh SPT descended to the Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
maxi mu m d o wn war d r ange, liq uid - SEN_ LL / DL b oard
level was not detected and the - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
do wn limit sensor d id not turn o n. - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
E0581 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) li q u id l e vel Co ntinued Analysis SPTU d riving sectio n. Check whether the step out o ccurs.
har d war e i s ab no r ma l a t ASP . op eratio n.
(At ASP po sitio n) Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
No te; - SEN_ LL / DL b oard
A SPTU mo to r stop s witho ut - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
op er atio n co rresp o nd ing to the - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
inp ut p ulse, and mo r eo ver, it is no t
d etecting liq uid level.
E0582 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) li q u id l e vel Co ntinued Analysis Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
har d war e i s ab no r ma l a t IR U. op eratio n. - SEN_ LL / DL b oard
(At IRU p o sitio n)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
No te;
A SPTU mo to r stop s witho ut
op er atio n co rresp o nd ing to the
inp ut p ulse, and mo r eo ver, it is no t
d etecting liq uid level.
E0583 SP T liq uid le v el d ete ct i o n at ASP ; Co ntinued Analysis Liq uid level sensor. Check whether b ubbles are p rod uced in the samp le. If the b ubb les are in the
Liq uid le v el no t d e tec te d at op eratio n. samp le, remo ve them.
(At ASP po sitio n)
d up lic at e d e tec tio n.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
Page 8-22
E0590
to E0593

CO DE M ODE
E0591 Continued Analysis
SPT clot detected while aspirating. operation.
E0591 Co ntinued Analysis

op eratio n.
SPT clot detected while dispensing.
Check samp le co nd itio n.
SPT clotting
E0592 Co ntinued Analysis Shut d o wn the analyzer and clean SPT no zzle when necessar y.
SPT clotting sensor
op eratio n. If yo u still have an erro r, co ntact o ur custo mer service for technical sup por t.
SPT clot detected while washing.
E0593 Co ntinued Analysis

Communication error for SPT clot
op eratio n.
Page 8-23
B lock: SPP
E0601
to E0602
CO DE M ODE
E0601 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp ( S P P ) o rig i n Emergency Analysis SPP driving sectio n. Check the SPP mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r co ntact o f
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
asp ir a tio n co m ma nd .
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
SPP fluidics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E0602 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp ( S P P ) o rig i n Emergency Initializatio n SPP driving sectio n. Check the SPP mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r co ntact o f
se n so r is s ti ll o n al t ho u g h t he Stop co nnector, etc.
s yr i n g e ha s le f t o r i g i n. ( at
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board..
Light-interrup ting p late fo r the up -zero Lo wer the fixing po sition, then perform the initializatio n again.
po sitio n sensor (p ho to -interrup ter) is
fixed too high.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-24
B lock: SPP
E0603
to E0604
CO DE M ODE
se n so r is o n b e fo r e i n it i atio n o f Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
d isp e ns at io n co m ma n d .
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E0604 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp ( S P P ) o rig i n Emergency Initializatio n SPP driving sectio n. Check the SPP mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r co ntact o f
se n so r is s ti ll o f f a lt ho u g h t he Stop co nnector, etc.
s yr i n g e ha s r et ur ned to o ri gi n. (at
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-25
B lock: SPP
E0605
to E0651
CO DE M ODE
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f t he Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
s yr i n g e mo ve me nt co m m and .
( wh i le sa mp le s yr i n ge is no t a t
o r i gi n) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E0651 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp ( S P P ) o rig i n Samp ling stop Analysis SPP driving sectio n. Check the SPP mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r co ntact o f
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f co nnector, etc.
(SPT tro ugh or
asp ir a tio n co m ma nd . ( T ro u g h o r
ASP po sitio n) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
ASP p o si tio n)
No te;
- SWU_ DRV2 board
Altho ugh SPP is in its original
- IRU_DRV board.
po sitio n, the or igin sensor is o ff.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E0652 Nozzle is clo gged up . Samp ling stop Analysis SPP fluidics system. Check the nozzles and tub es fo r d amage, leakage, stopp age, etc.
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-26
B lock: SPP
E0653
to E0657
CO DE M ODE
E0653 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp ( S P P ) o rig i n Samp ling stop Analysis SPP driving sectio n. Check the SPP mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r co ntact o f
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f co nnector, etc.
(SPT tro ugh or
d isp e ns at io n co m ma n d . (T ro ug h o r
ASP po sitio n) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
ASP )
No te;
- SWU_ DRV2 board
Altho ugh SPP is no t in its o riginal
- IRU_DRV board.
po sitio n, the or igin sensor
( zero -po sitio n sensor) is o n. SPP fluidics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E0655 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp ( S P P ) o rig i n Samp ling stop Analysis Same as E0605 .

se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f t he
(Tro ugh)
s yr i n g e mo ve me nt co m m and
alt ho u g h t he s yr i n ge i s no t a t
o r i gi n.
E0656 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) s a fe t y Samp ling stop Analysis SPT safety senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
se n so r is o f f b e fo r e i n it i atio n o f - SEN2 bo ard
(Tro ugh)
SP P mo v e me n t co m ma n d . ( fro m - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
f u ll y d i sp e n sed p o si tio n ) - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
E0657 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) p o si tio n Samp ling stop Analysis SPT ASP up safety sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
se n so r fo r ASP i s o n b e fo re - SENSA board (ro tatio nal sensor)
(Tro ugh)
i ni tia tio n o f t h e sa mp le s yri n g e - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
p u mp ( SP P ) mo ve me n t c o mma n d . - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
( fr o m f u l l y d i sp e n s ed p o si tio n)
Page 8-27
B lock: MI X1 S (MIX1 Rotar y B lock)
E0706
to E0753
CO DE M ODE
E0706 Mi xer 1 up o r i g i n se n so r is o n a t Emergency Analysis MIX1U driving sectio n. Check the MIX1 U mo to r for slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or poor co ntact
i ni tia tio n o f t h e st ir r i n g p ad d le Stop o f co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
Since MI X1U has alr eady mo ved - IRU_DRV board
clo se to the cuvette at the time o f - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
the mixing start, the or igin sensor - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
( MI X1_ ZERO) must be off.
E0751 Mi xer 1 ar m r o ta tio n o r i g i n s e n so r Alarm Analysis MIX1 R d riving sectio n. Check the MIX1 R mo tor fo r slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or p oor co ntact
is o n at i n it iat io n o f t he st irri n g o f co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
p ad d le r o ta tio n co m ma n d fo r
p ad d le wa s hi n g . ( Mi x er1 i s no t
- IRU_DRV board
at tr o u g h p o si tio n fo r p a d d le
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
wa s h i n g.)
MIX1 R zero -po sitio n senso r Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0752 Mi xer 1 s a fe t y s e n so r i s o ff at Alarm Analysis MIX1 R d riving sectio n. Check the MIX1 R mo tor fo r slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or p oor co ntact
i ni tia tio n o f t h e st ir r i n g p ad d le o f co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
r o tat io n co m ma nd fo r p a d d le
wa s h i n g.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
MIX1 safety sensor Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0753 Mi xer 1 up o r i g i n se n so r is o n a t Alarm Analysis MIX1U driving sectio n. Check the MIX1 U mo to r for slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or poor co ntact
Maintenance
wa s h i n g.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
MIX1U zero -po sitio n senso r Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
Page 8-28
B lock: MI X1 U (MI X1 Up -do wn B lock)
E0801
to E0803
CO DE M ODE
E0801 Mi xer 1 up o r i g i n se n so r is o ff a t Emergency Analysis MIX1U driving sectio n. Check the MIX1 U mo to r for slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or poor co ntact
i ni tia tio n o f t h e mi x er d esc e nt Stop o f co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
co m ma nd .
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
Zero -po sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0802 Mi xer 1 up o r i g i n se n so r is s ti ll o n Emergency Initializatio n Manually mo ve the mixer into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
alt ho u g h t he mi x er ha s l eft it s Stop again.
o r i gi n.
MIX1 driving sectio n. Check the MIX1 mo tor for slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or p oor co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0803 Mi xer 1 up o r i g i n se n so r is o n a t Emergency Analysis Manually mo ve the mixer into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
i ni tia tio n o f r e t ur n to o r i gi n Stop again.
Maintenance
co m ma nd .
MIX1 driving sectio n. Check the MIX1 mo tor or poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0804 Mi xer 1 up o r i g i n se n so r is s ti ll o ff Emergency Initializatio n T he mixer1 is no t able to return to its Manually mo ve the mixer into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
alt ho u g h t he mi x er ha s r et ur ned to Stop zero po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. again.
o r i gi n.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-29
E0805
to E0858
CO DE M ODE
E0805 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt t he Emergency Analysis T he mixer is no t able to return to its zero Manually mo ve the mixer into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
Mi xer 1 o r i g i n se n so r i s o n al t ho u g h Stop po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. again.
Maintenance
t he mi x er i s no t at o r i gi n p o i nt.
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0806 I R U s a fe t y se n so r i s o ff at i ni tia tio n Emergency Analysis IRU driving sectio n. Check the IRU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
o f Mi x er 1 d e sc e nt co m m and . Stop etc.
Maintenance
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN bo ard.
- DET_CP U b oard .
E0807 MX1 R o r igi n sensor Emergency Analysis MIX1 R rotary driving sectio n Check MIX1 R mo tor for slackness o f rotary driving sectio n or poor co ntact o f
( MI X1 R_ Zer o_Po s) is o ff at Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
initiatio n o f MX1U mo vement.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0810 SPT is not o n the tro ugh. Emergency Initializatio n W hen SPT isn't in tro ugh po sitio n, MIX Mo ve SPT in tro ugh p o sitio n.
Stop can't be initialized.
E0851 MX1 R o r igi n sensor Emergency Analysis same as E0805
( MI X1 R_ Zer o_Po s) is o ff at Stop
Maintenance
initiatio n o f MX1U mo vement fro m
or igin.
E0853 MX1 R o r igi n sensor Emergency Analysis same as E0805
( MI X1 R_ Zer o_Po s) is alread y o n at Stop
Maintenance
initiatio n o f MX1U return to origin.
E0855 MX1 U o r ig i n sensor Emergency Analysis same as E0805
( MI X1 U_ Zero_Po s) is no t o ff at Stop
Maintenance
initiatio n o f MX1U movement
altho ugh MX1 U is not at origin.
E0858 MI X1 saf t y senso r (MI X1 R_T S) is Emergency Analysis same as E0805
o ff at initiatio n o f MX1U mo vement. Stop
Maintenance
Page 8-30
B lock: MI X2 S (MIX2 Rotar y B lock)
E0906
to E0953
CO DE M ODE
E0906 Mi xer 2 o r i g i n se n so r i s o n at Emergency Analysis MIX2 driving sectio n. Check the MIX2 mo tor for slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or p oor co ntact o f
i ni tia tio n o f t h e st ir r i n g p ad d le Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
Altho ugh MI X2 U is no t in its - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
or iginal po sitio n, the origin sensor - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
( zero -po sitio n sensor)
( MI X2_ ZERO) is o n.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0951 Mi xer 2 ar m r o ta tio n o r i g i n s e n so r Alarm Analysis MIX2 R d riving sectio n. Check the MIX2 R mo tor fo r slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or p oor co ntact
is o n at i n it iat io n o f t he st irri n g o f co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
p ad d le r o ta tio n co m ma n d fo r
p ad d le wa s hi n g . ( Mi x er2 i s no t
- IRU_DRV board
at tr o u g h p o si tio n fo r p a d d le
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
wa s h i n g.)
Ro tatio nal zero -p o sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0952 Mi xer 2 s a fe t y s e n so r i s o ff at Alarm Analysis MIX2 R d riving sectio n. Check the MIX2 R mo tor fo r slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or p oor co ntact
Maintenance
wa s h i n g.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
MIX2 safety sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E0953 Mi xer 2 up o r i g i n se n so r is o n a t Alarm Analysis MIX2U driving sectio n. Check the MIX2 U mo to r for slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or poor co ntact
Maintenance
wa s h i n g.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
Page 8-31
E1001
to E1003
CO DE M ODE
E1001 Mi xer 2 up o r i g i n se n so r is o ff a t Emergency Analysis MIX2 driving sectio n. Check the MIX2 mo tor for slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or p oor co ntact o f
i ni tia tio n o f t h e mi x er d esc e nt Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
co m ma nd .
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1002 Mi xer 2 up o r i g i n se n so r is s ti ll o n Emergency Initializatio n T he mixer is no t able to mo ve fro m origin Manually mo ve the mixer into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
alt ho u g h t he mi x er ha s l eft o r i gi n. Stop d ue to external force. again.
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1003 Mi xer 2 up o r i g i n se n so r is o n a t Emergency Analysis T he mixer is no t able to return to origin Manually mo ve the mixer into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
i ni tia tio n o f r e t ur n to o r i gi n Stop d ue to external force. again.
Maintenance
co m ma nd .
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1004 Mi xer 2 up o r i g i n se n so r is s ti ll Emergency Initializatio n T he mixer is no t able to return to its zero Perform the initialization again.
o f f al t ho u g h t h e mi x er h as Stop po sitio n d ue to external fo rce.
r et ur ned to it s o r i gi n.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-32
E1005
to E1058
CO DE M ODE
E1005 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt t he Emergency Analysis T he mixer is no t able to return to its zero Manually mo ve the mixer into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
Mi xer 2 up o r i g i n se n so r is o n Stop po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. again.
Maintenance
alt ho u g h t he mi x er i s no t a t
o r i gi n. MIX2 driving sectio n. Check the MIX2 mo tor for slackness o f vertical driving sectio n or p oor co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1006 I R U s a fe t y se n so r i s o ff at Emergency Analysis IRU driving sectio n. Check the IRU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
i ni tia tio n o f M i xer 2 d es ce nt Stop etc.
Maintenance
co m ma nd .
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
- DET_CP U b oard .
E1007 MX1 R or igin sensor Emergency Analysis MIX2 R rotary driving sectio n Check the MIX2 R mo tor fo r slackness o f belt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
（ MI X1 R_ Zer o_Po s） is o ff at Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
i ni tia tio n o f MX2 U mo vement. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
E1010 RPT 2 isn't o n the tro ugh. Emergency Initializatio n W hen SPT2 isn't in tro ugh po sitio n, MIX Mo ve the RPT2 to the tro ugh po sitio n.
Stop can't be initialized.
E1051 MX1 U or igin sensor Emergency Analysis same as E1005
( MI X1 U_ Zero_Po s) is o ff at Stop
Maintenance
i ni tia tio n o f MX2 U mo vement
fr o m the or igin,.
( MI X1 U_ Zero_Po s) is alread y o n Stop
Maintenance
at i ni tia tio n o f MX2 U return to
or igin.
( MI X1 U_ Zero_Po s) is n o t o ff a t Stop
Maintenance
t he i ni tia tio n o f MX2 U mo v e me n t
alt ho u g h MX2 U is no t a t o ri gi n.
E1058 MI X1 safty sensor ( MI X1 R_T S)is Emergency Analysis same as E1005
o ff at i ni tia tio n o f MX2U Stop
Maintenance
mo ve ment.
Page 8-33
B lock: WUU (W U Up -down B lo ck)
E1101
to E1104
CO DE M ODE
E1101 W as h u n it ( W U) o r i gi n s en so r i s Emergency Analysis W UU driving sectio n. Check the WU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
o f f at i ni ti at io n o f d e s ce n t Stop etc.
Maintenance
co m ma nd .
W hen the W U starts a d own ward - IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
mo ve ment fro m upp er limit to
mid d le o f cuvette, the o rigin
- SENSA board
sensor (zero -p ositio n sensor) is
o ff. - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- WU_ CN bo ard.
E1102 W as h u n it ( W U) o r i gi n s en so r i s Emergency Initializatio n W U p ositio n is o ut o f its upper limit. Manually mo ve W U into its mo vab le range, then p erfo rm the initialization again.
st il l o n a lt ho u g h t he wa s h u n it h as Stop
W UU driving sectio n. Check the WU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
le ft o r i g i n.
etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
- SENSA board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- WU_ CN bo ard.
E1103 W as h u n it ( W U) o r i gi n s en so r i s Emergency Analysis W U p ositio n is o ut o f its upper limit. Manually mo ve W U into its mo vab le range, then p erfo rm the initialization again.
o n at i ni ti at io n o f wa s h u n it r et ur n Stop
Maintenance W UU driving sectio n. Check the WU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
to o r i g i n co m ma n d .
etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
- SENSA board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- WU_ CN bo ard.
E1104 W as h u n it ( W U) o r i gi n s en so r i s Emergency Initializatio n W U p ositio n is o ut o f its IRU-sid e limit. Perform the initialization again.
st il l o f f al t ho u g h t h e wa s h u ni t Stop
W U is no t ab le to return to its zero Perform the initialization again.
ha s r et ur n ed to o r i g i n.
po sitio n d ue to external fo rce.
- SENSA board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- WU_ CN bo ard.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-34
B lock: WUU (W U Up -down B lo ck)
E1105
to E1106
CO DE M ODE
E1105 W U a sce nd /d e sc e nd a t o ff-o r i gi n ; Emergency Analysis W U p ositio n is o ut o f its upper limit. Manually mo ve W U into its mo vab le range, then p erfo rm the initialization again.
W U o r i g i n se n so r s ho ul d b e o ff Stop
Maintenance W UU driving sectio n. Check the WU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
b efo r e a ct io n b ut no t.
etc.
No te;
W hen the W U starts a d own ward Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
mo ve ment fro m mid d le of cuvette
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
to b otto m, the or igin sensor
( zero -po sitio n sensor) (W U_ ZERO) Up zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
is o n. - SENSA board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- WU_ CN bo ard.
E1106 I R U s a fe t y se n so r i s o ff at W U Emergency Analysis IRU driving sectio n. Check the IRU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
mo v e me n t co m ma n d . Stop etc.
Maintenance
No te; Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
W hen the W U starts a d own ward - IRU_DRV board
mo ve ment fro m mid d le of cuvette - IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
to b otto m, the I RU safety sensor
( I RU_ READY) is o ff.
T he po sitio n o f I RU is no t correct.
- DET_CP U b oard
Page 8-35
B lock: WPP
E1202
to E1203
CO DE M ODE
E1202 W as h s yr i n ge p u mp ( W P P ) o ri gi n Emergency Initializatio n WPP d riving sectio n. Check the WPP mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger o r poo r co ntact o f
se n so r is s ti ll o n al t ho u g h t he Stop co nnector, etc.
wa s h s yr i n ge ha s l e ft o ri g i n.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- WPP_ CN bo ard
- IRU_DRV board.
WPP fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- WPP_ CN bo ard
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- WPP_ CN bo ard
- IRU_DRV board.
fixed too high.
E1203 W as h s yr i n ge p u mp ( W P P ) o ri gi n Emergency Analysis WPP d riving sectio n. Check the WPP mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger o r poo r co ntact o f
se n so r is o n b e fo r e i n it i atio n o f Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
wa s h s yr i n ge mo ve me n t co m ma nd .
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- WPP_ CN bo ard
- IRU_DRV board.
WPP fluid ics system Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- WPP_ CN bo ard
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- WPP_ CN bo ard
- IRU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-36
B lock: WPP
E1204
to E1207
CO DE M ODE
E1204 W as h s yr i n ge p u mp ( W P P ) o ri gi n Emergency Initializatio n WPP d riving sectio n. Check the WPP mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger o r poo r co ntact o f
se n so r is o f f a lt ho u g h t h e s yr i n ge Stop co nnector, etc.
ha s r et ur n ed to o r i g i n.
No te; - SWU_ DRV2 board
T he check whether this origin - WPP_ CN bo ard
sensor (zero -p ositio n sensor) is - IRU_DRV board.
tur ned o n is o mitted d uring
WPP fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
op er atio n. T he check is do ne o nly
at the initializatio n. So lenoid valve. Check the soleno id valve for sticking odd object, etc.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- WPP_ CN bo ard
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- WPP_ CN bo ard
- IRU_DRV board.
E1206 W U１ o ver flo w Emergency Prime op eratio n W U1 wastewater line. Check that the wastewater p ump o perate correctly
( W U1 _ EKI ME N=1 ) ( D u ri n g Stop
P r i me) . - SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
Check the mesh filter fo r blo ckage.
Check the wastewater pip ing for blockage.
E1207 W U2 o ver f lo w Emergency Prime op eratio n W U2 wastewater line. Check that the wastewater p ump o perate correctly
P r i me)
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-37
B lock: WPP
E1208
to E1212
CO DE M ODE
P r i me)
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
P r i me)
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
P r i me)
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
P r i me)
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
Stop
( W U7 _ EKI ME N= 1 .) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-38
B lock: WPP
E1251
to E1257
CO DE M ODE
E1251 W as h s yr i n ge p u mp ( W P P ) o ri gi n Samp ling stop Analysis Same as E1202 .
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f
asp ir a tio n at o r i gi n.
E1253 W as h s yr i n ge p u mp ( W P P ) o ri gi n Samp ling stop Analysis Same as E1203 .
se n so r is o n b e fo r e i n it i atio n o f
wa s h p u mp mo v e me n t c o mma n d .
E1255 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt t he Samp ling stop Analysis Same as E1203 .
wa s h p u mp s yr i n g e ( W P P ), t he
o r i gi n se n so r i s no t o f f alt ho u g h
W P P is no t at o r i g i n.
E1256 W U１ o ver f lo w d ur i n g r u n. Samp ling stop Measurement W U1 wastewater line. Check that the wastewater p ump o perate correctly
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E1257 W U1 o ver f lo w Samp ling stop Measurement W U2 wastewater line. Check that the wastewater p ump o perates correctly
( W U1 _ EKI ME N=1 ) ( D u ri n g r u n)
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-39
B lock: WPP
E1258
to E1262
CO DE M ODE
E1258 W U3 o ver f lo w Samp ling stop Measurement W U3 wastewater line. Check that the wastewater p ump o perate correctly
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
( W U7 _ EKI ME N= 1 .) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-40
Block: WPP
E1263
to E1279
CO DE M ODE
E1263 I R U co nd it io n i s no t sa fet y a t Samp ling stop Measurement IRU drive sectio n Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
i ni tia tio n o f W U mo ve m en t. - IRU_DRV board
Check the IRU mo tor for slackness o f
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
b elt, p ulleys, or poor contact o f co nnecto r,
etc.
IRU read y p o sitio n sensor Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- DET_CP U b oard .
E1264 W U o r i g i n se n so r ( W U_ Zero _ P o s) Samp ling stop Measurement same as E1105

is no t o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f W U
mo v e me n t a lt ho u g h W U is no t
at -o r i gi n.
E1276 W U1 o ver f lo w Alarm d isplay Measurement WU1 wastewater line. Check that the wastewater p ump o perates correctly
( W U1 _ EKI ME N=1 ) ( D u ri n g r u n) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E1277 W U2 o ver f lo w d ur i n g r u n Alarm d isplay Measurement WU2 wastewater line. Check that the wastewater p ump o perates correctly
( W U2 _ E KI ME N=1 ) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-41
B lock: WPP
E1280
to E1282

CO DE M ODE
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E1282 W U7 o ver f lo w d ur i n g r u n Alarm d isplay Measurement W U7 wastewater line. Check that the wastewater p ump o perates correctly
- SWU_ DRV1 board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
Page 8-42
B lock: IRU (I RU Rotar y B lock)
E1302
to E1307
CO DE M ODE
E1301 I R U o r i g i n se n so r is s ti l l o n Emergency Initializatio n zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
alt ho u g h t he I RU is no t o n t he Stop - SENSA board
Maintenance
o r i gi n i n t h e o r i gi n p o si tio n. - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
IRU driving sectio n. Check the IRU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
E1302 I R U o r i g i n se n so r is no t o n Emergency Initializatio n zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
alt ho u g h t he I RU h as ret ur ned to Stop - SENSA board
Maintenance
o r i gi n. - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
E1303 AC K si g n al ca n no t b e r e cei v ed Emergency Initializatio n Co mmunicatio n with the DT R-co ntro lled Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
af ter I RU o r i gi n s ear c h co m ma nd Stop CP U. - DET_CP U b oard
ha s b ee n g i ve n to DT R c o n tro l - CN_IBM bo ard.
CP U.
af ter I RU r o ta tio n s to p i n str u ct io n Stop CP U. - DET_CP U b oard
ha s b ee n g i ve n to DT R c o n tro l - CN_IBM bo ard.
CP U.
af ter r eq ue s t co m ma n d fo r n u mb er Stop CP U. - DET_CP U b oard
o f p u l se s ha s b e e n gi v e n to DT R - CN_IBM bo ard.
co n tr o l CP U.
E1306 I R U o r i g i n se n so r is o n after Emergency Initializatio n IRU zero -po sitio n sensor.. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
o r i gi n - ce nt er ed p r o ce s s. Stop - SENSA board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
E1307 N u mb er o f d r i ve p ul se s ca n no t b e Emergency Initializatio n Co mmunicatio n with the DT R-co ntro lled Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
r ece i ved fr o m DT R co nt ro l CP U Stop CP U. - DET_CP U b oard
af ter o r i g i n -ce n ter ed p ro ces s. - CN_IBM bo ard.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-43
E1308
to E1310
CO DE M ODE
E1308 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) ro tat io n Emergency Analysis SPT zero -po sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n a t i n i tia tio n o f Stop - SEN2 bo ard
Maintenance
I R U r o t at io n co m ma n d . - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
No te;
W hen the I RU starts the ro tatio n, SPTR driving sectio n. Check the SPT R mo to r for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f connector ,
SPT is lo cated o n I RU. etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1309 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) ro tat io n Emergency Analysis RPT1 zero -po sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
Maintenance
No te;
W hen the I RU starts the ro tatio n, RPT1 R driving sectio n. Check the RPT1 R mo tor fo r slackness o f belt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
RPT1 is located o n I RU. co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1310 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) ro tat io n Emergency Analysis RPT2 zero -po sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
Maintenance
No te;
W hen the I RU starts the ro tatio n, RPT2 R driving sectio n. Check the RPT2 R mo tor fo r slackness o f belt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
RPT2 is located o n I RU. co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-44
E1311
to E1313
CO DE M ODE
E1311 Mi xer 1 r o ta tio n o r i g i n s en so r i s Emergency Analysis MIX1 R zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
o n at i ni ti at io n o f I RU r o tat io n Stop - SEN2 bo ard
co m ma nd . - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
MIX1 R d riving sectio n. Check the MIX1 R mo tor fo r slackness o f belt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1312 Mi xer 2 r o ta tio n o r i g i n s en so r i s Emergency Analysis MIX2 R zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
o n at i ni ti at io n o f I RU r o tat io n Stop - SEN2 bo ard
co m ma nd . - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
MIX2 R d riving sectio n. Check the MIX1 R mo tor fo r slackness o f belt, p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1313 W as h u n it ( W U) o r i gi n s en so r i s Emergency Analysis W U d riving sectio n. Check the WU mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f co nnector,
o n at i ni ti at io n o f I RU r o tat io n Stop etc.
Maintenance
co m ma nd .
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard .
W U zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SENSA board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN bo ard.
Page 8-45
B lock: RCU ( RCU Ro tary B lo ck)
E1402
to E1454
CO DE M ODE
E1402 R CU r o ta tio n o r i g i n se n so r is o n Emergency Initializatio n Pro ceed to Figure 8.1 -1"RCU ROT ARY-B LOCK CHECK P ROCEDURE"(next p age).
alt ho u g h t he R C U ha s le ft o ri g i n. Stop
E1404 R CU r o ta tio n o r i g i n se n so r is o n Emergency Initializatio n Pro ceed to Figure 8.1 -1"RCU ROT ARY-B LOCK CHECK P ROCEDURE"(next p age).
at i ni tia tio n o f r e t ur n to o ri gi n Stop
Analysis
co m ma nd .
E1406 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) up o r i gi n Emergency Initializatio n T he RPT1 nozzle is no t able to return to Perform the initialization again.
se n so r is no t o n at i ni ti a tio n o f Stop its zero po sitio n d ue to external force.
R CU r o ta tio n co m ma n d .
RPT1 up zero -p ositio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1407 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Emergency Initializatio n Nozzle po sitio n is b eyo nd the lo wer limit Perform the initialization again.
se n so r is no t o n at i ni ti a tio n o f Stop
R CU r o ta tio n co m ma n d . T he RPT2 nozzle is no t able to return to Perform the initialization again.
its zero po sitio n d ue to external force.
RPT2 up zero -p ositio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- RPT2 up zero -po sitio n sensor
- SEN_ CN bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1454 R CU r o ta tio n o r i g i n se n so r is s ti ll Emergency Initializatio n Pro ceed to Figure 8.1 -1"RCU ROT ARY-B LOCK CHECK P ROCEDURE"(next p age).
o f f al t ho u g h t h e R CU h a s re t ur ned Stop
to o r i g i n
Page 8-46
RCU ROT ARY-B LOCK CHECK P ROCEDURE
STEP CH ECK J UDGEM ENT SUSPECT: CH ECK:

1 Fir st, manually ro tate the RCU tray T he RCU zero -p o sitio n sensor is RCU zero -po sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
clo ckwise b y 180 degrees fro m its zero ON. - SENSA board
po sitio n. - RCU_DRV board
Next, b y using the sensor check in the T he RCU zero -p o sitio n sensor is Go to STEP 2 belo w.
maintenance mo de, check the status OFF.
( ON-OFF) o f the RCU zero -po sitio n
sensor.
2 Per for m the initialization und er the T he RCU tray does no t ro tate, RCU mo tor. Replace the RCU mo to r.
co nd itio n o f STEP 1 . resulting in error.
T he RCU tray does no t ro tate to its Go to STEP 3 belo w.
zero po sitio n, resulting in error.
3 Remo ve the RCU, and check the RCU Slackness is fo und . Fix it up.
mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt/p ulleys,
Slackness is not fo und. Go to STEP 4 belo w.
etc.
4 Measure the belt tensio n. T he belt tensio n is too low. T he belt is deteriorated. Rep lace it.
T he belt tensio n is normal. Call for rep air.
Page 8-47
B lock: DT R
E1501
to E1508
CO DE M ODE
E1501 P r o gr a m n u mb er ca n no t b e Emergency Measurement
r ece i ved fr o m DT R co nt ro l CP U. Stop
E1502 T her e is no r e sp o n se to Emergency Measurement
tr a n s mi s sio n o f p ho to me tric Stop
p o si tio n co mp e n sa tio n fro m DT R
co n tr o l CP U.
E1503 T her e is no r e sp o n se to ro tar y Emergency Measurement
p ho to me tr ic co m ma n d fr o m DT R Stop
co n tr o l CP U. Co mmunicatio n with the DTR-co ntro lled
Same as the E1307.
CP U.
E1504 T her e is no r e sp o n se to i nq uir y Emergency Measurement
co m ma nd fo r p ho to me tr i c d at a Stop
fr o m DT R co ntr o l CP U.
E1506 T her e is a n a no mal y i n r ecep tio n Emergency Measurement
o f p ho to me tr i c d a ta fr o m DT R Stop
co n tr o l CP U.
E1507 T her e is a n a no mal y i n Emergency Measurement
tr a n s mi s sio n o f o f f se t v o lta g e. Stop
E1508 Ne ga ti v e ab so r b a n ce o c cur s. Emergency Analysis
Au to ma t ic ga i n is r eq ue st ed . Stop Halo gen lamp . (Poor illuminatio n) Replace the halo gen lamp .
Page 8-48
B lock: ASP ( ASP Ro tar y B lo ck)
E1602
to E1654
CO DE M ODE
E1601 SP T is o n ASP a nd SP TU o ri g i n Emergency Initializatio n same as E1606
se n so r ( SP T U_ ZE RO) i s o ff at Stop
i ni tia tio n o f ASP r o t at io n.
E1602 ASP r o tat io n o r i gi n se n s o r i s o n Emergency Initializatio n
alt ho u g h t he ASP ha s l e ft o ri g i n. Stop
E1604 ASP r o tat io n o r i gi n se n s o r i s o ff Emergency Initializatio n Pro ceed to Figure 8.1 -2"ASP ROT ARY-B LOCK CHECK P ROCEDURE"(next p age).
alt ho u g h t he ASP ha s r e t ur ned to Stop
Analysis
o r i gi n.
Maintenance
E1606 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Emergency Initializatio n T he SPT no zzle po sitio n is o ut o f its Perform the initialization again.
se n so r is no t o n at i ni ti a tio n o f Stop lo wer limit.
ASP r o tat io n co m ma nd .
T he SPT no zzle can not return to its zero Perform the initialization again.
po sitio n d ue to external fo rce.
SPT up zero -po sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E1651 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) up o ri gi n Samp ling stop Analysis Same as E1606 .
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f ASP
r o tat io n co m ma nd wi t h SP T b ei n g
ab o v e ASP .
E1654 ASP r o tat io n o r i gi n se n s o r i s o ff Samp ling stop Analysis Pro ceed to Figure 8.1 -2"ASP ROT ARY-B LOCK CHECK P ROCEDURE"(next p age).
alt ho u g h t he ASP ha s r e t ur ned to
o r i gi n.
Page 8-49
ASP ROT ARY-B LOCK CHECK P ROCEDURE
STEP CH ECK J UDGEM ENT SUSPECT: CH ECK:

1 Fir st, manually ro tate the ASP tray T he ASP zero -po sitio n sensor is ON. ASP zero -po sitio n sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
clo ckwise b y 180 degrees fro m its zero - SENSA board
po sitio n. - ASP_ DRV bo ard
- RCU_DRV board.
Next, b y using the sensor check in the
maintenance mo de, check status T he ASP zero -po sitio n sensor is Go to STEP 2 belo w.
( ON-OFF) o f the ASP zero -po sitio n OFF.
sensor.
2 Per for m the initialization und er the T he ASP tray do es no t ro tate, ASP mo tor. Replace the ASP mo tor.
co nd itio n o f STEP 1 . resulting in error.
T he ASP tray do es no t ro tate to its Go to STEP 3 belo w.
zero po sitio n, resulting in error.
3 Remo ve the ASP, and check the ASP Slackness is fo und . Fix it up.
mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt/p ulleys,
Slackness is not fo und. Go to STEP 4 belo w.
etc.
4 Measure the belt tensio n o f the ASP T he belt tensio n is too low. T he belt is deteriorated. Rep lace it.
mo to r.
T he belt tensio n is normal. Call for rep air.
Page 8-50
B lock: ISE
E1775
to E1878
CO DE M ODE
E1775 T her e i s a n a no ma l y i n resp o n se to Alarm Analysis Co mmunicatio n with the ISE unit. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
Ser u m Sa mp le i nq u ir y. - ASP_ DRV bo ard
- RCU_DRV board.
E1776 T her e i s a n a no ma l y i n resp o n se to Alarm Analysis
Ur i ne S a mp l e i nq u ir y.
E1777 I SE r es u lt mea s ur e me nt d ata i s no t Alarm Analysis
av ai lab le.
E1780 T her e is a n a no mal y i n r esp o n se to Alarm Maintenance
I SE ele ctr o d e e xc h a n ge i nq uir y Co mmunicatio n with the ISE unit. Same as E1775 .
<M ANT >.
I SE p r i me i nq ui r y < P U RG >.
I SE cle a ni n g i nq uir y < C LE AN>.
E1792 T her e is a n a no mal y i n l iq uid le ve l Alarm Maintenance same as E0581
d ete ct io n a t t h e t i me o f ISE
cle a ni n g i nq uir y.
d ete ct io n a t t h e t i me o f
Calibr ant-B inq uir y.
E1875 T her e i s a n a no ma l y i n liq u id l e ve l Alarm Maintenance same as E0581
d ete ct io n at t he ti m e o f SPT
sp ecial cleaning.
d ete ct io n a t t h e t i me o f RPT1
sp ecial cleaning.
d ete ct io n a t t h e t i me o f RPT2
sp ecial cleaning.
d ete ct io n a t t h e t i me o f water or
d eter gent injectio n to a cuvette.
Page 8-51
Block: External tank
E2655
to E2659
CO DE M ODE
E2655 P ur i f ied wa ter s up p l y i s lo w. Co ntinued Analysis Shortage o f p urified water. Supp ly p urified water.
op eratio n
Sensor. Check the sensor for poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2656 W as h so l ut io n 1 i s lo w. Co ntinued Analysis Shortage o f wash so lution 1. Supp ly wash so lutio n 1 .
op eratio n
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2657 W as h so l ut io n 2 i s lo w. Co ntinued Analysis Shortage o f wash so lution 2. Supp ly wash so lutio n 2 .
op eratio n
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2658 W as te ta n k 1 i s f ul l to c ap ac it y. Co ntinued Analysis Lo w co ncentratio n waste tank is full. Emp ty lo w co ncentratio n waste tank.
op eratio n
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2659 W as te ta n k 2 i s f ul l to c ap ac it y. Emergency No t-analysis High co ncentratio n waste tank is full. Emp ty high co ncentration waste tank.
Stop
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-52
B lock: Exter nal Tanks
E2675
to E2679
CO DE M ODE
E2675 P ur i f ied wa ter s up p l y i s lo w. Co ntinued No t-analysis Shortage o f p urified water. Supp ly p urified water.
op eratio n.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2676 W as h so l ut io n 1 i s lo w. Co ntinued No t-analysis Shortage o f wash so lution 1. Supp ly wash so lutio n 1 .
op eratio n.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2677 W as h so l ut io n 2 i s lo w. Co ntinued No t-analysis Shortage o f wash so lution 2. Supp ly wash so lutio n 2 .
op eratio n.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2678 W as te ta n k 1 i s f ul l to c ap ac it y. Co ntinued No t-analysis Lo w co ncentratio n waste tank is full. Emp ty lo w co ncentratio n waste tank.
op eratio n.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2679 W as te ta n k 2 i s f ul l to c ap ac it y. Co ntinued No t-analysis High co ncentratio n waste tank is full. Emp ty high co ncentration waste tank.
op eratio n.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
Page 8-53
B lock: Miscellaneo us
E2701
to E2720
CO DE M ODE
E2701 ASP lid is o p e n. Emergency Analysis ASP co ver is no t p laced in p ositio n. P lace the ASP co ver in po sitio n.
Stop
Maintenance ASP co ver senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- ASP co ver sensor
- RCU_DRV board
E2702 R CU l id i s o p e n . Emergency Analysis RCU co ver is no t placed in p ositio n. P lace the RCU co ver in po sitio n.
Stop
Maintenance RCU co ver sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- RCU co ver senso r
- RCU_DRV board
E2703 I SE ma i n te na n ce lid i s o p en . Emergency Analysis ISE co ver for maintenance is not placed in P lace the ISE co ver in po sitio n.
Stop po sitio n.
Maintenance
ISE co ver senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- ISE co ver sensor
- ASP_ DRV bo ard
- RCU_DRV board
E2704 ASP sa mp le i n ser t io n li d is o p e n. Emergency Analysis Samp le lid for installment/rep lacement o f P lace the samp le lid in po sitio n.
Stop samp les is not placed in po sitio n.
Maintenance
Samp le lid sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- Samp le lid senso r
- ASP_ DRV bo ard
- RCU_DRV board
E2720 T r o ug h c ha mb er o ver f lo ws . Emergency Analysis Fluidics system co nnected to the tro ughs. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
Stop
Prime op eratio n P iping o utside the analyzer. Check the wastewater tub es fo r d amage, leakage, stopp age, etc.
Check the wastewater tub es fo r approp riate vertical interval.
Tro ugh o ver-flo w sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- Tro ugh o ver-flo w sensor
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-54
E2731
to E273 6
CO DE M ODE
E2731 S ub -t a n k L is no t e xi st e n t. Emergency Prime op eratio n Sub -tank L is no t installed Install the sub -tank L in po sitio n.
Stop
Sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- Sub -tank d etectio n sensor
- CN_IBM bo ard.
E2732 S ub -t a n k R i s no t e x i ste n t. Emergency Prime op eratio n Sub -tank R is no t installed Install the sub -tank R in po sitio n.
Stop
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2733 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k L Emergency Prime op eratio n Sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
d o es no t gi v e O F F si g n a l a fter a Stop - Sub -tank full sensor
lap se o f g i ve n ti me. - CN_IBM bo ard.
E2734 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k R Emergency Prime op eratio n Sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
d o es no t gi v e O F F si g n a l a fter a Stop - Sub -tank full sensor
lap se o f g i ve n ti me. - SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2735 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k L Emergency Prime op eratio n W ater pressure is too low. Check the water pressure o f the external water supp ly eq uip ment.
d o es no t gi v e O N si g n al a fte r Stop
fe ed wa te r o f gi v e n t i me . Sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- Sub -tank full sensor
- CN_IBM bo ard.
E2736 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k R Emergency Prime op eratio n W ater pressure is too low. Check the water pressure o f the external water supp ly eq uip ment.
d o es no t gi v e O N si g n al a fte r Stop
fe ed wa te r o f gi v e n t i me . Sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-55
E2751
to E2756
CO DE M ODE
E2751 S ub -t a n k L is no t e xi st e n t. Samp ling stop Analysis Sub -tank L is no t installed Install the sub -tank L in po sitio n.
- CN_IBM bo ard.
E2752 S ub -t a n k R i s no t e x i ste n t. Samp ling stop Analysis Sub -tank R is no t installed Install the sub -tank R in po sitio n.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2753 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k L Samp ling stop Analysis Sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
d o es no t gi v e O F F si g n a l a fter a - Sub -tank full sensor
E2754 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k R Samp ling stop Analysis Sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
E2755 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k L Samp ling stop Analysis W ater pressure is too low. Check the water pressure o f the external water supp ly eq uip ment.
d o es no t gi v e O N si g n al a fte r
fe ed wa te r o f gi v e n t i me .
- CN_IBM bo ard.
E2756 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k R Samp ling stop Analysis W ater pressure is too low. Check the water pressure o f the external water supp ly eq uip ment.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-56
E2775
to E2781
CO DE M ODE
E2775 S ub -t a n k L is no t e xi st e n t. Alarm Stand -b y Sub -tank L is no t installed Install the sub -tank L in po sitio n.
- CN_IBM bo ard.
E2776 S ub -t a n k R i s no t e x i ste n t. Alarm Stand -b y Sub -tank R is no t installed Install the sub -tank R in po sitio n.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2777 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k L Alarm Stand -b y Sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
E2778 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k R Alarm Stand -b y Sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
E2779 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k L Alarm Stand -b y W ater pressure is too low. Check the water pressure o f the external water supp ly eq uip ment.
- CN_IBM bo ard.
E2780 F ul l c ap ac it y se n so r o f s ub -ta n k R Alarm Stand -b y W ater pressure is too low. Check the water pressure o f the external water supp ly eq uip ment.
- SWU_ DRV2 board.
E2781 T r o ug h c ha mb er o ver f lo ws . Alarm Stand -b y Same as E2720 .
E2801 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear W P P Emergency Prime op eratio n
Stop
E2805 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear RP P . Emergency Prime op eratio n
Stop
E2807 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed a t SW U. Emergency Prime op eratio n
Stop
Id entify the water leakage po int, and rep air the water leakage.
E2808 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear SP P Emergency Prime op eratio n water leakage and wip e o ff trapp ed water.
and SW U2 . Stop
E2851 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear W P P . Samp ling stop Analysis
E2855 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear RP P . Samp ling stop Analysis
E2857 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear SW U. Samp ling stop Analysis
E2858 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear SP P Samp ling stop Analysis
and SW U2 .
(CONT'D)
Page 8-57
E2875
to E2965
ERROR ERROR M ESSAGE RESULT O PERATIONAL SUSPECT: ERROR CODE
CO DE M ODE
E2875 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear W P P . Alarm Stand -b y
E2879 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear RP P . Alarm Stand -b y Id entify the water leakage po int, and rep air the water leakage.
water leakage and wip e o ff trapp ed water.
E2881 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear SW U. Alarm Stand -b y
E2882 W ater le a k i s d ete ct ed n ear SP P Alarm Stand -b y
and SW U2 .
E2951 Fa n mo to r 1 fo r p o wer s u p p l y i s a t Samp ling stop Analysis
r es t.
E2952 Fa n mo to r 2 fo r p o wer s u p p l y i s a t Samp ling stop Analysis Po wer supp ly fan
Check the po wer supp ly fan is rotating.
r es t.
r es t.
E2956 Fa n mo to r a t t he b o t to m o f b ac k Samp ling stop Analysis
sid e o f c ab i n et is at r e st . Chassis fan Check the chassis fan is ro tating.
E2958 Fa n mo to r fo r DT R i s a t res t. Samp ling stop Analysis
E2960 Fa n mo to r 1 fo r RC U P e lt ier is at Samp ling stop Analysis
r es t.
r es t.
r es t.
Peltier fan Check the peltier fan is ro tating.
r es t.
E2964 Fa n mo to r 1 fo r ASP P el tier i s a t Samp ling stop Analysis
r es t.
r es t.
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-58
E2975
to E2989
CO DE M ODE
r es t.
Po wer supp ly fan Check the po wer supp ly fan is rotating.
r es t.
r es t.
E2980 Fa n mo to r a t t he b o tto m o f b ac k Samp ling stop Analysis
sid e o f c ab i n et is at r e st . Chassis fan Check the chassis fan is ro tating.
E2982 Fa n mo to r fo r DT R i s a t res t. Samp ling stop Analysis
r es t.
r es t.
r es t.
Peltier fan Check the peltier fan is ro tating.
r es t.
r es t.
r es t.
Page 8-59
B lock: IRU T her mal Sensor
E3051
to E3054
CO DE M ODE
E3051 I R U t e mp er a t ur e i s b e lo w 3 5 Samp ling Analysis IRU heater 1 . Check for poo r co ntact of co nnecto r, etc.
d egr ee s. stop s. - IRU_ CN2 bo ard .
Maintenance
IRU slip ring. Check for poo r co ntact of co nnecto r, etc.
IRU_ DRV bo ard . Check for poo r co ntact of co nnecto r, etc.
T hermal fuse for IRU heater 1 . Check if the fuse is b lo wn o ff.
E3052 I R U t e mp er a t ur e i s ab o v e 3 9 Samp ling Analysis IRU Slip ring. Check for poo r co ntact of co nnecto r, etc.
d egr ee s. stop s.
Maintenance IRU_ DRV bo ard . Check for poo r co ntact of co nnecto r, etc.
E3053 R CU te mp er a t ur e i s ab o ve 1 5 Samp ling Analysis RCU p eltier. Check for poo r co ntact of co nnecto r, etc.
d egr ee s. stop s. - IRU_DRV board.
Maintenance
RCU p eltier fan. Check for poo r co ntact of co nnecto r, etc.
- IRU_DRV board.
E3054 ASP te mp er at ur e i s ab o v e 1 5 Samp ling Analysis ASP peltier. Check for poo r co ntact of co nnecto r, etc.
d egr ee s. stop s. - ASP_ DRV bo ard.
ASP peltier fan. Check for poo r co ntact of co nnecto r, etc.
- ASP_ DRV bo ard.
Page 8-60
B lock: RPP1W
E4002
to E4003
CO DE M ODE
E4002 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Emergency Initializatio n RPP1W driving sectio n. Check the RPP1 W mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r contact o f
( RP P 1 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s o n Stop co nnector, etc.
alt ho u g h t he s yr i n ge h as le ft
o r i gi n. ( at i n it ial iz at io n )
- SWU_ DRV3 board
RPP1W fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
fixed too high.
E4003 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Emergency Analysis RPP1W driving sectio n. Check the RPP1 W mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r contact o f
Maintenance
b efo r e i ni tia tio n o f t h e s yr i n ge
mo v e me n t co m ma n d . ( fr o m fu ll y
d isp e ns ed p o si tio n) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT'D)
Page 8-61
B lock: RPP1W
E0304
to E0305
CO DE M ODE
( RP P 1 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s st il l o ff Stop co nnector, etc.
alt ho u g h t he s yr i n ge h as ret ur n ed
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
E4005 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt t he Emergency Analysis RPP1W driving sectio n. Check the RPP1 W mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r contact o f
r ea ge n t s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
( RP P 1 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s no t o ff
alt ho u g h t he s yr i n ge i s no t a t
o r i gi n. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT'D)
Page 8-62
B lock: RPP1W
E0351
to E0353
CO DE M ODE
E4051 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Samp ling stop Analysis RPP1W driving sectio n. Check the RPP1 W mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r contact o f
( RP P 1 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s o ff at (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
i ni tia tio n o f a sp ir at io n a t o ri g i n. or RCU) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
( T r o ug h o r R CU)
RCU, sampling stops. RPP1W fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
( RP P 1 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s o n (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
b efo r e i ni tia tio n o f t h e s yr i n ge or RCU) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
d isp e ns ed p o si tio n) ( T ro u g h o r Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
R CU) - SWU_ DRV3 board
No te; RPP1W fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
or RCU, samp ling stop s. So lenoid valve. Check the soleno id valve for sticking odd object, etc.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-63
B lock: RPP1W
E0355
to E0356
CO DE M ODE
r ea ge n t s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h
( RP P 1 W ) , t h e o r i g i n se n so r is no t
o f f al t ho u g h t h e s yr i n g e is no t at
o r i gi n.
E4056 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 1 ) sa fet y Samp ling stop Analysis RPT1 safety sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
RP P 1 W mo ve me n t co m ma n d . - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
Page 8-64
E4102
to E4104
CO DE M ODE
E4102 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its mo vab le Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
( RP P 2 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s o n Stop range o n the IRU sid e. again.
alt ho u g h t he s yr i n ge h as le ft
o r i gi n. ( at i n it ial iz at io n )
co nnector, etc.
No te;
I t means that RPT2 canno t return Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- IRU_DRV board
to its ro tatio nal or igin.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4103 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) ro tat io n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its mo vab le Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n a t i n i tia tio n o f Stop range o n the IRU sid e. again.
Maintenance
r et ur n to o r i g i n co m ma n d .
T her e is no guarantee that RPT2
can retur n to its ro tatio nal origin.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4104 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) ro tat io n Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its mo vab le Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
o r i gi n se n so r i s st il l o ff alt ho u g h Stop range o n the RCU sid e. again.
t he RP T 2 ha s r et ur n ed t o o ri gi n.
( at i ni tia li za tio n) Ro tary d riving sectio n. Check the RPT2 R mo tor fo r slackness o f belt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
No te;
I t means that RPT2 canno t return
- IRU_DRV board
to its ro tatio nal or igin.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- RPT2R zero -p ositio n sensor (RPT2R_ ZERO)
- SEN_ CN bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-65
E4106
to E4156
CO DE M ODE
E4106 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its lo wer Manually mo ve the no zzle to the co rrect po sitio n, then p erfor m the initializatio n
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f RP T 2 Stop limit. again.
Maintenance
T he nozzle is not ab le to return to its zero Check the cause o f b lo cking mo vement for RPT2 no zzle.
No te; po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. Manually mo ve the no zzle to the co rrect po sitio n, then p erfor m the initializatio n
I t means that, when RPT2 ro tates again.
fr o m I RU, the RPT2 nozzle is in
the cuvette ( lo wer ed po sitio n). Up -do wn d riving mechanism. Check the RPT2 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
( RPT2 is no t at its ver tical origin.) co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- SENSA board (Up zero-p o sitio n sensor)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4156 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Samp ling stop Analysis T he No zzle is no t able to return to its zero Check the cause o f b lo cking mo vement for RPT2 no zzle.
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f RP T 2 po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. Manually mo ve the no zzle to the co rrect po sitio n, then p erfor m the initializatio n
r o tat io n co m ma nd . ( T r o u g h o r again.
R CU)
Up -do wn d riving mechanism. Check the RPT2 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
I t means that, when RPT2 ro tates Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
fr o m tro ugh o r RCU, the RPT2 - IRU_DRV board
no zzle is in its lo wer ed po sitio n. - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
( RPT2 is no t at its ver tical origin.) - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
Page 8-66
E42 01
to E420 3
CO DE M ODE
E4201 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Emergency Analysis Up -do wn d riving sectio n. Check the RPT2 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt/p ulleys or poor co ntact of
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he Stop co nnector, etc.
p ip et te d es ce n t fr o m o r i g i n
co m ma nd .
- IRU_DRV board
I n nor mal o per atio n, the origin - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
b e o n.
- SENSA board (Up zero -po sitio n sensor)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4202 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
se n so r is o n a lt ho u g h t h e RP T 2 Stop limit. again.
ha s le f t up o r i gi n. ( at
co nnector, etc.
No te;
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
b e o ff.
Up zero -po sitio n senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4203 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f ret ur n Stop limit. again.
Maintenance
to o r i g i n co m ma n d .
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-67
E4204
to E4206
CO DE M ODE
E4204 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Emergency Initializatio n T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its lo wer Perform the initialization again.
se n so r is s ti ll o f f a lt ho u g h t he Stop limit.
RP T 2 ha s r et ur n ed to up o ri gi n. (a t
T he nozzle is not ab le to return to its zero Check that the RPT2 is correctly mo ved to the upp er p o sitio n b y hand, then
po sitio n d ue to external fo rce. p erfo rm the initialization again.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4205 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt t he Emergency Analysis T he nozzle p o sitio n is out o f its upp er Manually mo ve the no zzle into its mo vable range, then p erfor m the initializatio n
r ea ge n t p ip et te ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Stop limit. again.
Maintenance
se n so r is no t o f f al t ho u g h t he
RP T 2 is no t a t up o r i gi n .
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4206 I R U s a fe t y se n so r i s o f f at Emergency Analysis Po sitio nal relatio n o f IRU and RPT2. Check the RPT2 p o sitio n whether RPT2 nozzle is correctly mo ved up / down at
i ni tia tio n o f t h e r e a ge nt p ip et te Stop IRU.
Maintenance
( RP T 2 ) up o r d o wn co m ma n d .
IRU driving sectio n. Check the IRU mo tor for slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
I n the nor mal case, I RU safety
sensor must be o n.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- DET_CP U b oard
E4209 RPT2R position is not on IRU at Emergency Analysis driving sectio n Check if there isn't the object ob structing the revo lutio n o f RPT2.
initiation of RPT2 U up or down Stop
Maintenance Check the RPT2 mo tor for slackness o f its belt / p ulleys or poor co ntact of
command . co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_CN1 board
- MOTOR_SEN_CN board
E4210 Mi xer 2 i s no t ab o ve it s t ro u g h at Emergency Initializatio n At initializatio n, MIX2 is not at the Mo ve the MIX2 b y hand so that it is at the tro ugh.
i ni tia tio n o f mo ve me n t c o mma n d . Stop tro ugh.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-68
E4251
to E4255
CO DE M ODE
E4251 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Samp ling stop Analysis RPT2U driving sectio n. Check RPT2U mo tor for slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
p ip et te d es ce n t fr o m o r i g i n or RCU)
co m ma nd . ( at tr o u g h o r R CU)
No te;
b e o n.
E4253 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n Samp ling stop Analysis RPT2U driving sectio n. Check RPT2U mo tor for slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
se n so r is o n a t i n it ia tio n o f ret ur n (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
to o r i g i n co m ma n d . ( T ro u g h o r or RCU)
R CU)
No te;
b e o ff.
E4255 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt , t h e Samp ling stop Analysis RPT2U driving sectio n. Check RPT2U mo tor for slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
r ea ge n t p ip et te ( RP T 2 ) up o r i gi n (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
se n so r is no t o f f al t ho u g h t he or RCU)
RP T 2 is no t a t up o r i gi n . (T ro u g h
o r R C U)
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-69
E4257
to E4258
CO DE M ODE
E4257 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) sa fet y Samp ling stop Analysis RPT2 no zzle state at RPT2 tro ugh. Check the RPT2 p o sitio n whether RPT2 nozzle is correctly mo ved up / down at
se n so r is o f f a t i n it ia tio n o f t he RPT2 tro ugh.
Maintenance
p ip et te up o r d o wn co m ma n d a t
RPT2U driving sectio n. Check the RPT2 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
R CU .
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4258 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) p o si tio n Samp ling stop Analysis RPT2 no zzle state at reagent p ipetting Check the RCU bo ttle positio n whether RPT2 no zzle is mo ved up / d o wn at RCU
se n so r fo r R C U i s o f f a t i ni ti at io n po sitio n. bo ttle.
Maintenance
o f t he p ip e tte up o r d o wn
co m ma nd at R C U. RPT2U driving sectio n. Check the RPT2 U mo to r fo r slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys or poor co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- SENSA board（ rotational senso r)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(CONT'D)
Page 8-70
E4275
to E4276
CO DE M ODE
E4275 Re a ge nt p ip e tt e ( RP T 2 ) cra s h Co ntinued Analysis Reagent is shorted. Supp ly reagent.
d ete ct io n s e n so r i s o n b efo re op eratio n.
r ea ge n t p ip et te ha s r eac hed t he
(Only warning) - SEN_ LL / DL b oard
b o tto m o f t he RC U.
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
RCU d riving sectio n. Check the RCU mo tor for slackness o f its belt / pulleys or p oor co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
- RCU_DRV board
RPT2U driving sectio n. Check RPT2U mo tor for slackness o f its b elt / p ulleys o r po or co ntact o f
co nnector, etc.
E4276 R CU l iq uid le ve l ha s no t b ee n Co ntinued Analysis Reagent is shorted. Supp ly reagent.
d ete cted b y r ea g e nt p ip e tte op eratio n.
( RP T 2 ) . Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
(Only warning)
No te;
T he nozzle d escend ed to the
bo tto m o f reagent bottle (the RCU d riving sectio n. Check the RCU mo tor for slackness o f its belt / pulleys or p oor co ntact o f
maxi mu m d escent amo unt fo r co nnector, etc.
liq uid level detectio n) witho ut
d etecting the liq uid level. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- RCU_DRV board
(CONT'D)
Page 8-71
E4278
to E4279
CO DE M ODE
E4278 Le vel d et ec tio n o f R C U wi t h Co ntinued Analysis Reagent bo ttle. Check that no b ubb les are pro d uced in the reagent inside bottle.
r ea ge n t p ip et te ( RP T 2 ) i nd ica ted op eratio n.
er r o neo u sl y H/W . Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
(Only
No te; warning)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
T he RPT2 nozzle stopp ed witho ut
arr iving at the botto m o f reagent
bo ttle. Ho wever , the liq uid level is
no t detected.
E4279 R CU l iq uid le ve l ha s no t b ee n Co ntinued Analysis Reagent bo ttle. Check that no b ubb les are pro d uced in the reagent inside bottle.
d ete cted b y r ea g e nt p ip e tte ( RP T 2 ) op eratio n.
at r e tr ial . Liq uid level sensor. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
(Only
No te; warning)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
After RPT2 detected the liq uid
level and p er fo r med p ipetting, it
has no t d etected the liq uid level.
E4280 B y t he RP T 2 liq u id l e ve l d e tec tio n Co ntinued Maintenance Shortage o f d eter ge nt Supp ly detergent.
at R CU ; Q ua nt it y o f d e t erg e nt op eratio n.
liq u id i s lac k i n g.
(Only
warning)
E4281 Sa mp le p ip e tte cr a s h se n so r Co ntinued Analysis Do wn limit sensor Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
( RPT2U_DL) i s o n, at t he i ni ti at io n op eratio n. - SEN_ LL / DL b oard
o f t he RP T 2 d i sp e n si n g at t he I R U - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
(Only
p o si tio n. - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
warning)
Page 8-72
B lock: RPP2
E4302
to E4303
CO DE M ODE
E4302 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP P 2 ) Emergency Initializatio n RPP2 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP2 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n a lt ho u g h t he Stop co nnector, etc.
s yr i n g e ha s le f t o r i g i n. ( at
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
fixed too high.
E4303 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP P 2 ) Emergency Analysis RPP2 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP2 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n b e fo r e Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
i ni tia tio n o f t h e s yr i n ge mo v e me n t
co m ma nd . ( f r o m f u ll y d i sp e n sed
p o si tio n) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- - SENSA bo ard
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT'D)
Page 8-73
B lock: RPP2
E4304
to E430 5
CO DE M ODE
E4304 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP P 2 ) Emergency Initializatio n RPP2 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP2 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s st il l o ff alt ho u g h Stop co nnector, etc.
t he s yr i n g e ha s r et ur ned to o ri g i n.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
E4305 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt t he Emergency Analysis RPP2 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP2 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
r ea ge n t s yr i n ge p u mp ( R P P 2 ) Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
t he s yr i n g e i s no t a t o r i g i n.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT'D)
Page 8-74
B lock: RPP2
E4351
to E4353
CO DE M ODE
E4351 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP P 2 ) Samp ling stop Analysis RPP2 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP2 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s o f f a t i n it iat io n o f (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
asp ir a tio n at o r i gi n. ( a t tro u g h o r or RCU) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
R CU)
RCU, sampling stops. RPP2 fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
E4353 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp ( RP P 2 ) Samp ling stop Analysis RPP2 d riving sectio n. Check the RPP2 mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
o r i gi n se n so r i s o n b e fo r e (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
i ni tia tio n o f t h e s yr i n ge mo v e me n t or RCU) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
p o si tio n) ( T r o u g h o r R C U) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV3 board
No te;
Since it is occurr ing in the tro ugh RPP2 fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
or RCU, samp ling stop s.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-75
B lock: RPP2
E4355
to E4356
CO DE M ODE
r ea ge n t s yr i n ge p u mp ( R P P 2 )
t he s yr i n g e i s no t a t o r i g i n.
se n so r is o n b e fo r e i n it i atio n o f - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
RP P 2 s yr i n ge mo v e me n t - SEN2 bo ard
co m ma nd . ( f r o m f u ll y d i sp e n sed - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
p o si tio n)
Page 8-76
B lock: RPP2W
E4402
to E4403
CO DE M ODE
alt ho u g h i ts s yr i n ge p o s it io n ha s
le ft o r i g i n. ( a t i ni tia li za tio n)
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
fixed too high.
E4403 Re a ge nt s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Emergency Analysis RPP2W driving sectio n. Check the RPP2 W mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r contact o f
Maintenance
b efo r e i ni tia tio n o f s yri n ge
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT'D)
Page 8-77
B lock: RPP2W
E4404
to E440 5
CO DE M ODE
( RP P 2 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s st il l o ff Stop co nnector, etc.
alt ho u g h i ts r ea g e nt s yr i n ge ha s
r et ur ned to o r i gi n. ( a t
i ni tia li za tio n) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
E4405 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt t he Emergency Analysis RPP2W driving sectio n. Check the RPP2 W mo tor for slackness o f belt, p ulleys, plunger or poo r contact o f
r ea ge n t s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
( RP P 2 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s no t o ff
alt ho u g h t he s yr i n ge p o s it io n i s
no t a t o r i g i n p o i n t. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT'D)
Page 8-78
B lock: RPP2W
E4451
to E4453
CO DE M ODE
( RP P 2 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s o ff at (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
i ni tia tio n o f a sp ir at io n a t o ri g i n. or RCU) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
( T r o ug h o r R CU)
Since it is occurring in the trough or - SWU_ DRV3 board.
RCU, sampling stops. RPP2W fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
( RP P 2 W ) o r i g i n se n so r i s o n (At RPT tro ugh co nnector, etc.
b efo r e i ni tia tio n o f s yri n ge or RCU) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
d isp e ns ed p o si tio n) ( T ro u g h o r Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
R CU) - SWU_ DRV3 board
No te; RPP2W fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
or RCU, samp ling stop s. So lenoid valve. Check the soleno id valve for sticking odd object, etc.
- SWU_ DRV3 board
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV3 board
(CONT 'D)
Page 8-79
B lock: RPP2W
E4455
to E445 6
CO DE M ODE
E4455 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt t he Samp ling stop Analysis Same as 4 405.
r ea ge n t s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h
( RP P 2 W ) , t h e o r i g i n se n so r is no t
o f f al t ho u g h t h e s yr i n g e p o si tio n
is no t a t o r i gi n.
s yr i n g e o f RP P 2 W mo ve me n t - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
p o si tio n)
Page 8-80
B lock: SPPW
E4502
to E4503
CO DE M ODE
E4502 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Emergency Initializatio n SPPW driving sectio n. Check the SPPW mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
( SP P W ) o r i gi n s e nso r i s o n Stop co nnector, etc.
alt ho u g h t he s yr i n ge p o s it io n ha s
le ft o r i g i n. ( a t i ni tia li za tio n)
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
SPPW fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board..
Light-interrup ting p late fo r the up -zero Lo wer the fixing po sition, then perform the initializatio n again.
po sitio n sensor (p ho to -interrup ter) is
fixed too high.
E4503 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Emergency Analysis SPPW driving sectio n. Check the SPPW mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
( SP P W ) o r i gi n s e nso r i s o n b e fo re Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
i ni tia tio n o f t h e s yr i n ge p u mp
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-81
Block: SPPW
E45 04
to E4505
CO DE M ODE
E4504 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Emergency Initializatio n SPPW driving sectio n. Check the SPPW mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
( SP P W ) o r i gi n s e nso r i s st il l o ff Stop co nnector, etc.
alt ho u g h t he s yr i n ge h as ret ur n ed
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E4505 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt t he Emergency Analysis SPPW driving sectio n. Check the SPPW mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
sa mp le s yr i n ge fo r wa s h (SP P W ) Stop co nnector, etc.
Maintenance
t he s yr i n g e p o si tio n i s n o t a t
o r i gi n. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-82
Block: SPPW
E4551
to E4555
CO DE M ODE
E4551 Sa mp le s yr i n ge fo r wa s h Samp ling stop Analysis SPPW driving sectio n. Check the SPPW mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
( SP P W ) o r i gi n s e nso r i s o ff at co nnector, etc.
(SPT tro ugh or ASP
i ni tia tio n o f a sp ir at io n a t
po sitio n) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
o r i gi n. ( at tr o u g h o r R C U)
No te;
- SWU_ DRV2 board
Altho ugh SPPW is in its
- IRU_DRV board.
or iginal po sitio n, the origin
sensor (zero -p ositio n sensor) is SPPW fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
o ff.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E4553 Sa mp le s yr i n ge p u mp fo r wa s h Samp ling stop Analysis SPPW driving sectio n. Check the SPPW mo tor for slackness o f b elt, p ulleys, p lunger or poor co ntact o f
( SP P W ) o r i gi n s e nso r i s o n co nnector, etc.
(SPT tro ugh or ASP
b efo r e i ni tia tio n o f t h e s yr i n ge
po sitio n) Make sure that the syringe is in p arallel with the plunger.
mo v e me n t co m ma n d . ( fr o m
f u ll y d i sp e n sed p o si tio n ) Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
( T r o ug h o r ASP ) - SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
No te;
Altho ugh SPPW is no t in its SPPW fluid ics system. Check the tub es for d amage, leakage, stop page, etc.
or iginal po sitio n, the origin
( zero -po sitio n) sensor is o n. So lenoid valve. Check the soleno id valve for sticking odd object, etc.
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
- SENSA board
- SWU_ DRV2 board
- IRU_DRV board.
E4555 At t he i ni ti at io n o f mo v e me nt Samp ling stop Analysis Same as E4505 .

t he sa mp le s yr i n ge p u m p fo r
(Tro ugh)
wa s h ( SP P W ) o r i gi n se n so r is
no t o f f a lt ho u g h t he s yr i n ge
p o si tio n i s no t at o r i g i n.
(CONT'D)
Page 8-83
Block: SPPW
E4556
to E4557

CO DE M ODE
E4556 Sa mp le p ip e tt ( SP T ) sa fet y Samp ling stop Analysis SPT safety senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
se n so r is o f f b e fo r e i n it i atio n - SEN2 bo ard
(Tro ugh)
o f SP P W mo ve me n t co m ma n d . - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
( fr o m f u l l y d i sp e n s ed p o si tio n) - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
E4557 Sa mp le p ip e tte ( SP T ) p o si tio n Samp ling stop Analysis SPT ASP up senso r. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
se n so r fo r ASP i s o n b e fo re - SENSA board（ rotational senso r)
(Tro ugh)
i ni tia tio n o f t h e sa mp le s yri n g e - IRU_ CN1 bo ard
o f wa ter ( SP P W ) mo ve m en t - MOTOR_ SEN_ CN board .
co m ma nd . ( f r o m f u ll y
d isp e ns ed p o si tio n)
Page 8-84
B lock: MI X1 R ( MIX1 Ro tar y B lo ck)
E4601
to E4651
CO DE M ODE
i ni tia tio n o f t h e mi x er m o ve me nt Stop o f co nnector, etc.
co m ma nd .
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- SENSA board(Up zero -po sitio n)
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4602 Mi xer 1 ar m r o ta tio n o r i g i n s e n so r Emergency Initializatio n MIX1 R d riving sectio n. Check the MIX1 R mo tor fo r slackness o f rotary driving sectio n or po or contact o f
is s ti ll o f f a lt ho u g h t he mi x er h as Stop co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4651 Mi xer 1 up o r i g i n se n so r is o ff a t Samp ling stop Analysis Same as E4601 .
i ni tia tio n o f t h e mi x er m o ve me nt
co m ma nd .
Page 8-85
B lock: MI X2 R ( MIX2 Ro tar y B lo ck)
E4701
to E475 1
CO DE M ODE
i ni tia tio n o f t h e mi x er d esc e nt Stop o f co nnector, etc.
co m ma nd .
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4702 Mi xer 2 ar m r o ta tio n o r i g i n s e n so r Emergency Initializatio n MIX2 R d riving sectio n. Check the MIX2 R mo tor fo r slackness o f rotary driving sectio n or po or contact o f
is s ti ll o f f a lt ho u g h t he mi x er h as Stop co nnector, etc.
- IRU_DRV board
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
- SEN2 bo ard
- IRU_ CN1 bo ard
E4751 Mi xer 2 up o r i g i n se n so r is o ff a t Samp ling stop Analysis Same as E4601 .

i ni tia tio n o f t h e mi x er d esc e nt
co m ma nd .
Page 8-86
B lock: B CR
E4701
to E4751
CO DE M ODE
E5001 Re a ge nt b ar co d e r e ad er ; Emergency Initializatio n Co nnectio n. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
I n it ial iz at io n er r o r . Stop - RCU_DRV
B CR. Replace the B CR, then check it wo rks correctly.
E5002 Sa mp le b ar co d e r ead er ; Emergency Initializatio n Co nnectio n. Check the fo llo wings fo r poor co ntact o f co nnector, etc:
I n it ial iz at io n er r o r . Stop - ASP_ DRV
- RCU_DRV
B CR. Replace the B CR, then check it wo rks correctly.
E5051 Shor tage o f cuvette Samp ling stop Analysis Cuvettes to use for measurement are Check the stained cuvettes with Mainte WB screen, and clean, or exchange the
stained mo re than 30. cuvettes.
E5075 Sa mp le b ar co d e co uld n o t b e r ead Alarm Analysis No n-standardized character error Check lab el o n samp le cup / tube if there is no n-stand ard ized character .
d ue to c har a cte r o ut o f
sp ec i f ica tio n.
Page 8-87
8.2. Troubleshooting by Symptoms
This subsection shows case-studies of various troubles.
A. BCR does not read a barcode.
BCR does not

read a barcode.
Tray driver OK? No
Do ASP/RCU
TROUBLESHOOTING.
Yes
Barcode label
Yes
clear?
No Can read specific

None
barcode(s)?
Replace the label, BCR output

then try again. Yes
Yes, some. presents?
No Perform BCR
Replace the bottle in POSITIONING.
No
question with good one.
Replace BCR.
BCR reads
normally?
Yes
Holder is OK? No
Yes Replace the

holder.
Unreadable positions are always

No
the same?
Do BCR
POSITIONING.
Yes
Do HOLDER
POSITIONING.
Page 8-88
B. "WU Overflow" error occurs.
"WU Over-flow"
error occurs
Liquid Liquid is sticking Sensor Outputs present on

WU nozzles are No No Yes No
remains in No between nozzles? harness OK? SEN_OVRF board?
bent and touched?
cuvette?
Replace
No Yes SEN_OVRF
Yes Yes board.
Yes Replace WU
Clean WU Replace the RECHECK EACH
nozzles. sensor harness. BLOCK.
nozzles.
Liquid remains LOW CONC connector on SWU Outputs present on

Yes Yes No
in all cuvettes? panel is connected properly? SWU_DRV PCB?
Replace WU DRV
No Yes
PCB.
No
Reconnect it properly. RECHECK EACH BLOCK.
Liquid remains Tubes are OK? Filter is

Yes (Damage/Stoppag Yes WU1 pump can Outputs present
in WU1 cuvette? contaminated? No No Yes
e/etc.) send water? on SWU_DRV PCB?
Yes Replace
No Yes No the pump.
No
Replace the filter. RECHECK EACH
Replace the tube. Replace SWU DRV PCB.
BLOCK.
Tubes are OK?

Liquid remains Filter is WU2 pump can Outputs present
Yes (Damage/Stoppage/ Yes No No Yes
in WU2 cuvette? contaminated? send water? on SWU_DRV PCB?
etc.)
Replace
No Yes Yes No the pump.
No RECHECK EACH
Replace the tube. Replace the filter. Replace SWU DRV PCB.
BLOCK.
Tubes are OK?

etc.)
Replace
No
Replace the tube. Replace the filter. RECHECK EACH
BLOCK. Replace SWU DRV PCB.
Tubes are OK?

etc.)
Replace
No RECHECK EACH Replace SWU DRV PCB.

Replace the tube. Replace the filter.
BLOCK.
Tubes are OK?

etc.)
Replace
Yes Replace the filter. RECHECK EACH Replace SWU DRV PCB.
Replace the tube.
BLOCK.
Tubes are OK?

etc.)
Replace
No
Replace the tube. Replace the filter. RECHECK EACH Replace SWU DRV PCB.
BLOCK.
Tubes are OK?

Liquid remains Wipe chip is WU8 pump can Outputs present
in WU8 cuvette? dropped in? send water? on SWU_DRV PCB?
etc.)
Replace
Replace the tube. Replace the filter. RECHECK EACH

Replace SWU DRV PCB.
BLOCK.
Page 8-89
C. Water does not come out of trough.
Water does not come out of trough.
Water is in
Sub-tank? No
Yes Check water

Supply pressure of external purified water
water.
supply equipment.
Stoppage Fuse on Outputs

Water comes out Pump
No of anti-backflow No SWU DRV board is No present on SWU DRV Yes Yes
of all troughs? functions?
valve? burnt out? PCB?
Yes No
Yes No RECHECK
Check the harness EACH
Yes Replace the valve. BLOCK.
Repalce the fuse. connection then
replace the PCB.
Replace the pump.
Tubes are OK? Outputs

Water comes out MIX1 pump can
No (Damage/Stoppage/etc. Yes No present on SWU Yes
of MIX1 trough? send water?
) DRV 1PCB?
Replace the pump.
No Yes No
Yes Replace the tube. RECHECK Check the harness

EACH BLOCK. connection then
replace the PCB.

Water comes out MIX2 pump can
of MIX2 trough? send water?
) DRV 1PCB?
Replace the pump.
No Yes No
Check the harness
Yes Replace the tube. RECHECK connection then
EACH BLOCK. replace the PCB.

Water comes out SPT pump can
of SPT trough? send water?
) DRV 1PCB?
No Yes Replace the pump.

No
Yes Replace the tube. RECHECK Check the harness

EACH BLOCK. connection then
replace the PCB.
Water Tubes are OK? Outputs

RPT1 pump can
comes out of RPT No (Damage/Stoppage/etc. Yes No present on SWU Yes
send water?
spray trough? ) DRV 3PCB?
Yes No Replace the pump.

No
Yes RECHECK Check the harness

Replace the tube. EACH BLOCK. connection then
replace the PCB.

Water comes RPT2 pump can
out of RPT1 trough? send water?
) DRV 3PCB?
Replace the pump.
Yes No
No
Yes
RECHECK Check the harness
replace the PCB.

Water comes RPT3 pump can
out of RPT2 trough? send water?
) DRV 3PCB?
Replace the pump.
Yes No
No
RECHECK Check the harness
replace the PCB.
Page 8-90
Chapter 9
Unit/Part Replacement
9.1. General
This chapter explains:
- Replacement procedure for each unit
- Replacement procedure for major parts within each unit
- Adjustment required after the part replacement.
The parts discussed here include some electric parts such as solenoid valves but excludes a power supply
unit and PC boards. Replacement procedures of the PC boards are explained in Chapter 10.
As part replacement procedures, only dismounting procedures are explained here. Mounting procedures
are omitted because they are simply the reverse of the dismounting procedures. Exceptionally, mounting
procedures or remarks are given in cases where adjustment or special care is required.
For dismounting/mounting explained in this chapter, the following items are required:
SPECIAL TOOLS AND MATERIALS
ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Belt Tension Meter Required for replacement of motors with timing belts. After making
motor/timing belt replacement, the tension of the belt needs to be
adjusted. To measure the belt tension, use a tension meter "DOCTOR
TENSION TYPE-I" recommended by the timing belt manufacturer.
Contact us for the tension meter, if necessary.
Liquid Gasket (1212) Required for WU wipe tip replacement.
Jig Syringe chip insertion jig
Flare processing jig
Chip replacement jig
Zero point adjusting jig
Sealing Tape Required for attaching nipple or joint
Silicon Grease Required for syringe chip
(KF-96H-50000CS)
Adhesive Required for fixing edging
Silicon Rubber Required for filling gap in the insulated case.
Chapter 9 Unit/Part Replacement

9.1. General
Page 9-1
REQUIRED TOOLS
ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Screwdriver Required types:
+ Screwdrivers No.1 and No.2
+ Long Screwdriver No.2
+ Short Screwdriver No.2
- Screwdriver 6 mm
Torque Screwdriver No.2
Hex Wrench Required sizes: 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm
Small Ratchet Set -
Ratchet Wrench Required for packing.
Required sizes: 18 mm, 24 mm
Box Screwdriver Required sizes: 5.5 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm
Spanner Required sizes:
5.5 mm, 10 mm, 13 mm, 14 mm, 14.2 mm, 17 mm, 19 mm, 22 mm
Long-nose Pliers -
Nipper -
Pliers -
Monkey Wrench -
Tube Cutter Required for tubing.
Retractable Knife -
Air Blower Required for cleaning lens and mirror.
Gap gauge Required for adjusting gap in the pulley.
Tweezers -
Also refer to:

Appendix C "Maintenance Parts List" Lists the parts available for maintenance.
Appendix D "Wiring Diagram" Electrical connections of PC boards, sensors, motors, etc.
Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram" Fluidic connections of tubes, pumps, valves, etc.
Appendix F "Test Points and LED's" Shows the connector locations.

9.1. General
Page 9-2
9.2 Chassis Unit
WARNING
- Before making any replacements or adjustments, make sure to
turn off the clinical chemistry analyzer.
- Wear medical rubber gloves to prevent the penetration of contaminants.
9.2.1. Removing Mosaic Plates

A. Removal Order of Mosaic Plates
Refer to the figure below for the structure of mosaic plates. For replacement of parts or units, remove
mosaic plates, as required.
DTR Cover Mosaic 5 Mosaic 6
Screw × 1 Screw × 3 Screw × 2
Plastic Clip × 1 Removing Order: 4 Removing Order: 3
Mosaic 2
Screw × 2
Removing Order: 2
Mosaic 4
Screw × 2
Mosaic 3 Removing Order: 2
Screw × 2
Removing Order: 1
ISE Cover
Plastic Clip × 2
Mosaic 1
Screw Cap 1
Screw × 5
Mosaic Plate
Screw Cap 2 Removing Order: 3
Screw M3×8
All mosaic plates are mounted as shown
in the above figure.
MOSAIC PLATES
Figure 9.2.1-1

9.2. Chassis Unit
Page 9-3
The mosaic plates should be removed in the specified order. The figure 9.2.1-1 shows the removing order
and the number of fixing screws. For the mosaic plates having the same removing order number, there is
no problem whichever mosaic plate is removed first and it is only necessary to remove one of them if there
is no need to remove both of them. All mosaic plates of which removing order number is lower than that
of a mosaic plate to be removed should be removed ahead of it. The DTR cover and ISE cover on the
mosaic plate can be removed by itself regardless of order.
The following list shows the removing order of mosaic plates, and covers on the mosaic plate.
Removing Mosaic Plates, Cover Screws, Other

Order
1 Mosaic 3 Screw × 2
Mosaic 2 Screw × 2
2
Mosaic 4 Screw × 2
Mosaic 1 Screw × 5
- DTR cover Screw × 1, Plastic clip × 1
ISE cover Plastic clip × 2
B. Caution at The Time of Mosaic Plates Mounting
When mounting a mosaic 3, adjust the dispensing hole of a mosaic 3 to the dispensing spot for a cuvette and
fix a mosaic 3, as shown in the following figure.
（IRU）
Mosaic 3
Dispensing hole of a mosaic 3
Cuvette
ADJUSTMENT OF MOSAIC 3 POSITION

Figure 9.2.1-2

9.2. Chassis Unit
Page 9-4
9.2.2. Removing Covers
See the figure below for the structure of covers. For replacement of parts or units, remove mosaic plates,
as required.
FRONT Panel U
Screw: M4×8 × 4
Removing Order: 2
FRONT Panel D
Screw: M4×8 × 4
Removing Order: 3
FRONT
Maintenance Cover R2
Screw: M4×8 × 1
Maintenance Cover L SIDE Panel LU SIDE Panel RU Maintenance Cover R1

Screw: M4×8 × 2 Screw: M4×8 × 3 Screw: M4×8 × 3 Screw: M4×8 × 2
Removing Order: 1 Removing Order: 1
SIDE Panel LD SIDE Panel RD

Screw: M4×8 × 2 Screw: M4×8 × 3
Removing Order: 2 Removing Order: 2
LEFT RIGHT
COVERS (FRONT, SIDE)

Figure 9.2.2-1

9.2. Chassis Unit
Page 9-5
TOP Panel
Screw: M3×6 × 4
Removing Order: 2
TOP
REAR Panel
Screw: M4×8 × 9
REAR
COVERS (TOP, REAR)

Figure 9.2.2-2

9.2. Chassis Unit
Page 9-6
The covers should be removed in the specified order. The figures 9.2.1-1 and 9.2.2-2 show the removing
order and the types and number of fixing screws. For the covers having the same removing order number,
there is no problem whichever cover (which of the covers) is removed first and it is only necessary to
remove a cover to be removed if there is no need to remove both (all) of them. All covers of which
removing order number is lower than that of a cover to be removed should be removed ahead of it. The
maintenance covers (R1, R2, L) and REAR panel can be removed by itself regardless of order.
The following list shows the removing order of covers.
Order Cover Screws

SIDE panel RU M4×8 ×3
1
SIDE panel LU M4×8 ×3
SIDE panel RD M4×8 ×3
SIDE panel LD M4×8 ×2
2
FRONT panel U M4×8 ×4
TOP panel M3×6 ×4
3 FRONT panel D M4×8 ×4
Maintenance cover R1 M4×8 ×2
Maintenance cover R2 M4×8 ×1
－
Maintenance cover L M4×8 ×2
REAR panel M4×8 ×9
9.2.3. Removing Decorative Laminate R and Front Frame

When dismounting each unit, the decorative laminate R and front frame need to be removed in addition to
above-mentioned mosaic plates and covers. The following shows the procedures for removing the
decorative laminate R and front frame.
A. Removing Decorative Laminate R
(1) Remove the SIDE panel RU (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(2) Remove the mosaic 3, mosaic 4, mosaic 6 and mosaic 1 in order (see figure 9.2.1-1).

9.2. Chassis Unit
Page 9-7
(3) Remove the decorative laminate R by removing the two screws (M3×6).
Decorative Screw (M3×6)

Laminate R
REMOVING DECORATIVE LAMINATE R

Figure 9.2.3-1
Mounting Decorative Laminate R
CAUTION: When mounting a mosaic 3, follow "9.2.1. B. Caution at The Time of Mosaic Plates
Mounting".
B. Removing Front Frame
(1) Remove the SIDE panel RU, SIDE panel LU and FRONT panel U in order (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(2) Remove the mosaic 1.
(3) Dismount the ASP_DRV board by removing the two screws (M3×6).
(4) Disconnect the three connectors (CN165, CN166, CN168) from the ASP_DRV board.
(5) Remove the front frame by removing the two screws (M4×8) and the two screws (M3×6).

9.2. Chassis Unit
Page 9-8
Screw (M4×8) Screw (M4×8)
Front Frame
Screw (M3×6)
REMOVING FRONT FRAME

Figure 9.2.3-2
9.2.4. Dismounting Fans

(1) Remove the REAR panel (see figure 9.2.2-2).
(2) Disconnect the connector (CN456) from the IRU_DRV board.
(3) Disconnect the linkup connector of the CSE-FAN2.
(4) Dismount the fans by removing the six screws (3 screws per fan) (5×14 P tight).
DTR-FAN
Linkup Connector
CN456
CSE-FAN2
DISMOUNTING FANS
Figure 9.2.4-1

9.2. Chassis Unit
Page 9-9
9.3. ASP (Auto Sampler Unit)
WARNING
9.3.1. Dismounting ASP

(1) Remove the mosaic 3, mosaic 4 and mosaic 1 in order (see figure 9.2.1-1).
(3) Remove the ASP board cover by removing the two screws (M3×6).
ASP Board Cover Screw (M3×6)
REMOVING ASP BOARD COVER

Figure 9.3.1-1
(4) Disconnect the six connectors (CN151, CN165, CN166, CN168, CN169, CN171) from the ASP_DRV
board.
(5) Remove the front frame. (Refer to “ 9.2.3. B. Removing Front Frame”.)

9.3. ASP
Page 9-10
(6) Disconnect the ASP drain tube from the trough chamber.
(ASP)
Trough Chamber
ASP Drain Tube
DISCONNECTING ASP DRAIN TUBE

Figure 9.3.1-2
(7) Remove the four screws (M4×10) from the ASP. Lift up the ASP and dismount it.
Screw (M4×10)
DISMOUNTING ASP
Figure 9.3.1-3

9.3. ASP
Page 9-11
Mounting ASP
Mounting".
(8) Temporarily install ASP in the main body, and put the tube in tray No. 27 perpendicularly.
(9) Start the analyzer by "main", and select "Mainte(F10)" "Sequence".
(10) Execute "Initialization".
(11) Select and execute the Move Unit according to the following figure.
Select
click
Selection and execution of Move Unit

Figure.9.3.1-4
(12) Check the SPT nozzle tip is in the tube center of No. 27 and adjust the position, fix four
places with screws（M4x10）.
(13) Check that the SPT nozzle doesn't hit the hole for pipetting on the outer circumference of
ASP lid and the guide groove.

9.3. ASP
Page 9-12
9.3.2. Bar Code Reader (BCR)
(1) Remove the mosaic 1.(see figure 9.2.1-1).
(3) Remove the ASP_DRV board cover by removing the two screws (M3×6) (see figure 9.3.1-1).
(4) Disconnect the BCR connector (CN170) from the ASP_DRV board.
(5) Remove the two screws (M3×8) and dismount the bar code reader with its mounting plate attached.
(ASP)
Bar Code Reader
Screw (M3×8)
DISMOUNTING BCR
Figure 9.3.2-1
Mounting Bar Code Reader
Mounting".
(6) Temporarily install the BCR (with its mounting plate attached) to the BCR base plate by slightly
tightening two screws (M3×8).
(7) Connect the BCR connector (CN170) to the ASP_DRV board.
(8) Install the ASP_DRV board cover with two screws (M3×6) (see figure 9.3.1-1).
(9) Adjust the position of the BCR. (Refer to “Appendix H 2. Procedures to Adjust Position of Bar Code
Reader”.)
(10) Tightly tighten the two screws (M3×8) which were slightly tightened in step (6).

9.3. ASP
Page 9-13
9.3.3. ASP Motor
(1) Dismount the ASP from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.3.1.
(2) Remove the general sample tray and standard sample tray from the ASP, and turn over the ASP.
(3) Disconnect the ASP motor connector from the motor.
(4) Dismount the ASP motor assembly and two motor plates by removing the four screws (M4×15).
At this stage, the timing belt is removable.
Motor Plate × 2
ASP Motor Assembly
Timing Belt
Screw (M4x15)
ネジ M4x15
DISMOUNTING ASP MOTOR ASSEMBLY AND TIMING BELT

Figure 9.3.3-1

9.3. ASP
Page 9-14
Mounting ASP Motor
Since the pulley is part of the motor assembly, it is not necessary to conduct the following procedure (5).
Refer to (5) just for your reference.
(5) Pulley (Just for your reference)
The pulley is built into the motor as shown below.
ASP Motor
Set Screw (M3x5 Hex Socket Head) x2
Pulley
ASP Motor
Set Screw (M3x5 Hex Socket Head)
The pulley is fixed to

the motor shaft by Pulley
applying Loctite #601.
3.9
ASP MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.3.3-2

9.3. ASP
Page 9-15
(6) Adjust the belt tension.
(a) Set the tension meter according to the following table.
Belt Width 10 mm
Belt Weight 0.013 kg/m
Belt Span 86 mm
(b) Measure the belt tension by gently hitting the midst of the belt span.
Belt Span
MEASURING BELT TENSION

Figure 9.3.3-3
(c) The initial tension value of the timing belt is as follows.
Initial Belt Tension 16.7 to 22.6 N
If the belt tension is out of the above-mentioned range, take the following steps.
See figure 9.3.3-4 for the following operation.
1 Fix the M-P motor jig UD in the ASP base with M3 screws.
2 Loosen motor-fixing screws slightly.
3 Insert M4 hexagon socket head cap screw in the M-P motor jig UD, and adjust
the position of the motor.
Belt tension becomes high when M4 hexagon socket head cap screw is tightened.
Belt tension becomes low when the screw is loosen.
4 Tighten motor-fixing screws.
5 Perform the step (b), and check initial tension meets specified value.
6 When the initial tension doesn't meet specified value, return to step 2.
When the initial tension meets specified value, advance to step 7.
7 Remove M3 screw, and dismount the M-P motor jig UD.
Measure belt tension at three or four different spots on the belt by rotating the pulley, since
tension may vary depending on the spot.

9.3. ASP
Page 9-16
M3 screw
M-P motor jig UD
M4 hexagon
socket head cap
screw
TENSION ADJUSTMENT OF TIMING BELT

Figure 9.3.3-4

9.3. ASP
Page 9-17
9.3.4. DC Fans
(1) Dismount the ASP from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.3.1.
(2) Disconnect the two DC fan connectors (CN154, CN156) from the ASP_DRV board.
(3) Remove the general sample tray and standard sample tray from the ASP, and turn over the ASP.
(4) Dismount the two DC fans from the duct by removing the eight screws (M3×55) (four screws per DC
fan).
Screw (M3×55) Screw (M3×55)
DISMONUTING DC FANS
Figure 9.3.4-1

9.3. ASP
Page 9-18
9.4. RCU (Reagent Container Unit)
WARNING
9.4.1. Dismounting RCU

(1) Remove the mosaic 3, mosaic 2 and mosaic 1 in order (see figure 9.2.1-1).
(3) Remove the RCU board cover by removing the two screws (M3×6)
RCU Board Cover Screw (M3×6)
REMOVING RCU BOARD COVER

Figure 9.4.1-1
(4) Remove the front flame. (Refer to “9.2.3. B. Removing Front Frame”.)
(5) Disconnect the five connectors (CN120 to CN124) from the RCU_DRV board.

9.4. RCU
Page 9-19
(6) Disconnect the RCU drain tube from the chamber.
Note: If the gap is too narrow to pull and disconnect the drain tube by hand, dismount the ASP then
disconnect the drain tube. (If you dismount the ASP, make sure to correctly reconnect hole
sensors when installing the ASP.)
(ASP)
Trough Chamber
RCU Drain Tube
DISCONNECTING RCU DRAIN TUBE

Figure 9.4.1-2
(7) Remove the four screws (M4×10) from the RCU. Lift up the RCU and dismount it from the analyzer.
Screw (M4×10)
DISMOUNTING RCU
Figure 9.4.1-3

9.4. RCU
Page 9-20
Mounting RCU
Mounting".
9.4.2. Bar Code Reader (BCR)

(1) Remove the mosaic 1 (see figure 9.2.1-1).
(3) Remove the RCU_DRV board cover by removing the two screws (M3×6) (see figure 9.4.1-1).
(4) Disconnect the BCR connector (CN117) from the RCU_DRV board.
(5) Remove the two screws (M3×8) and dismount the BCR with its mounting plate attached.
(RCU)
Screw (M3×8)
Bar Code Reader
DISMOUNTING BAR CODE READER

Figure 9.4.2-1
Mounting Bar Code Reader
Mounting".
(6) Temporarily install the BCR (with its mounting plate attached) to the BCR base plate by slightly
tightening two screws (M3×8).
(7) Connect the BCR connector (CN117) to the ASP_DRV board.
(8) Install the ASP_DRV board cover with two screws (M3×6) (see figure 9.4.1-1).
(9) Adjust the position of the BCR. (Refer to “Appendix H 2. Procedures to Adjust Position of Bar Code
Reader”.)
(10) Tightly tighten the two screws (M3×8) which were slightly tightened in step (6).

9.4. RCU
Page 9-21
9.4.3. RCU Motor
(1) Dismount the RCU according to the procedures given in 9.4.1.
(2) Disconnect the eleven connectors (CN102 to CN110, CN114, CN116) from the RCU_DRV board.
(3) Disconnect the ASP motor connector from motor.
(4) Remove the reagent tray. Remove the RCU tray base by removing the three screws (M4×15 with hex
socket head).
Screw (M4x15
Hex Socket Head)
Tray Base
Case Assembly
DISMOUNTING RCU CASE ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.4.3-1

9.4. RCU
Page 9-22
(5) Reverse the RCU, and remove four fixing screws (M4x8) of RCU case post, and remove the RCU case
assembly.
RCU Case Assembly
RCU Case post 4places
RCU Base Assembly
Screw（M4x8） x４
DISMOUNTING RCU CASE ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.4.3-2

9.4. RCU
Page 9-23
(6) Dismount the RCU motor assembly and two motor plates by removing the four screws (M4×15). At
this stage, the timing belt is removable.
RCU Motor Assembly

Motor Plate × 2
Timing Belt
Screw (M4x15) x4
DISMOUNTING RCU MOTOR ASSEMBLY AND TIMING BELT

Figure 9.4.3-3

9.4. RCU
Page 9-24
Mounting RCU Motor
RCU Motor
RCU Motor
The pulley is
fixed to the
motor shaft by
applying Pulley
Loctite #601.
3.9
Pulley
RCU MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.4.3-4
Belt Width 10 mm
Belt Span 87 mm

9.4. RCU
Page 9-25
Belt Span

Figure 9.4.3-5
See figure 9.3.3-5 for the following operation.
1 Fix the M-P motor jig UD in the RCU base with M3 screws.
Measure belt tension at three or four different spots on the belt by rotating the pulley, since tension
may vary depending on the spot.

9.4. RCU
Page 9-26
M3 screw
M-P motor jig UD
M4 hexagon
socket head cap
screw

Figure 9.4.3-6
(9) To install the RCU motor, take the steps (1) to (5) in reverse order. Temporarily install the RCU tray
base and RCU base by loosely tightening the screws so that the positioning adjustment can be made
later.
(10) Adjust the position of the RCU tray base and RCU base by performing the following steps.
(a) Set the reagent bottle to the RCU tray No.1 and load the RCU tray on the RCU.
(b) Turn on the main analyzer and operational PC.
(c) Start the “main” of the operational PC.
(d) Select the “Sequence” screen of “Mainte (F10)”.

9.4. RCU
Page 9-27
(e) Click the “Initialization” button to move the RCU tray to the zero point.
Click this button “Initialization”.
MOVEMENT TO ZERO POINT

Figure 9.4.3-7
（f） Select and execute the Move Unit according to the following figure.
select
click
MOVEMENT OF RPT1 NOZZLE

Figure 9.4.3-8

9.4. RCU
Page 9-28
（g） Check the RPT1 nozzle tip is in the hole for RPT1 pipetting on the inner circumference of RCU
lid and adjust the position, fix four places with screws（M4x10）.
（ｈ） Execute the Move Unit according to the following figure and remove the lid.
select
click
Figure 9.4.3-9
（i） Move the RPT1 nozzle on RCU No.1 by performing procedure (e) and (f),
(j) Turn and adjust the RCU tray base until the RPT1 nozzle tip meets the hole of NO.1 reagent
bottle. Tighten the three screws (M4×15, hexagon socket head screw) of the RCU tray.
(k) Select "Run(F5)" "Inventory" screen, and execute "RCU Scan", and check that the bar code is
readable .
(l) Adjust and check the BCR position. See "2. Adjustment of BCR " of document H.

9.4. RCU
Page 9-29
9.4.4. DC Fans
(1) Dismount the RCU according to the procedures given in 9.4.1.
(2) Disconnect the four DC fan connectors (CN102, CN104, CN106, CN108) from the RCU_DRV board.
(3) Turn over the RCU and dismount the four fans from the duct by removing the 16 screws (M3×65)
(four screws per DC fan).
Screw (M3×65)
4 screws/fan
DISMOUNTING DC FANS FROM RCU

Figure 9.4.4-1

9.4. RCU
Page 9-30
9.5. SPT (Sample Pipette Unit)
WARNING
9.5.1. Dismounting SPT

(3) Disconnect the tube (connected to the SPT) from the SPP sample syringe by turning the M6 joint
counterclockwise. Use tissue paper, etc. to prevent drops of liquid from falling out of the tube or SPT
nozzle tip. Take care to prevent deformation or damage of the tube tip (see figure 9.5.1-1).
Note: If the M6 joint is too tight to loosen, use long-nose pliers. When using long-nose pliers, cover
the M6 joint with a cloth, etc. to prevent damage.
Tube connected to SPT
M6 Joint
SPP Sample Syringe
Take care to prevent

deformation or damage of
the tube tip.
REMOVING M6 JOINT
Figure 9.5.1-1
(4) Disconnect the two connectors (J1, J6) from the MOTOR_SEN_CN board.

9.5. SPT
Page 9-31
(5) Remove the three screws (M4×10). Lift up the SPT and dismount it.
Screw (M4×10)
DISMOUNTING SPT
Figure 9.5.1-2
Mounting SPT
Mounting".
（6） Install the SPT by taking the procedures (3) to (5) in reverse order.
（7） Start the analyzer by "main",
（8） Select "Mainte(F10)" "Sequence" screen. See figure 9.6.1-3 in the next page for the
following procedures.
（9） Execute "Initialization".
Set the SPT height adjustment jig (25-023-9451) in the slot#-21 of IRU instead of cuvette.
（10）Move SPT on IRU by Move Unit.
Select 11.SPTR for Motor, and Search for Mode, and click Exec.
（11）Loosen three screw (M4x10), and adjust the SPT so that the SPT nozzle is in the center
of the jig center (Cuvette No.21), and tighten one screw.
（12）Move the SPT to the ASP outer circumference by Move Unit.
Select 11.SPTR for Motor, MOVE for Mode, SPTRASPOUT for Position and click Exec.
（13）Check the SPT nozzle is in the center of tray No. 27.
When it is not in the center, adjust and return to the procedure (11).
（14）Move SPT to ISE by Move Unit.
Select 11.SPTR for Motor, MOVE for Mode, SPTRISE for Position and click Exec.
When it is not in the right position, adjust and return to the procedure (11).
（15）Tighten two screws (M4x10).

9.5. SPT
Page 9-32
（16）Execute "Initialization" and check the SPT nozzle is in the center of the trough.
When it is not in the center, adjust the position of the SPT trough.
（17）Assemble by taking the procedures (1) to (2) in reverse order.
select
click
Installation of SPT
Figure 9.5.1.-3

9.5. SPT
Page 9-33
9.5.2. SPT Nozzle
(1) Remove the PT arm cover. (The PT arm cover has tabs on its internal surface and these tabs fix the
cover to the S arm base.)
PT Arm Cover
S Arm Base Assembly
REMOVING PT ARM COVER

Figure 9.5.2-1
(2) While holding the nozzle (on the joint S side) by using hex spanner (5.5 mm), turn the end of nozzle
with fingers to remove the joint S. Use tissue paper, etc. to prevent drops of liquid from falling out of
the tube or nozzle tip.
(3) Disconnect the connector (J2).

9.5. SPT
Page 9-34
(4) Loosen the screw (M3×5 with hex socket head) which fixes the nozzle dog 2. Lift up the nozzle and
remove it.
Joint S
Connector (J2)
S Nozzle Assembly
Screw (Mx6)
Nozzle Stopper
Super Spring
Nozzle Dog 2
Set Screw M3x5

Hex Socket Head PT Arm Base 2
REMOVING S NOZZLE ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.5.2-2

9.5. SPT
Page 9-35
9.5.3 SPT_R Motor
(1) Dismount the SPT from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.5.1.
(2) Disconnect the connector (J8) from the SPT_R motor.
(3) Dismount the SPT_R motor assembly by removing the three screws (M3×10). At this stage, the
timing belt is removable.
SPT_R_M Assembly
M-P Bearing Case
Screw (M3x10) x3
Timing Belt
SPT_R_M Assembly Pulley 16
DISMOUNTING SPT_R MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.5.3-1

9.5. SPT
Page 9-36
Mounting SPT_R Motor
SPT_R_Motor
SPT_R_Motor
Pulley
Pulley
The pulley is fixed to the
motor shaft by applying
Loctite #601.
MOUNTING PULLEY
Figure 9.5.3-2
Belt Width 6 mm
Belt Span 39 mm
Belt Span

Figure 9.5.3-3

9.5. SPT
Page 9-37
1 Slightly loosen the motor-fixing screws.

2 Adjust (slide) the motor-fixing position, then tighten the screws.
3 Return to step (b).
9.5.4 SPT_U Motor

(1) Dismount the SPT from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.5.1.
(2) Disconnect the connector (J8) from the MOTOR_SEN_CN board.
(3) Dismount the SPT_U motor assembly and the M-P motor nut by removing the four screws (M4×15).
Timing Belt
PT Base
M-P Motor Nut

SPT_U_Motor Assembly Pulley
SPT_U ﾓｰﾀｸﾐﾋﾝのﾌﾟｰﾘ
SPT_U_Motor
SPT_UAssembly
ﾓｰﾀｸﾐﾋﾝ
Screw (M4x15)
ネジ（M4x15） x4 x4
DISMOUNTING SPT_U MOTOR

Figure 9.5.4-1

9.5. SPT
Page 9-38
Mounting SPT_U Motor
SPT_U Motor
SPT_U Motor
Set Screw (M3x5

Hex Socket Head)
The pulley is fixed

to the motor shaft Pulley
by applying Loctite
#601.
3
Pulley 20-1
MOUNTING PULLEY
Figure 9.5.4-2
Belt Width 10 mm
Belt Span 147 mm
Belt Span

Figure 9.5.4-3

9.5. SPT
Page 9-39
1 Remove the M-P harness support.

2 Fix the M-P motor jig UD (25-023-9155) in the PT base with M3 screws.
Belt tension becomes low when the screw is loosened.
9 Install the M-P harness support.
M-P harness support
M3 screw
M-P motor jig UD
M4 hexagon socket head cap screw
Figure 9.5.4-4

9.5. SPT
Page 9-40
9.6. RPT1/2 (Reagent Pipette Unit1/2)
WARNING
9.6.1. Dismounting RPT1/2

(1) Remove the mosaic 3, mosaic 2, mosaic 4, mosaic 1, mosaic 6 and mosaic 5 in order (see figure
9.2.1-1).
Note: When dismounting the RPT1 only, the mosaic 4, mosaic 5 and mosaic 6 need not be
removed.
(2) Remove the SIDE panel LU (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(3) Disconnect the tube of the RPT1 (RPT2) from the RPP1 (RPP2) reagent syringe by turning the M6
joint counterclockwise. Use tissue paper, etc. to prevent drops of liquid from falling out of the tube or
RPT1 (RPT2) nozzle tip. Take care to prevent deformation or damage of the tube tip. (See figure
9.6.1-1)
Disconnect the tubes.
RPP2
RPP1

the tube tip.
DISCONNECTING RPT1/2 TUBES

Figure 9.6.1-1
(4) Disconnect the two connectors (J1, J6) from the MOTOR_SEN_CN board.

9.6. RPT1/2
Page 9-41
(5) Remove the three screws (M4×10) which fix the RPT1 (RPT2). Lift up the RPT1 (RPT2) and
dismount it.
Screw
(M4×10)
Screw
M4×10
RPT2 RPT1
DISMOUNTING RPT
Figure 9.6.1-2
Mounting RPT1/2
Mounting".
（6） Install the RPT1/2 by taking the procedures (3) to (5) in reverse order.
（8） Select "Mainte (F10)" "Sequence" screen. See figure 9.6.1-3 in the next page for the following
procedures.
Set the RPT height adjustment jig (25-023-9459) in the slot#-1 (and/or slot#-76) of IRU instead of
cuvette.
（10）Move RPT1（RPT2） on IRU by Move Unit.
Select 7.RPT1R for Motor, and Search for Mode (9.RPT2R for Motor, and Search for Mode), and
click Exec.
（11）Loosen three screw (M4x10), and adjust so that the RPT1（RPT2） nozzle is in the center of jig (slot#-1
and/or slot#-76), and tighten one screw.
（12）Move the RPT1（RPT2） to the RCU inner circumference by Move Unit.
Select 7.RPT1R for Motor, MOVE for Mode, RPTRRCUIN for Position (9.RPT2R for Motor, MOVE
for Mode, RPTRRCUIN for Position) and click Exec.
For RPT2, it is necessary to select 18.RCU for Motor, MOVE for Mode, RCURGINRPT2 for Position,
click Exec, and move RCU tray to the pipetting spot.
（13）Check the RPT1（RPT2） nozzle is in the center of tray No.1（No.28）.
When it is not in the center, adjust and return to the procedure (11).

9.6. RPT1/2
Page 9-42
（15）Execute "Initialization" and check the nozzle is in the center of the RPT1（RPT2） trough.
When it is not in the center, adjust the position of the RPT1（RPT2） trough.
select
click
Installation of RPT1/2
Figure 9.6.1-3
9.6.2. RPT Nozzle

The RPT1 and RPT2 have the same structure as the SPT. Refer to "9.5.2 SPT Nozzle" for RPT nozzle
dismounting/mounting.
9.6.3. RPT_R Motor

The RPT1 and RPT2 have the same structure as the SPT. Refer to "9.5.3 SPT_R Motor" for
dismounting/mounting of the RPT1_R motor or RPT2_R motor.
9.6.4. RPT_U Motor

The RPT1 and RPT2 have the same structure as the SPT. Refer to "9.5.4 SPT_U Motor" for
dismounting/mounting of the RPT1_U motor or RPT2_U motor.

9.6. RPT1/2
Page 9-43
9.7. MIX1/MIX2 (Mixing Stirrer Unit 1/2)
WARNING
9.7.1. Dismounting MIX1/MIX2

(1) Remove the mosaic 3, mosaic 2, mosaic 4, mosaic 6 and mosaic 5 in order (see figure 9.2.1-1).
Note: When dismounting the MIX1 only, the mosaic 2 and mosaic 5 need not be removed.
(2) Remove the MIX1 trough (MIX2 trough) from the MIX1 (MIX2) by removing the two screws (M3×6).
Since the MIX1 trough (MIX2 trough) has a tube, attach the tube to the location where it will not
disturb the dismounting by using tape, etc.
MIX2 MIX1
Screw
(M3x6) Screw
(M3x6)
MIX2 MIX1
Trough Trough
DISMOUNTING MIX1/MIX2 TROUGHS

Figure 9.7.1-1
(3) Disconnect the three connectors (J1, J7) from the MOTOR_SEN_CN board.

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-44
(4) Remove the three screws (M4×10) fixing the MIX1 (MIX2). Lift up the MIX1 (MIX2) and dismount
it.
Screw
Screw (M4×10)
(M4×10)
MIX2 MIX1
DISMOUNTING MIX
Figure 9.7.1-2

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-45
Mounting MIX1/MIX2
Mounting".
（5） Install the MIX1/MIX2 by taking the procedures (3) to (4) in reverse order.
（7） Select "Mainte(F10)" "Sequence" screen. See figure 9.7.1.-3 for the following procedures.
Set the MIX height adjustment jig (25-023-9452) in the slot#-22 (and/or slot#-77) of IRU instead of
cuvette.
（9） Move the MIX1(MIX2) to the upper limit by Move Unit.
Select 2. MIX1U for Motor, and Search for Mode (4.MIX 2Ufor Motor, and Search for Mode), and
click Exec.
（10）Move the MIX1（MIX2） on the IRU by Move Unit.
Select 1. MIX1R for Motor, Search for Mode, (3.MIX 2R for Motor, Search for Mode,) and click
Exec.
（11）Loosen three screws (M4x10), and adjust so that the MIX1（MIX2） stirrer is in the center of jig
(slot#-22 and/or slot#-77) and tighten one screw.
（13）Execute "Initialization" and adjust the position of the MIX1（MIX2） trough so that the
stirrer is in the center of the MIX1（MIX2） trough.
select
click
Installation of MIX1/MIX2
Figure 9.7.1-3

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-46
9.7.2. Stirrer
Since the MIX1 and MIX2 have basically the same structure, their stirrer can be removed by the same
method. This section explains the removing procedures of the MIX1 stirrer.
(1) Remove the stirrer by removing the screw (M3×5 with hex socket head).
MIX1K Motor
Stirrer
Set Screw (M3x5 Hex Socet Head)
REMOVING STIRRER
Figure 9.7.2-1
Installation of stirrer
（2） Insert the new stirrer, and install temporarily.
（3） Push the section A of the MIX paddle jig to MIX arm base.
（4） Put the tip of stirrer on the section B of the MIX paddle jig (25-023-9157), and tighten
the set screw of the stirrer.
MIX arm base
Section A
MIX paddle jig

(25-023-9157)
Section B
Installation of stirrer
Figure 9.7.2-2

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-47
9.7.3. MIX1_K/MIX2_K Motor
Since the MIX1 and MIX2 have the same structure, the MIX1_K motor and MIX2_K motor can be
dismounted by the same method. This section explains the dismounting procedures of the MIX1_K motor.
(1) Remove the stirrer according to the procedures given in 9.7.2. (It is possible to dismount the
MIX1_K motor without removing its stirrer.)
(2) Remove the M arm cover. (The M arm cover has tabs on its internal surface and these tabs fix the M
arm cover to the M arm base.)
(3) Disconnect the connector from the MIX1_K motor.
(4) Dismount the MIX1_K motor by removing the two screws (M3×6).
Screw (M3x6) x2
M Arm Cover
M1K Motor Assembly
M1 Arm Base Assembly
M Arm Base
DISMOUNTING MIX1_K MOTOR

Figure 9.7.3-1

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-48
9.7.4. MIX1_R/MIX2_R Motor
Since the MIX1 and MIX2 have the same structure, the MIX1_R motor and MIX2_R motor can be
dismounted by the same method. This section explains the dismounting procedures of the MIX1_R motor.
(1) Dismount the MIX1 from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.7.1
(2) Disconnect the connector (J8) from the MIX1_R motor.
(3) Dismount the MIX1_R motor assembly by removing the three screws (M3×10). At this stage, the
MIX1_R_M Assembly
M-P Bearing Case
Screw (M3x10) x3
Timing Belt
MIX1_R_M Assembly Pulley
DISMOUNTING MIX1_R MOTOR ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.7.4-1

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-49
Mounting MIX1_R Motor
MIX1_R_Motor
MIX1_R_Motor
Pulley
Pulley The pulley is fixed to the

Set Screw (M3x5 Hex Socket Head) x2 Loctite #601.
MOUNTING PULLEY
Figure 9.7.4-2
Belt Width 6 mm
Belt Span 39 mm
Belt Span

Figure 9.7.4-3

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-50
1 Slightly loosen the motor-fixing screws.

2 Adjust (slide) the motor-fixing position, then tighten the screws.
3 Return to step (b).
9.7.5. MIX1_U/MIX2_U Motor

Since the MIX1 and MIX2 have the same structure, the MIX1_U motor and MIX2_U motor can be
dismounted in the same method. This section explains the dismounting procedures of the MIX1_U motor.
(1) Dismount the MIX1 from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.7.1
(2) Disconnect the connector (J8) from the MOTOR_SEN_CN board.
(3) Dismount the MIX1_U motor assembly and M-P motor nut by removing the four screws (M4×15).
MIX Base
MIX1_U Motor Assembly
Screw (M4X15) x4
Timing Belt
M-P Motor Nut
DISMOUNTING MIX1_U MOTOR

Figure 9.7.5-1

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-51
Mounting MIX1_U Motor
MIX1_U Motor
MIX1_U Motor
Set Screw (M3x5

Hex Socket Head)
The pulley is fixed

to the motor shaft Pulley
by applying Loctite
#601.
3
Pulley
MOUNTING PULLEY
Figure 9.7.5-2
Belt Width 10 mm
Belt Span 102 mm
Belt Span

Figure 9.7.5-3

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-52
1 Remove the M-P harness support.

2 Fix the M-P motor jig UD (25-023-9155) in the MIX base with M3 screws.
9 Install the M-P harness support.
M-P harness support
M3 screw
M-P motor jig UD
M4 hexagon socket head cap
screw

Figure 9.7.5-4

9.7. MIX1/2
Page 9-53
9.8. WU (Wash Unit)
WARNING
9.8.1. Dismounting WU
9.2.1-1).
(4) Remove the decorative laminate R. (Refer to “9.2.3. A. Removing Decorative Laminate R”.)
(5) Remove the WU cover by removing two screws (M3×8).
WU Cover
Screw (M3×8)
DISMOUNTING WU Cover
Figure 9.8.1-1
(6) Disconnect the connector (CN601) from the WU-CN board.
(7) Disconnect the connector (CN468) from the IRU_DRV board.
(8) Disconnect all tubes connecting to each nozzle.

9.8. WU
Page 9-54
(9) Dismount the WU by removing the two screws (M4×10).
WU
Screw (M4x10)
DISMOUNTING WU
Figure 9.8.1-4
Mounting WU
Mounting".
(10) Slightly tighten the two screws (M4×10) removed in step (9) and mount the WU by reversing the
dismounting procedure.
(11) Insert the jig for WU6 the IRU cuvette No. 33 and jig for WU1 into the IRU cuvette No. 40.
1,6
40,33）
33
6
JIG INSERTION POSITION

Figure 9.8.1-5

9.8. WU
Page 9-55
(12) Turn on the main analyzer and operational PC.
(13) Start the “main” of the operational PC.
(14) Select the “Sequence” screen of “Mainte (F10)”.
(15) Click the “Initialization” button to move the cuvette table to the zero point.
Click this button “Initialization”.
MOVEMENT TO ZERO POINT

Figure 9.8.1-6
(16) Lower the WU nozzle base so that it comes to the cuvette as closely as possible.
(17) Adjust the WU1 and WU6 nozzles until they meet the hole of WU height adjustment jig
(25-0223-9453). After that, tighten the two screws (M4×10) slightly tightened in step (11) to fix the
WU.
(18) Loosen and adjust the two screws (M3×10) so that clearance around the wipe chip in the cuvette
becomes equal laterally and longitudinally. After that, tighten the two screws to fix the wipe base
(see figure 9.8.3-4).
(19) Check the operation by carrying out cuvette wash actually.

9.8. WU
Page 9-56
9.8.2. Wipe Tip
(1) While holding the wipe nozzle by fingers, pull out the wipe tip.
(2) Apply liquid gasket to the circumference of the wipe nozzle so that applied liquid gasket width
becomes 2 to 3 mm and the applied area 5 to 10 mm from the nozzle tip (see figure 9.8.2-1 "A. Apply
Liquid Gasket").
(3) Insert a new wipe tip into the wipe nozzle until it hits the bottom and adjust the angle of the wipe tip
(see figure 9.8.2-1 "B. Inserting Wipe Tip" and "C. Angle Adjustment of Wipe Tip").
(4) Check that the length between the lowest end of the wipe base and the top end of the wipe tip is
69.1±0.2mm (see figure 9.8.2-1 "D. Checking Distance").
Wipe Nozzle
Liquid Gasket Application Range

2 to 3 mm
Wipe Base
10
5
A. Appling Liquid Gasket
Liquid Gasket
Wipe Tip Wipe Nozzle

69.1±0.2 mm
B. Inserting Wipe Tip
Wipe Tip
20° (Visible) Wipe Tip

Wipe Base
D. Checking Dimension
C. Adjusting Wipe Tip Angle
MOUNTING WIPE TIP

Figure 9.8.2-1

9.8. WU
Page 9-57
9.8.3. Nozzle Section Replacement
A. Drain/Supply Nozzles (WU1 to WU7)
Note: The WU comprises six drain/supply nozzle pairs (WU1 to WU6) and one drain nozzle/wipe tip
pair (WU7). Nozzles shall be replaced per pair.
(1) Remove the WU cover by removing two screws (M3×8).
(2) Disconnect all tubeｓ connecting to each nozzle.
(3) Disconnect the connector (CN611) from the WU_SEN board.
(4) Remove two screws (M4x16), and remove the nozzle section.
(5) Disconnect the connection of the remaining liquid detection sensor.
(6) Remove two screws (M3x6), and dismount the WU_SEN board and the base.
screw (M4x16) x2
screw (M3x6) x2
WU-SEN PCB
WU-LL WU-CN
25AZ-X-3039 (CN611～CN602)
(WU7～WU1)
NOZZLE SECTION REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.8.3-1

9.8. WU
Page 9-58
Installation of a nozzle section
(7) Assemble with the reverse order of the disassembly.
(8) Start analyzer "Main".
(9) Select "Mainte(F10)" "Sequence" screen.
(10)Execute "Cuvette Wash" and check the nozzle doesn't hit the cuvette.

9.8. WU
Page 9-59
9.8.4. WU Motor
(1) Dismount the WU from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.8.1.
(2) Dismount the WU motor assembly by removing the four screws (M3×6). At this stage, the timing
belt is removable.
WU Drive Base
Timing Belt
Screw (M3x6) x4
WU Motor Assembly
DISMOUNTING WU MOTOR
Figure 9.8.4-1

9.8. WU
Page 9-60
Mounting WU Motor
Pulley
WU Motor
Pulley 16 The pulley is

fixed to the motor
shaft by applying
Loctite #601.
PK-243-01A
WU Motor Shaft

0.6
WU Motor
MOUNTING PULLEY
Figure 9.8.4-2
Belt Width 6 mm
Belt Span 104 mm
Belt Span

Figure 9.8.4-3

9.8. WU
Page 9-61
1 Fix the M-P motor jig UD in the WU base with M3 screws.

M3 screw
M-P motor jig UD
M4 hexagon socket
head cap screw

Figure 9.8.4-4

9.8. WU
Page 9-62
9.9. IRU (Incubation Reaction Unit)
WARNING
9.9.1. Dismounting IRU

9.2.1-1).
(4) Remove the front frame. (Refer to “9.2.3. B. Removing Front Frame”.)
(5) Dismount the ASP. (Refer to "9.3.1. ASP".)
(6) Dismount the RCU. (Refer to "9.4.1. RCU".)
(7) Dismount the RPT1 and RPT2. (Refer to "9.6.1. RPT1/2".)
(8) Dismount the MIX2. (Refer to "9.7.1. MIX1/2".)
(9) Dismount the WU. (Refer to “9.8.1 Dismounting WU”.)
(10) Disconnect all tubes from the trough chamber.
(11) Dismount the trough chamber by removing the two screws (M3×6).
(12) Dismount the PT1 protection plate by removing the two screws (M3x6).
Screw (M3×6)
DISMOUNTING TROUGH CHAMBER

Figure 9.9.1-1

9.9. IRU
Page 9-63
(13) Remove the SPT trough and RPT1/2 troughs from the IRU by removing the six screws (M3×10) (two
screws per trough).
(14) Disconnect the two connectors (CN471, CN472) from the IRU_DRV board.
(15) Disconnect the connector (CN504) from the IRU_CN1 board.
(16) Disconnect the DET_CPU (DTR) connector (CN701) and the linkup connector between IRU
encoders.
(17) Disconnect the connector (CN701) from the DET_CPU (DTR).
(18) Disconnect the linkup connector of the DTR halogen lamp.
(19) Disconnect the harness and tube fixed around the IRU base.
( IRU_DRV PCB of MIX1,2 ,SPT and RPT1 , and the harnesses connecting to the IRU_DRV PCB)
or disconnect the connector on the board.
(20) Remove the five screws (M4×15 with hex socket head) from the IRU. Lift up the IRU
and dismount it.
IRU Base
Screw(M4×15
Hex Socket Head)
Actually, the screws fixing the IRU base and IRU hide behind other units.
DISMOUNTING IRU
Figure 9.9.1-2
Mounting IRU
Mounting".
(21) Install the IRU by taking the procedures (4) to (19) in reverse order.
(22) Start analyzer "main".
(23) Select "Mainte(F10)" "Sequence" screen. See Figure 9.9.1.-3 for the following procedures.

9.9. IRU
Page 9-64
（25） Adjust the position of the WU.

See 9.8.1. (11) to (20), and the position of the WU.
（26） Adjust the position of the SPT, RPT1 /2, and MIX1/2 to the. IRU.
(a) Move the SPT (RPT1 /2, MIX1/2) on IRU with Move Unit.
Select 11. SPTR for Motor, Search for Mode to move SPT, and click Exec.
Select 7.RPT1R for Motor, Search for Mode to move RPT1, and click Exec.
Select 9.RPT2R for Motor, Search for Mode to move RPT2, and click Exec.
Select 1.MIX1R for Motor, Search for Mode to move MIX1, and click Exec.
Select 3.MIX 2R for Motor, Search for Mode to move MIX2, and click Exec.
Move the MIX1/2 on the IRU after moving them to Up Zero-Position by selecting;
2.MIX1U for Motor, Search for Mode to move MIX1, and clicking Exec.
4.MIX 2U for Motor, Search for Mode to move MIX2, and clicking Exec.
(b) Loosen three screws (M4x10) of each unit, and adjust each unit so that;
SPT nozzle is in the center of No. 21 cuvette,
RPT1 nozzle is in the center of No.1 cuvette,
RPT2 nozzle is in the center of No.76 cuvette,
MIX1 stirrer is in the center of No. 22 cuvette,
MIX2 stirrer is in the center of No.77 cuvette,
and tighten the three screws of each unit.
（c） Move the SPT only on ISE with Move Unit.

Select 11.SPTR for Motor, Move for Mode,SPTRISE for Position and click Exec.
(d) Check the SPT nozzle is in the sample dispensing position of ISE.
When it is not in the position, readjust SPT.
（27） Adjust the position of the SPT, RPT1 and RPT2 troughs.
(a) Execute "Initialization"
(b) Loosen two screws (M3x6), and adjust the trough so that SPT(RPT1, RPT2) nozzle is
in the center of the SPT(RPT1 ,RPT2 )trough, and tighten two screws.
（28） Adjust the position of the MIX1 and MIX 2 troughs.
(a) move the MIX1 and MIX 2 to Up Zero-Position by selecting;
2.MIX1U for Motor, Search for Mode, to move MIX1 and click in Exec.
4.MIX 2U for Motor, Search for Mode, to move MIX2 and click in Exec.
(b) Loosen two screws (M3x6), and adjust the trough so that the MIX1 (MIX 2) stirrer is
in the center of the MIX1 (MIX 2) trough, and tighten two screws.

9.9. IRU
Page 9-65
(29) Adjust the position of the RCU.
(a) Loosen four screws (M4x10).
(b) Install reagent bottles to No. 1 and No. 28 of the RCU tray.
(c) Move the RPT1 (RPT2) to the inner circumference of the RCU with Move Unit.
Select 7.RPT1R for Motor, Move for Mode, RPTRRCUIN for Position to move RPT1,
and click Exec.
Select 9.RPT2R for Motor, Move for Mode, RPTRRCUIN for Position to move RPT2,
and click Exec.
(ｄ) Adjust RCU so that the RPT1 nozzle is in the center of the reagent bottle in tray
No.1.
(e) Move RCU to the inner circumference pipetting spot of RPT2 with Move Unit.
Select 18.RCU for Motor, Move for Mode, RCURGINRPT2 for Position, and click
Exec.
(f) Adjust RCU so that the RPT2 nozzle is in the center of the reagent bottle of tray
No.28.
(g) Fix the RCU by tightening four screws (M4x10).
（30） Adjust the position of the ASP.
(a) Loosen four screws (M 4x10).
(b) Install the sample cup in No. 27 of the ASP tray and NO .1 of the inner
circumference.
(ｃ) Move the SPT to the outer circumference of the ASP with Move Unit.
Select 11.SPTR for Motor, Move for Mode, SPTRASPOUT for Position, and click
Exec.
(ｄ) Adjust so that the SPT nozzle is in the center of the sample cup in tray No.28.
(e) Move the SPT to the inner circumference of the ASP with Move Unit.
Select 11.SPTR for Motor, Move for Mode, SPTRASPIN for Position, and click Exec.
(f) Move ASP to the inner circumference pipetting spot of SPT with Move Unit.
Select 17.ASP for Motor, Move for Mode, ASPIN for Position, and click Exec.
(g) Adjust ASP so that the SPT nozzle is in the center of the sample cup in tray No.1.
(h) Fix the ASP by tightening four screws (M4x10).

9.9. IRU
Page 9-66
（31） Assemble by taking the procedures (1) to (3) in reverse order.
select
click
Installation of IRU
Figure 9.9.1-3

9.9. IRU
Page 9-67
9.9.2. Cuvettes
(1) Remove the mosaic 3 (see figure 9.2.1-1).
(2) Remove the cuvette.

When it is hard to pull out a cuvette, it may be easy to pull out it by loosening the two screws fixing
the cuvette holder.
Adjustment after Replacement of Cuvette
Mounting".
When a cuvette is replaced, it is necessary to adjust photometry point correction. The following shows the
adjustment procedure.
(3) Mount a new cuvette and the mosaic 3.
(4) Turn on the main analyzer and operational PC.
(5) Select the “sequence” screen of “Mainte (F10)”.
(6) Click the “Cuvette Water Placement” button. The cuvette is supplied with purified water over several
minutes.
Click this button “Cuvette Water

Placement”.
SUPPLY OF PURIFIED WATER INTO CUVETTE

Figure 9.9.2-1
(7) After checking that supply of purified water into the cuvette has been completed, select the "DTR Pos"
screen of "Mainte (F10)".

9.9. IRU
Page 9-68
(8) Click the “Automatic” button. Optical axis correction is executed for each cuvette over several
minutes. After the completion of optical axis correction, each correction value is updated.
Click this button “Automatic”.
CUVETTE OPTICAL AXIS CORRECTION

Figure 9.9.2-2

9.9. IRU
Page 9-69
9.9.3. Thermal Fuses
(2) Remove the IRU table cover by removing the three screw covers and three screws (M3×8).
Screw Covers × 3
IRU Table Cover
Screw (M3x6) x3
Cuvette Table Assembly
REMOVING IRU TABLE COVER

Figure 9.9.3-1
(3) Disconnect the three connectors (connected to the thermal fuses) (CN551, CN553, CN556) from the
IRU_CN2 board.
CN553 CN556
CN551
CONNECTORS CONNECTED TO THERMAL FUSES

Figure 9.9.3-2

9.9. IRU
Page 9-70
(4) Dismount the three thermal fuses by removing the six screws (M3×6) (two screws per thermal fuse)
and the three sensor-fixing plate.
Thermal Fuses Screw (M3×6)
DISMOUNTING THERMAL FUSES

Figure 9.9.3-3

9.9. IRU
Page 9-71
9.9.4. Slip Ring
(2) Remove the IRU table cover by removing the three screw covers and the three screws (M3×6) (see
figure 9.9.3-1).
(3) Disconnect the connector (connected to the slip ring) (CN567) from the IRU_CN2 board.
(4) Remove the three screws (M3×6) from the slip ring.
CN567
M3×6
REMOVING SLIP RING
Figure 9.9.4-1
(5) Lift up the circular plate attached on the linkup connector and disconnect the linkup connector.
Slip Ring
Circular Plate attached to

Linkup Connector
Linkup Connector
DISCONNECTING LINKUP CONNECTOR

Figure 9.9.4-2

9.9. IRU
Page 9-72
9.9.5. IRU Motor
(1) Dismount the IRU from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.9.1
(2) Dismount the IRU motor assembly by removing the four screws (M4×15 with hex socket head). At
this stage, the timing belt can be removed from the pulley.
If it is required to remove the timing belt completely, dismount the CN472 from the IRU_DRV board,
disconnect the connector to which encoder cable is linked, remove the two screws (M3×8 with hex
socket head) which fix the encoder base 1 and the encoder base 2 and then rotate the encoder slightly.
IRU Motor
Timing Belt
Screw (M4×12,
Hex Socket Head)
Encoder
Screw (M3×6,
Hex Socket Head) Encoder Base 2
Encoder Base 1
DISMOUNTING IRU MOTOR 1/2

Figure 9.9.5-1

9.9. IRU
Page 9-73
(3) Dismount the IRU motor from the IRU motor base by removing the four screws (M4×12).
IRU Motor Base
SP Motor
Screw (M4x12) x4
DISMOUNTING IRU MOTOR 2/2

Figure 9.9.5-2
Mounting IRU Motor
Since the pulley is part of the IRU motor assembly, it is not necessary to conduct the following procedure
(4). Refer to (4) just for your reference.
Pulley
The pulley is fixed to
the motor shaft by
applying Loctite #601. Set Screw (M3x5 Hex Socket Head) x2
SP Motor
MOUNTING PULLEY
Figure 9.9.5-3

9.9. IRU
Page 9-74
Belt Width 10 mm
Belt Span 93 mm
Belt Span

Figure 9.9.5-4
Initial Belt Tension 50 to 70 N
1 Slightly loosen the four screws (M4×12 with hex socket head) which fix the IRU motor base.
2 Adjust the belt tension by rotating the two adjustment screws (M3×15) of the IRU motor
adjuster. (Turn the screw clockwise to increase the belt tension, and turn the screw
counterclockwise to decrease the belt tension.)
3 Tighten the four screws (M4×12 with hex socket head) to fix the IRU motor base.
4 Go to step (b) for belt tension measurement.
5 When the belt tension is within the specified range, the adjustment is completed. If not, go
back to step 1.

9.9. IRU
Page 9-75
9.9.6. IRU Heaters
(2) By hands move the SPT, RPT1/2 and MIX1/2 to the location where they will not disturb the
dismounting of the cuvette table.
(3) Lift the WU nozzle section to the upper limit.
(4) Remove the IRU table cover. (see figure “9.9.3 Thermal Fuses”).
Screw (M3x10)
DISMOUNTING WU NOZZLE ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.9.6-1
(5) Remove the relay connector of the slip ring (see figure “9.9.4 Spring Ring”).
(6) Remove the four screws (M3×10) which fix the cuvette table.
Screw (M3x10)
DISMOUNTING CUVETTE TABLE

Figure 9.9.6-2

9.9. IRU
Page 9-76
(7) Lift up the cuvette table by holding its handles and dismount it.
Pay attention not to hit the WU nozzle.
(8) Disconnect the heater connectors (CN552, CN554, CN555) from the IRU_CN2 board.
(9) Put the cuvette table upside down on a flat surface.
(10) Remove the IRU heater fixing plate by removing the 18 screws (M2.5×6) (see figure 9.9.6-3).
(11) Remove the three heater cable holders by removing the three screws (M3×6).
(12) Dismount the heaters.
Heater Cable Holder ×3
Cuvette Table
Heater Fixing Plate
Screw (M2.5x6)
WU
×18
DISMOUNTING IRU HEATERS

Figure 9.9.6-3
Mounting IRU Heaters
Mounting".
(13) Place the heaters on the cuvette table so that the three pairs of heater cables are located just above the
heater cable holders. Make sure that the screw holes for attaching the IRU heater fixing plate are
not blocked.
(14) Place the IRU heater fixing plate on the heaters and attach it to the cuvette table by tightening 18
screws (M2.5×6).

9.9. IRU
Page 9-77
(15) Put the pair of heater cables through the hole of the cuvette table (three pairs). Attach the heater
cable holder to the pair of the heater cables, and install them to the cuvette table. Make sure that
the cables will not block the holes through which the light passes.
Heater Cable
Light Path of Cuvette Table
Heater Cable Holder
FIXING HEATER CABLES

Figure 9.9.6-4
(16) Turn over the cuvette table and connect the heater connectors (CN552, CN554, CN555) to the
IRU_CN2 board.
(17) Place back the cuvette table into the IRU. Temporarily install the cuvette table to the IRU by loosely
tightening the four screws (M3×10) so that the position can be adjusted later.
Tighten one screw more.
Note: There are only four places where the hole used to install the cuvette table meets the screw hole
of the shaft.
(18) Install the positioning jig to determine a correct position of the cuvette table as follows.
(a) Start "main", and select "Mainte(F10)" "Sequence" screen, and execute "Initialization".

9.9. IRU
Page 9-78
(b) Loosen the screw tightened more, and insert the positioning jig. While holding it by fingers,
rotate the cuvette table until the hole of the cuvette table meets the hole of the analyzer.
Positioning Jig
(WU table adjuster: 25-023-9052)
INSERTING POSITIONING JIG

Figure 9.9.6-5
(c) Push the positioning jig until it hits the bottom and fix it by tightening a screw (M3).
Screw (M3)
Positioning Jig
FIXING POSITIONING JIG

Figure 9.9.6-6
(19) Install the cuvette table by tightening the four screws (M3×10) tightly.
(20) Remove the positioning jig by removing the screw (M3).
(21) Execute "Cuvette Water Placement" in "Mainte(F10)" "Sequence" screen.
(22) Click "Exec" in "Mainte(F10)" "DTR Pos" screen, and perform DTR position correction.

9.9. IRU
Page 9-79
9.10.DTR (Detector Unit)
WARNING
9.10.1 DTR
The DTR is attached to the IRU base.
First, dismount the IRU from the analyzer, then remove the DTR from the IRU base.
(1) Dismount the IRU from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.9.1.
(2) Remove the cuvette table according to the steps 9.9.6. (3) to (7).
(3) Dismount the IRU insulated case assembly by removing the two screws (M3×8).
Screw (M3x8) x2
(Marked with A)
Middle Case Assembly
Insulated Case Assembly
DISMOUNTING IRU INSULATED CASE

Figure 9.10.1-1
(4) Remove the three DTR fixing screws (M4×10). Slightly lift up the DTR and dismount it by pulling it
sideways.
Screw (M4×10)
DISMOUNTING DTR
Figure 9.10.1-2

9.10. DTR
Page 9-80
Mounting DTR
(5) Place the DTR above the IRU. Secure it to the IRU by tightening the four screws (M4×10).
(6) Install the cuvette table into the IRU by taking the procedures 9.9.6. (3) to (7) in reverse order.
(7) Install the IRU into the analyzer by taking the procedures 9.9.1.(4) to (19) in reverse order.
(8) Adjust the position of the cuvette table by the procedure ,(18) to (20).
(9) Adjust the position of the unit by taking the procedures 9.9.1.(21) to (29) in reverse order.
9.10.2 Halogen Lamp

WARNING:
The lamp case may be very hot. Before starting halogen lamp replacement, turn
the power off and leave it for at least 30 minutes.
CAUTION:
When installing a new halogen lamp, do not touch the glass of the halogen lamp by hand.
Grease from hands may cause malfunction.
(1) Remove the DTR cover by removing the screw (M3) and plastic clip.
DTR Cover
Plastic Clip
Screw (M3)
MOSAIC PLATE FOR HALOGEN LAMP REPLACEMENT

Figure 9.10.2-1

9.10. DTR
Page 9-81
(2) Remove the lamp case by unplugging the connector of the halogen lamp and removing the screw
(M3×65).
(3) Remove the halogen lamp by removing the two screws (M3×6).
Screw (M3x35)
Spacer
Lamp Case
Halogen Lamp
Screw (M3x6) x2
Lamp Base
REMOVING HALOGEN LAMP

Figure 9.10.2-2

9.10. DTR
Page 9-82
9.11. PP – SPP (Sample Pump) / RPP (Reagent Pump) / WPP (Wash Pump)
WARNING
9.11.1. DISMOUNTING PP
A. Dismounting Clot Detect Unit
(2) Remove a connector J1 on PRES_SEN Board and 3 tubes on Clot Detect Unit. Loosen 2 tubes (A & B)
at the same time little by little. (see figure 9.11.1-1)
Tube A
Tube B
screws
Tube C

the tube tip.
Figure 9.11.1-1
(3) Disconnect 2 screws and dismount Clot Detection Unit.
Mounting Clot Detection Unit
Verify that a tube between SPT and clot sensor does not contact parts around Clot Detection Unit during
SPP work.

9.11. PP
Page 9-83
B. Dismounting SPP (Sample)
(1) Disconnect a connector J4 on PRE_SEN from the SWU_DRV2 board and a connector of
SPP origin sensor.
(2) Disconnect the tube from the SPP sample syringe by turning the M6 joint counterclockwise. Take care
to prevent deformation or damage of the tube tip (see figure 9.11.1-2).
(3) Disconnect the two tubes from the solenoid valves COM and NO.
Disconnect the tube in step (3).
Disconnect the tube in step (2).
Screw (M3x12)

the tube tip.
DISMOUNTING SPP (SAMPLE)

Figure 9.11.1-2
(4) Remove the three screws (M3×12) fixing the SPP (sample) and pull forward the SPP (sample) slightly.
(5) Pull out the SPP(sample) by removing four screws(M3x12), disconnect the connector connected to the
SPP motor from the SPP driver and dismount the SPP (sample).
CAUTION: Before reinserting a tube into the solenoid valve, cut the top end of the tube to remove
the deformed part of the tube.
When connecting the tubes to the SPP (sample), refer to Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram."

9.11. PP
Page 9-84
C. Dismounting SPP (Wash)
(2) Disconnect one connector from the origin sensor board.
(3) Disconnect the tube from the syringe by turning the M6 joint counterclockwise. Take care to prevent
deformation or damage of the tube tip.
Disconnect the tube.
Screw (M3x8)

the tube tip.
DISMOUNTING SPP (WASH)

Figure 9.11.1-3
(4) Pull out the SPP(wash) by removing three screws(M3x8)fixing it, disconnect the connector from the
SPPW motor and dismount the SPP.
Mounting SPP (Wash)
When connecting the tube to the SPP (wash), refer to Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram."

9.11. PP
Page 9-85
D. Dismounting RPP
There are four types of RPPs: RPP1 (reagent), RPP1 (wash), RPP2 (reagent) and RPP2 (wash).
Dismounting procedures for these four RPPs are basically same.
(2) Dismount the CNU. (Refer to “10.3.1. Dismounting CNU”.)
(3) Disconnect the following connectors from the SWU_DRV3 board.
PUMP CONNECTOR NO.

RPP1 (Reagent) CN355, CN366
RPP1 (Wash) CN356, CN362, CN367
RPP2 (Reagent) CN353, CN357
RPP2 (Wash) CN352, CN358, CN361
(4) Disconnect the two tubes from each syringe head or solenoid valve by turning their M6 joints
counterclockwise (two tubes per syringe head or solenoid valve). Use tissue paper, etc. to prevent
drops of liquid from falling out of the tube or SPT nozzle tip. Take care to prevent deformation or
damage of the tube tips.
Note: RPP1/2 (reagent) can be dismounted without removing the CNU by disconnecting connectors
of the motor and sensor in RPP1/2 side.

9.11. PP
Page 9-86
(5) Dismount each RPP by removing the three screws (M3×8).
Disconnect the
tubes.
Screw (M3×6)
3 screws × 4 pumps
DISMOUNTING RPP
Figure 9.11.1-4
Mounting RPP
When connecting the tubes to the RPP, refer to Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram."
D. Dismounting WPP
(4) Disconnect the three connectors (CN401, CN402, CN403) from the WPP_CN board.

9.11. PP
Page 9-87
(5) Disconnect the 14 tubes (connected to the WU, sub-tank R and SWU) (front side: 10 tubes + rear side:
4 tubes) by turning the M6 joints counterclockwise. Take care to prevent deformation or damage of
the tube tips. (See figures 9.11.1-5, 9.11.1-6)
: Disconnect the two joints (front and back).

: Disconnect the one joint (front).
DISCONNECTING WPP TUBES (FRONT SIDE)

Figure 9.11.1-5
: Disconnect the two joints from each solenoid valve.
DISCONNECTING WPP TUBES (REAR SIDE)

Figure 9.11.1-6

9.11. PP
Page 9-88
(6) Dismount the WPP by removing the three screws (M3×8).
Screw (M3)× 3
DISMOUNTING WPP
Figure 9.11.1-7
Mounting WPP
Mounting".
When connecting the tubes to the WPP, refer to Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram."

9.11. PP
Page 9-89
9.11.2. Syringe Tip
This section explains syringe tip replacement procedures which can apply to all the syringe pumps used in
the analyzer. Replace plunger tips on a periodical basis.
(1) Remove the plunger block by removing the screw (M4×22).
(2) Pull down the plunger and remove it.
Screw (M4x22 Hex Head Screw)
Plunger Block
REMOVING PLUNGER
Figure 9.11.2-1
(3) As shown below, remove the syringe tip by using long-nose pliers.
Syringe tip
REMOVING SYRINGE TIP

Figure 9.11.2-2

9.11. PP
Page 9-90
(4) Place a new syringe tip in the hole on the syringe tip insert jig.
(5) By fingers hold the plunger, and insert it vertically into the hole of the syringe tip.
New syringe tip Plunger
Syringe Tip Insert Jig
INSERTING SYRINGE TIP

Figure 9.11.2-3
(6) Apply silicone grease (Shin-Etsu Silicones, KF-96H-50,000cs) to the plunger with the tip attached,
then insert this plunger into the syringe and slowly push it upward.
Application Impossible Range
Grease Application Range
Application Impossible Range
Component F
SILICONE GREASE APPLICATION RANGE

Figure 9.11.2-4
(7) Secure the plunger to the syringe pump by installing the screw (M4×22) and the plunger block.

9.11. PP
Page 9-91
9.11.3. Solenoid Valve
A. SPP-EV Solenoid Valve
(1) Dismount Clog Detect Unit according to [9.11.1-A Dismounting Clot Detect Unit].
(2) Remove the REAR panel.
(3) Disconnect the connector (CN272) from the SWU_DRV2 board.
(4) Disconnect the three tubes from the solenoid valve.
(5) Remove the solenoid valve with its valve plate S by removing the screw (M3×6).
Disconnect the three tubes.
Solenoid Valve
Valve Plate S
Screw (M3×6)
REMOVING SPP-EV SOLENOID VALVE

Figure 9.11.3-1
(6) Remove the solenoid valve from the valve plate S by removing the nut (M3).
Mounting SPP-EV Solenoid Valve
CAUTION: Before reinserting a tube into the solenoid valve, cut the top end of the tube to remove
the deformed part of the tube.
When connecting the tubes to the SPP-EV solenoid valve, refer to Appendix E “Fluidic System Diagram."
B. RPP-EV Solenoid Valve
A syringe head with a solenoid valve attached is used in each of the RPP1 (wash) and RPP2 (wash). The
same removing procedure is used to removing the solenoid valves for the RPP1 (wash) and RPP2 (wash).
Therefore this section explains removing procedures of mainly the RPP1 (wash) solenoid valve.
(2) Remove the CNU.
(3) Disconnect the connector (CN362) from the SWU_DRV3 board. As for the RPP2 (wash), disconnect
the connector (CN361).

9.11. PP
Page 9-92
(4) Disconnect the two tubes from the solenoid valve by turning their M6 joints counterclockwise. Take
care to prevent deformation or damage of the tube tips.
(5) Remove the plunger block by removing the screw (M4×22) (see figure 9.11.2-1).
(6) Pull down the plunger and remove it (see figure 9.11.2-1).
(7) Remove the EV holder by removing three screws (M3x6).
(8) Remove the syringe head fixing plate by removing the two spacers (M3×11) and dismount the syringe.
RPPW Base Assembly 2
RPP1W Syringe Assembly
Syringe Head Fixing Plate
Spacer
EV holder
Screw (M3x6) x3
REMOVING SYRINGE
Figure 9.11.3-2

9.11. PP
Page 9-93
(9) Remove the solenoid valve from the syringe by turning the solenoid valve counterclockwise. Take
care not to lose the valve packing.
NO
NC
COM
Valve Packing
Syringe R7.2
REMOVING SOLENOID VALVE

Figure 9.11.3-3
Mounting RPP-EV Solenoid Valve
When connecting the tubes to the RPP-EV solenoid valve, refer to Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram."
Tighten the solenoid valve in 0.5Nm.
Weak tightening leads to liquid leakage, and hard tightening leads to the failure of syringe.
C. WPP-EV Solenoid Valve (WPP1 Valve to WPP6 Valve)
This section explains the procedures to dismount the solenoid valve from the syringe head (WPP1 to
WPP6).
(4) Disconnect the connector corresponding to each solenoid valve from the WPP_CN board.
Solenoid Valve No. WPP1 WPP2 WPP3 WPP4 WPP5 WPP6

Valve Valve Valve Valve Valve Valve
Connector No. CN406 CN407 CN408 CN409 CN410 CN411

9.11. PP
Page 9-94
(5) Disconnect the tubes (two tubes per valve) from the solenoid valve by turning the M6 joints
counterclockwise. Take care to prevent deformation or damage of the tube tip.
(6) Remove the plunger block by removing the screw (M4×22) (see figure 9.11.2-1).
(7) Pull down the plunger and remove it (see figure 9.11.2-1).
(8) Remove the WU-EV holder by removing five screws (M3x6).
(9) Remove the syringe head fixing plate by removing the two screws (M3×6) and dismount the syringe.
WPP-EVAssembly
WPP-EV Assembly
Holding block
Syringe Head Fixing Plate
Screw（M3x6） x1
Spacer
WU-EV holder
Screw（M3x6） x3
Screw removed in
step (8) Screw（M3x6） x2
Screw removed in step (8)
REMOVING SYRINGE
Figure 9.11.3-4

9.11. PP
Page 9-95
(10) Remove the solenoid valve from the syringe by turning the solenoid valve counterclockwise. Take
care not to lose the valve packing.
WPP-EV Solenoid Valve
NO
NC
COM
Valve Packing
Syringe W7.2

Figure 9.11.3-5
Mounting WPP-EV Solenoid Valve
Mounting".
When connecting the tubes to the WPP-EV solenoid valves, refer to Appendix E
"Fluidic System Diagram."
Tighten the solenoid valve in 0.5Nm.
Weak tightening leads to liquid leakage, and hard tightening leads to the failure of
syringe.
D. WPP-EV Solenoid Valve (WPP7 Valve and WPP8 Valve)
The WPP7 valve and WPP8 valve are attached to the back side of the WPP base by using the valve plate.
The same dismounting procedure is used to dismount the WPP7 and WPP8.
(4) Disconnect the connector corresponding to each solenoid valve from the WPP_CN board.
Solenoid Valve No. WPP7 WPP8

Valve Valve
Connector No. CN412 CN413

9.11. PP
Page 9-96
(5) Disconnect the tubes (three tubes per valve) from the solenoid valve by turning the M6 joints
counterclockwise. Take care to prevent deformation or damage of the tube tip.
(6) Remove the solenoid valve and valve plate by removing the two screws (M3×8).
Screw（M3x8）
The WPP7 and WPP8 are mounted on the back of the unit.

Figure 9.11.3-6
(7) Remove the solenoid valve from the valve plate by removing the two screws (M3×6).
COM
WPP-EV Solenoid Valve

NO
NC
Screw (M3x6) x2
Valve Plate
REMOVING SOLENOID VALVE 2

Figure 9.11.3-7

9.11. PP
Page 9-97
Mounting WPP-EV Solenoid Valve
Mounting".
When connecting the tubes to the WPP-EV solenoid valve, refer to Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram."
9.11.4. SPP/RPP/WPP Motor

A. SPP Motor (Sample)
(1) Remove the SPP (sample) from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.11.1. "A.
Dismounting SPP (Sample)".
(2) Loosen the two screws (M3×6).
(3) Turn the hex nut (M3) counterclockwise to loosen it and turn the screw (M3×15 with hex socket head)
counterclockwise to reduce the tension of the steel belt.
(4) Remove the four screws (M3×6) which fix the steel belt to the drum of the SPP motor (sample).
Screw (M3×15 Hex Socket Head)
Hex Nut (M3)
Screw (M3×6) x 2
Loosen the two screws
located at both ends in
step (2).
Screw (M3×6) × 4
Remove the four screws
in step (4).
DISMOUNTING SPP MOTOR (SAMPLE) 1/2

Figure 9.11.4-1

9.11. PP
Page 9-98
(5) Dismount the SPP motor (sample) assembly by removing the four screws (M4×12).
Screw (M4×12) × 4
(Remove them from the
back side.)
DISMOUNTING SPP MOTOR (SAMPLE) 2/2

Figure 9.11.4-2
Mounting SPP Motor (Sample)
Since the drum is part of the SPP motor (sample) assembly, it is not necessary to conduct the following
procedure (6). Refer to (6) just for your reference.
(6) Drum (Just for your reference)
The drum is built into the motor as shown below.
SPP Sample Motor
SPP Sample Motor
Drum 25-1 Drum 25-1
The drum is fixed to the

Loctite #601.

3
MOUNTING DRUM
Figure 9.11.4-3

9.11. PP
Page 9-99
(7) Adjust the belt tension of the steel belt by performing the following steps.
(a) Attach the tension adjustment cap at the tip of the tension gauge (25-023-9362).
Tension Adjustment Cap Tension Gauge
ATTACHING TENSION ADGUSTMENT CAP TO TENSION GAUGE

Figure 9.11.4-4
(b) Push up the plunger of the SPP (sample) to the limit calmly.
(c) Press the tension belt against the tension frame by perpendicularly pressing the tension gauge to
which the tension adjustment cap is attached and check that the tension gauge indicates 4.9N
(500 g).
(d) Lower the plunger to the lower limit, and check there is no looseness at both sides of
the belt.
Slide Frame
Steel Belt
Tension Gauge
Check that the tension gauge

indicates 500 g.
MEASURING STEEL BELT TENSTION

Figure 9.11.4-5

9.11. PP
Page 9-100
(8) When the measuring result is not within the specified range, adjust the tension of the steel belt by
performing the following steps.
(a) Loosen the hex nut (M3) until it turns free.
(b) Loosen the two screws (M3×6).
(c) Adjust the tension of the timing belt by turning the screw (M3×15 with hex socket head).
When the screw is turned clockwise, the tension is increased, and counterclockwise, the tension is
reduced.
(d) Tighten the two screws (M3×6).
(e) Measure the tension by going through a series of steps given in step (7).
(f) When the measuring result is within the specified range, go to step (g). If not, return to step (b).
(g) Turn the hex nut (M3) counterclockwise to tighten it.
Hex Nut (M3)
Screw (M3×6)
(Outer Two Screws)
ADJUSTING STEEL BELT TENSION

Figure 9.11.4-6

9.11. PP
Page 9-101
B. SPP Motor (Wash)
(1) Dismount the SPP (wash) from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.11.1. "B.
Dismounting SPP (Wash)."
(2) Remove the Belt catch 10 by removing the two screws (M3×6).
(3) Dismount the S wash base assembly by removing the three screws (M3×6).
Belt catch 10
S Wash Base
Assembly
Screw (M4×8)
Screw (M3×8)
DISMOUNTING S WASH BASE ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.11.4-7

9.11. PP
Page 9-102
(4) Dismount the SPP motor (wash) assembly by removing the four screws (M3×6). At this stage, the
Timing Belt
S Wash_M Assembly
RPP Base
Screw (M3x6) x4
DISMOUNTING SPP MOTOR (WASH)

Figure 9.11.4-8

9.11. PP
Page 9-103
Mounting SPP Motor (Wash)
Since the pulley is part of the SPP motor (wash) assembly, it is not necessary to conduct the following
procedure (5). Refer to (5) just for your reference.
SPP Wash Motor
SPP Wash Motor
Set Screw (M3x6

Hex Socket Head)
The pulley is fixed

to the motor shaft by
applying Loctite
#601.
Pulley 20-4
1.5
Pulley 20-4
MOUNTING PULLEY
Figure 9.11.4-9
Belt Width 10 mm
Belt Span 87 mm
Belt Span

Figure 9.11.4-10

9.11. PP
Page 9-104
1 Loosen the hex nut (M3) until the adjustment screw (M3×15) can rotate easily.
2 Slightly loosen the two screws (M3×6) which fix the idler shaft assembly.
3 Adjust the belt tension by rotating the adjustment screw (M3×15 with hex socket head) on the
upper part of the SPP. (Turn the screw clockwise to increase the belt tension, and turn the
screw counterclockwise to decrease the belt tension.)
4 Tighten the two screws (M3×6) to fix the idler shaft assembly.
6 If the belt tension is within the initial belt tension range, go to step 7. If the belt tension is
out of the initial belt tension range, return to step 2.
7 Tightly secure the adjustment screw (M3×15) to the RPP base by tuning the hex nut (M3)
counterclockwise.
Hex Nut (M3)
Idler Shaft
Assembly
Screw (M3×8)
Timing Belt
ADJUSTING TIMING BELT TENSTION

Figure 9.11.4-11

9.11. PP
Page 9-105
C. RPP Motor
There are four types of RPP motors: RPP1 (reagent), RPP1 (wash), RPP2 (reagent) and RPP2 (wash).
Dismounting procedures for these four motors are basically the same.
(1) Dismount the RPP from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.11.1. "C. Dismounting
RPP".
(2) Remove the Belt catch 10by removing the two screws (M3×6).
(3) Dismount the R reagent base assembly (R wash base assembly) by removing the three screws (M4×8).
Belt catch 10
R Wash Base
Assembly
(R Reagent
Base Assembly)
Screw (M4×8)
Screw (M3×8)
DISMOUNTING R WASH BASE ASSEMBLY (R REAGENT BASE ASSEMBLY)
(In the R reagent base assembly, the RPP motor is in the upper part of the assembly, and
the idler shaft assembly is in the bottom.)
Figure 9.11.4-12

9.11. PP
Page 9-106
(4) Dismount the RPP motor assembly by removing the four screws (M3×6). At this stage, the timing
belt is removable.
Timing Belt
RPP Motor Assembly
RPP Base
Screw (M3x6) x4
DISMOUNTING RPP1/2(WASH) MOTOR
(In the RPP1/2(reagent), the motor is in the upper part of the assembly, and the idler shaft
assembly is in the bottom.)
Figure 9.11.4-13

9.11. PP
Page 9-107
Mounting RPP Motor
Since the pulley is part of the RPP motor assembly, it is not necessary to conduct the following procedure
RPP Wash Motor
RPP Wash Motor
Set Screw (M3x6

Hex Socket Head)
The pulley is fixed

to the motor shaft by
applying Loctite
#601.
Pulley 20-4
1.5
Pulley 20-4
MOUNTING PULLEY
Figure 9.11.4-14
Belt Width 10 mm
Belt Span 87 mm
Belt Span

Figure 9.11.4-15

9.11. PP
Page 9-108
2 Slightly loosen the two screws (M3×6) which fix the idler shaft assembly.
3 Adjust the belt tension by rotating the adjustment screw (M3×15 with hex socket head) on the
lower part of the RPP. (Turn the screw clockwise to increase the belt tension, and turn the
screw counterclockwise to decrease the belt tension.)
4 Tighten the two screws (M3×6) to fix the idler shaft assembly.
7 Tightly secure the screw (M3×15) to the RPP base by tuning the hex nut (M3)
counterclockwise.
Hex Nut (M3)
Idler Shaft
Assembly
Screw (M3×8)
Timing Belt
ADJUSTING TIMING BELT TENTION

Figure 9.11.4-16
D. WPP Motor
(1) Dismount the WPP from the analyzer according to the procedures given in 9.11.1. "D. Dismounting
WPP."
(2) Disconnect the connector of the motor from the motor.
(3) Dismount the belt catch W by removing the two hexagon socket head screws (M4×10).
(4) Dismount the W drive chassis assembly by removing the four screws (M 3x8).

9.11. PP
Page 9-109
(5) Dismount the WPP motor assembly by removing the four screws (M4x12).
Timing Belt
Motor Nut
WPP Motor Assembly
Screw
(M3x5 Hex Socket Head) × 4
W Drive Chassis
DISMOUNTING WPP MOTOR

Figure 9.11.4-17
Mounting WPP Motor
Since the pulley is part of the WPP motor assembly, it is not necessary to conduct the following procedure
Pulley 20-1
WPP Motor
WPP Motor
Set Screw
(M3x5 Hex Socket Head)
Set Screw
(M3x5 Hex Socket Head) x2
The pulley is fixed Pulley

to the motor shaft
by applying Loctite
#601. 2.5
MOUNTING PULLEY
Figure 9.11.4-18

9.11. PP
Page 9-110
Belt Width 10 mm
Belt Span 54 mm
Belt Span

Figure 9.11.4-19
If the belt tension is out of the above-mentioned range, take the following steps (see
figure 9.11.4-20).
2 Slightly loosen the four motor-fixing screws (M4×12 with hex socket head).
3 Adjust the belt tension by rotating the adjustment screw (M3×15).
4 Tighten the four motor-fixing screws (M4×12 with hex socket head).
7 Tightly secure the screw (M3×15) by turning the hex nut (M3) counterclockwise.
WPP Motor
Screw (M3x15)
Hex Nut (M3)
ADJUSTING TIMING BELT TENSION

Figure 9.11.4-20

9.11. PP
Page 9-111
9.12. ISE (Ion Selectable Electrode)
WARNING
9.12.1. Dismounting ISE

The ISE consists of an ISE module and ISE pump.
The following shows the procedures for dismounting the ISE module and ISE pump.
(1) Remove the ISE cover by removing the two plastic clips (see figure 9.2.1-1).
(2) Disconnect the tube from the Calibrant A bag and (see figure 9.12.1-1).
Tube
Calibrant A bag
DISCONNECTING TUBE FROM CALIBRANT A BAG

Figure 9.12.1-1
(3) Go to the " Mainte(F10)" " "Sequence" menu and execute "ISE Prime" five times to discharge the
liquid from the tube.
(4) Turn off the operational PC and the main analyzer.
(5) Remove the mosaic 3, mosaic 4 , mosaic 6 and mosaic 1 in order (see figure 9.2.1-1).
(6) Remove the SIDE panel RU, SIDE panel LU, FRONT panel U, SIDE panel RD, SIDE panel LD and
FRONT panel D in order (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(7) Disconnect the connector (CN169) from the ASP_DRV board.

9.12. ISE
Page 9-112
(8) Disconnect the two linkup connectors between the ISE module and ISE pump.
(9) Disconnect the tube from the top of the ISE module.
Linkup Connector
Tube
DISCONNECTING ISE MODULE CONNECTOR AND TUBE

Figure 9.12.1-2
(10) Disconnect the drain tube from the bottom of the ISE module.
(11) Dismount the ISE unit by removing the four screws (M3×6).
Screw (M3x6)
ISE Module
Drain Tube
DISCONNECTING DRAIN TUBE FROM ISE MODULE AND DISMOUNTING ISE MODULE
Figure 9.12.1-3

9.12. ISE
Page 9-113
(12) Disconnect the tube from the ISE pump.
(13) Dismount the ISE pumps by removing the four screws (M3×8) (two screws per pump).
Tubes can be removed here.
Screw（M3x8）
(The ISE mounting plates have been removed.)
DISMOUNTING ISE PUMP

Figure 9.12.1-5
Mounting ISE
Mounting".

9.12. ISE
Page 9-114
9.12.2. Electrode Replacement
(1) Preparation for electrode exchange (replacement)
(a) Click the “SHUTDOWN” button in the upper right-hand corner of the UI screen of operational
PC.
Click this button “SHUTDOWN”.
PREPARATION FOR REPLACING ELECTRODES

Figure 9.12.2-1
(b) Check that the UI screen is closed, and turn off the main analyzer.

9.12. ISE
Page 9-115
(2) Remove the maintenance cover R1 (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(3) Depress the compression plate in order to release the compression on the electrodes. While holding
its handle, pull out an electrode one by one. There are four electrodes.
ISE
Electrodes
Electrode Handle
Compression Plate
REPLACING ELECTRODES
Figure 9.12.2-2
Note 1: Setting order of electrodes: Na, K, Cl, and Ref from top down.
Note 2: Before use, open a new electrode package and disconnect a brown tube from a Ref electrode.
(4) Insert new electrodes (Na, K, Cl and Ref in top down order).
9.12.3. Calibrant A Bag Replacement

(2) Disconnect the tube from the Calibrant A bag and remove the bag (see figure 9.12.1-1).
(3) Place a new Calibrant A bag in position. Insert the tube into the new bag.
(4) Execute "ISE Prime" 10 times.

9.12. ISE
Page 9-116
9.12.4. ISE Pump Cassette Replacement (2 Places)
Note: To ensure the proper liquid supply/drain operation of the ISE, it is required to replace pump
cassettes on a regular basis. You can check the ISE operating hours on the maintenance menu
screen ("Maintenance" ® "Wash (F10)" ® "Working Hour Counters").
(2) Disconnect the tube from the Calibrant A bag (see figure 9.12.1-1).
(3) Go to the " Mainte(F10)" " "Sequence" menu and execute "ISE Prime" five times to discharge the
liquid from the tube.
(4) Turn off the operational PC and the main analyzer.
(5) Remove the Maintenance Cover R1 (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(6) Pull and remove the four tubes from the pump cassettes (two tubes /pump cassette). (Note: There are
two pump cassettes used in the ISE.) (See figure 9.12.4-1.)
(7) Remove each of the pump cassettes from the motor shaft by pressing the stoppers on both sides of the
cassette. (2 places)
Note: Do not pull out and remove the metal

pipe from the transparent tube.
Motor Shaft
Pump Cassette
Note: To separate the pump cassette from the

motor shaft, press the stoppers on the both sides
and pull it forward. To install a pump cassette
into the motor shaft, make sure to insert the
cassette into the shaft properly until a click sound
is heard.
REPLACING ISE PUMP CASSETTE

Figure 9.12.4-1
(8) Install a new pump cassette to each motor shaft (2 places) (see figure 9.12.4-1).

9.12. ISE
Page 9-117
(9) Insert the four tubes into the new two pump cassette. Since the new pump cassettes have no
instruction marker attached, carefully connect the tubes to the cassettes in accordance with the tube
maker (instruction) marked on the tube side coming from the analyzer.
Drain Pump Supply Pump
3 4 1 2
Tube Maker Location

1 : Supply Pump (IN)
(Connected to Calibrant A bag)
2 : Supply Pump (OUT)
(Connected to ISE Unit Sample Port)
3 : Drain Pump (IN)
(Connected to ISE Unit Bottom Port)
4 : Drain Pump (OUT)
(Connected to Wastewater Tank)
MOUNTING CASSETTE PUMP

Figure 9.12.4-2
(10) Turn on the operational PC and the main analyzer.
(11) Connect the tube to the Calibrant A bag, execute "ISE Prime" 10 times. Check that the liquid is
correctly pumped and that there is no liquid leakage at the junctions.
(12) Install the Maintenance Cover R1.
(13) Install the ISE cover (see figure 9.2.1-1).
(14) Go to the " Mainte(F10)" "Work Hour" screen, reset the "pump cassette" operating time of "Working
Hour of ISE".

9.12. ISE
Page 9-118
9.13.SWU (Supply Water Unit)
WARNING
9.13.1. Dismounting SWU

A. Dismounting SWU1-1 (Purified Water/Wash Solution Supply Unit)
(1) Remove the SIDE panel RU and then SIDE panel RD (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(3) Disconnect the three connectors from (CN254, CN265, CN266) from the SWU_DRV2 board.
(4) Remove the two screws (M4×8) which fix the SWU1-1 to the analyzer. Slightly pull forward the
SWU1-1.
Screw (M4x8) ×2
REMOVING SWU1-1 FIXING SCREWS

Figure 9.13.1-1
(5) Disconnect the two purified water supply line tubes and the two wash solution supply line tubes.
Purified Water Supply Line
Wash Solution Supply Line
DISCONNECTING SWU1-1 TUBES

Figure 9.13.1-2

9.13. SWU
Page 9-119
(6) Pull forward the SWU1-1 until it is separated from the analyzer.
Mounting SWU1-1
When connecting the tubes, refer to Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram."
B. SWU1-2 (Wastewater Drain Unit)
(1) Remove the SIDE panel RU and then SIDE panel RD (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(2) Disconnect the two linkup connectors.
(3) Remove the two screws (M4×8) which fix the SWU1-2 to the analyzer. Slightly pull forward the
SWU1-2.
Linkup connectors
Screw (M4x8) ×2
DISMOUNTING SWU1-2
Figure 9.13.1-3
(4) Disconnect the six tubes connected to the linkup connector and the two tubes connected for the
WU1and WU2 pumps. (Disconnect eight tubes in total.)
Disconnect the
eight tubes.
DISCONNECTING SWU1-2 TUBES

Figure 9.13.1-4
(5) Pull forward the SWU1-2 until it is separated from the analyzer.
Mounting SWU1-2
When connecting the tubes, refer to Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram."

9.13. SWU
Page 9-120
C. Dismounting SWU2
(2) Disconnect the six tubes from the three pumps (two tubes per pump) (see figure 9.13.1-5).
(3) Unlock the two tube-fixing clamps to release the tubes with the mesh filters attached. Remove the
two screws (M3×6) which fix the SWU2 to the analyzer.
Screw (M3×6)
Disconnect the six tubes.

Clamp ×2
DISCONNECTING SWU2 TUBES

Figure 9.13.1-5
(4) Dismount the SWU2 from the analyzer by removing two screws (M3x6) while releasing the tubes with
the mesh filters connected.
(5) Pull out SWU 2 slightly.
(6) Disconnect the connectors of the three pumps.
(7) Pull out the SWU 2 more, and dismount it.
Mounting SWU2
When connecting tubes, refer to Appendix E "Fluidic System Diagram."

9.13. SWU
Page 9-121
D. Dismounting SWU3
(1) Remove the SIDE panel LU and then SIDE panel LD (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(2) Remove the three screws (M3×6) fixing the SWU3 to the analyzer.
(3) Slightly pull forward the SWU3 and disconnect the four tubes from the two pumps (2 tubes/pump).
(4) Disconnect the connectors of the two pumps.
(5) Pull out the SWU 3 more, and dismount it.
Tube ×4 (2 tubes/pump)
Screw (M3x6) ×2
DISMOUNTING SWU3
Figure 9.13.1-6
Mounting SWU3
9.13.2. Solenoid Valve (SWU1-1)

(1) Dismount the SWU1-1 according to the procedures given in 9.13.1."A. Dismounting SWU1-1
(Purified Water/Wash Solution Supply Unit)."

9.13. SWU
Page 9-122
(2) There are two solenoid valve assemblies used in the SWU1-1. Dismount each solenoid valve
assembly by removing the two screws (M3×6) and disconnecting the tube from each solenoid valve.
R Valve Assembly
Screw (M3x6) x2
S Valve Assembly
Urethane Tube
SWU1-1 Chassis
Urethane Tube
DISMOUNTING SOLENOID VALVE ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.13.2-1
(3) Remove the valve-fixing plate from the solenoid valve by removing the two screws (M5×8).
Disconnect the connector and straight adaptor from the solenoid valve.
Solenoid Valve
Connector
Straight Adaptor
Valve Fixing Plate 1
Screw (M5x8) x2

Figure 9.13.2-2
Mounting Solenoid Valve

9.13. SWU
Page 9-123
9.13.3. Pumps
A. Wastewater Drain Pumps for WU1 to WU8 (SWU1-2)
The wastewater drain pumps for WU1 to WU8 are mounted to the SWU1-2 base in pairs. Pairings are
as follows: pumps for WU1 and WU2, WU3 and WU4, WU5 and WU6, and WU7 and WU8.
The following describes the procedures for mounting / dismounting the pumps for WU1 and WU2.
The same procedures can be followed in mounting / dismounting other pairs of pumps.
(1) Dismount the SWU1-2 according to the procedures given in 9.13.1."B. Dismounting SWU1-2
(Wastewater Drain Unit)."
(2) Disconnect the all tubes connecting to the pumps.
(3) Dismount the pump 2 assembly by removing the two screws (M3×8).
Wastewater Drain Pumps for WU8

Screw (M3×8)
DISMOUNTING PUMP 2 ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.13.3-1

9.13. SWU
Page 9-124
(4) Dismount the two pumps from the pump-fixing plate NF30 by removing the four screws (M3×8) (two
screws per pump).
NF30 Pump Fixing Plate
Screw (M3x8) x4
DISMOUNTING PUMP
Figure 9.13.3-2
Mounting Wastewater Drain Pumps for WU1/WU2 (SWU1-2)

9.13. SWU
Page 9-125
B. Purified Water Supply Pumps for SPT/MIX1/MIX2 Troughs (SWU2)
(1) Dismount the SWU 2 according to the procedures given in 9.13.1."C. Dismounting SWU2".
(2) Dismount the three pumps from the SWU2 chassis by removing the six screws (M3×8) (two screws
per pump).
(3) Remove the three pumps from the APN pump-fixing plates by removing the six screws (M3×6) (two
screws per pump).
SPT-Pump Assembly
MIX2-Pump Assembly
MIX1-Pump Assembly
U2 Chassis
Screw (M3x6) x6
DISMOUNTING PUMPS
Figure 9.13.3-3
Mounting Purified Water Supply Pumps for SPT/MIX1/MIX2 Toughs

9.13. SWU
Page 9-126
C. Purified Water Supply Pumps for RPT1/RPT2 Troughs (SWU3)
(1) Dismount the SWU 3 according to the procedures given in 9.13.1."D. Dismounting SWU3".
(2) Dismount the two pump assemblies from the SWU3 chassis by loosening the four screws (M3×6) (two
screws per pump).
Screw (M3x6) x2x2

ネジ（M3x6）
RPT1-Pump Assembly
Screw (M3x6) x2 RPT1-PUMP クミヒン
ネジ（M3x6） x2
RPT1-PUMP クミヒン
RPT2-Pump Assembly
SWU3 Chassis
SWU3 シャーシ
DISMOUNTING PUMP ASSEMBLY

Figure 9.13.3-4
(3) Remove the two pumps from the APN pump-fixing plates by removing the four screws (M3×6) (two
screws per pump).
RPT1/2 Pump
SWU3 Pump Fixing Plate
Screw (M3x6) x2
DISMOUNTING PUMP
Figure 9.13.3-5

9.13. SWU
Page 9-127
Mounting Purified Water Supply Pumps for RPT1/RPT2 Troughs
9.13.4. Mesh Filters (SWU2)

CAUTION: When replacing filters, take care to avoid wrong tube connection.
(2) Pull out the tubes located above and below each filter and replace the current filters with new ones.
The liquid flow direction in the mesh filter 108 is fixed.
Install the mesh filter so that the arrow on the side of the filter turns to the bottom.
Mesh filter
REPLACING MESH FILTERS

Figure 9.13.4-1

9.13. SWU
Page 9-128
9.14.ST (Sub Tank)
9.14.1. Dismounting Sub-Tank R/L
(1) Remove the maintenance cover L (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(2) Slightly pull out the sub-tank L. Open the two sub-tank caps and pull out the tubes (2set) and floating
sensor connector. Dismount the sub-tank L from the analyzer. Care should be taken not to tilt the
sub-tank and spill water. Pay attention to liquid leakage from the tube.
(4) Slightly pull out the sub-tank R. Open the two sub-tank caps and pull out the tubes (2set) and floating
sensor connector. Dismount the sub-tank R from the analyzer. Care should be taken not to tilt the
sub-tank and spill water. Pay attention to liquid leakage from the tube.
SUB-TANK L SUB-TANK R
(LEFT SIDE OF THE ANALYZER) (RIGHT SIDE OF THE ANALYZER)
DISMOUNTING SUB-TANK R/L

Figure 9.14.1-1

9.14. Sub Tank
Page 9-129
THIS P AGE IS
I NTENTIONALLY
LEFT B LANK.

9.14. Sub Tank
Page 9-130
Chapter 10
Replacement of PC Board and Power Supply
This chapter explains the replacement procedures for:
- Power Supply
- Printed Circuit Boards.
This chapter mainly explains dismounting procedures. Mounting procedures are omitted because they are
simply the reverse of the dismounting procedures. Mounting procedures are given in the cases where
special skills or notes are required.
SEE ALSO:
Chapter 2 Shows the locations of PC boards.
Unit Description
Chapter 3 Shows the types of PC boards and unit names in which PC boards are
PC Boards and Power Supply mounted.
Unit
Appendix C Lists the parts available for maintenance.
Maintenance Parts List
Appendix D Shows electrical connections of PC boards, sensors, motors, etc.
Wiring Diagram
Appendix G Shows the locations of connectors.
Test Points and LED’s
Chapter 10 Replacement of PC Boards and Power Supply
Page 10-1
10.1. ASP_DRV Board
WARNING
(2) Remove the two screws (M3x6) to remove the ASP board cover.
ASP board cover Screw （M3x6）
Removing ASP_DRV Board Cover

Figure 10.1-1
(3) Disconnect all connectors from the ASP_DRV board.
(4) Remove the four screws (M3x6) and the two hex spacers to dismount the ASP_DRV board.
Hex spacer
Screw （M3x6）
Dismounting ASP_DRV Board

Figure 10.1-2

10.1 ASP_DRV Board
Page 10-2
10.2. CN_IBM Board / CNT_IBM Board
WARNING
The CN_IBM board and the CNT_IBM board are built into the case of the CNU (Control Unit). The
following describes the procedures for dismounting the CNU and each PC board.
10.2.1. Dismounting CNU

(2) Remove the four screws (M3×6) to dismount the CNU cover.
CNU Cover
Screw (M3×6)
Removing CNU (Right and Left) Covers

Figure 10.2.1-1
(3) Disconnect all connectors excluding CN59 from the CN_IBM board.
(4) Remove the four screws (M4×8) to dismount the CNU.
CN_IBM Board
Screw (M3×6)
CN59
Disconnecting Connectors
Figure 10.2.1-2

Page 10-3
10.2.2. Dismounting CN_IBM Board
(2) Remove the four screws (M3×6) to dismount the CNU cover.
(3) Disconnect all connectors from the CN_IBM board.
(4) Remove the four screws (M3×6), lift up the CN_IBM board and dismount it. Since the CN_IBM
board is connected with the CNT-IBM board by the connector in the lower part of the back of the
CNT_IBM board, pull it forward calmly.
CN_IBM Board
Screw (M3×6) CNT_IBM Board
Dismounting CN_IBM Board

Figure 10.2.2-1

Page 10-4
10.2.3. Dismounting CNT_IBM Board
(1) Dismount the CN_IBM board. (See “10.2.2 Dismounting CN_IBM Board”.)
(2) Disconnect the connector (J1) from the CNT_IBM board.
(3) Remove the four hex spacers and two screws (M3×6) to dismount the CNT_IBM board.
CNT_IBM Board
M3x6
Hex Spacer
J1
Dismounting CNT_IBM Board

Figure 10.2.3-1

Page 10-5
10.3. IRU_CN2 Board
WARNING
(1) Remove the mosaic 2 to 6.
(2) Remove the three screw covers and three screws (M3×8) to remove the IRU table cover.
Screw cap x3
IRU table cover
Screw （M3x6） x3
Cuvette table assembly
Removing IRU Table Cover

Figure 10.4-1
(3) Disconnect all connectors from the IRU_CN2 board.
(4) Remove the four screws (M3×6) to dismount the IRU_CN2 board.
Screw (M3×6)
Dismounting IRU_CN2 Board

Figure 10.3-2

10.3. IRU_CN2 Board
Page 10-6
10.4. RCU_DRV Board
WARNING
(2) Remove the two screws (M3x6) to remove the RCU board cover.
RCU board cover Screw (M3x6)
Removing RCU_DRV Board Cover

Figure 10.4-1
(3) Disconnect all connectors from the RCU_DRV board.
(4) Remove the four screws (M3x6) and two hex spacers to dismount the RCU_DRV board.
Hex spacer
Screw (M3x6)
Dismounting RCU_DRV Board

Figure 10.4-2

10.4. RCU_DRV Board
Page 10-7
10.5. SWU_DRV1 Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the SWU1-2 board. (See “9.13.1. B. Dismounting SWU1-2 <Wastewater Drain Unit>”.)
(2) Disconnect all connectors from the SWU_DRV1 board.
(3) Remove the six screws (M3×6) to dismount the SWU_DRV1 board.
Screw (M3×6)
Dismounting SWU_DRV1 Board

Figure 10.5-1

Page 10-8
10.6. IRU_CN1 Board
WARNING
(2) Disconnect all connectors from the IRU_CN1 board.
(3) Remove the four screws (M3×6) to dismount the IRU_CN1 board.
Screw (M3×6)
Dismounting IRU_CN1 Board

Figure 10.6-1

10.6. IRU_CN1 Board
Page 10-9
10.7. IRU_DRV Board
WARNING
(2) Disconnect all connectors from the IRU_DRV board.
(3) Remove the eight screws (M3×6) to dismount the IRU_DRV board.
Screw (M3×6) x7
Dismounting IRU_DRV Board

Figure 10.7-1

10.7. IRU_DRV Board
Page 10-10
WARNING
(3) Remove the six screws (M3×6) to dismount the SWU_DRV2 board.
Screw (M3×6) x6

Figure 10.8-1

Page 10-11
WARNING
(2) Dismount the CNU. (See “10.2.1. Dismounting CNU”.)
(4) Remove the four screws (M3×6) to dismount the SWU_DRV3 board.
Screw (M3×6)

Figure 10.9-1

Page 10-12
10.10. IRU_SENSA Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the IRU according to the steps 9.9.1. (1) to (19).
(2) Disconnect the connector of the SENSA board, and remove two screws (M3X6) to
dismount the SENSA board.
＜Installation＞
(3) Install the SENSA board in the reverse sequence of step (2).
(4) Assemble each unit in the step of 9.9.1. (20).
(5) Adjust the position of the cuvette table in the step of 9.9.6. (18) to (20).
(6) Adjust the position of each unit in the step of 9.9.1. (22) to (28).
(7) Check and adjust in the step of 9.9.6. (21) to (22).
IRU-ZER(CN504)
ネジ(M3x6) x2
IRU ベースクミヒン
IRU_SENSAboard
IRU_SENSAboard の取り外し
Figure10.10-1

10.10. IRU_SENSA Board
Page 10-13
10.11. IRU_TSP Board （6 個）
WARNING
(1) Remove the mosaic 2 to 6.
(2) Remove the three screw covers and three screws (M3×8) to remove the IRU table cover.
(3) Disconnect the connector of the TSP board on the IRU_CN2 board.
(4) Remove the two screws (M3×6) to dismount the TSP board.
IRU_TSPboard
IRU_CN2board
ネジ(M3x6) x2
Dismounting TSP board

Figure10.11-1

10.11. IRU_TSP Board
Page 10-14
＜Installation＞
（5） Install the SENSA board in the reverse sequence.
（6） Adjust the sensor installed newly.
Adjust by the following adjustment step (b). But it is necessary to satisfy the following (a)
as the condition of the temperature sensor exchange.
When (a) is not satisfied, the exchange of IRU is required.
(a) Condition of temperature sensor exchange
1. There must be the temperature data when the temperature control of IRU was
normally performed.( when six sensor was normal.)
Look for normal temperature data from **********Tcp.log of c: ¥ca400¥pg¥uc
holder.
Divide the data with comma and space, open the file with Excel and Sort with
"Recv>Q521" of C column.
Columns D to I are temperature data of the IRU sensor 1 to 6.
2. The sensor supposed to be abnormal shall be only one.

(The other five shall be normal.)
(b) Adjustment step
The adjustment method of IRU4(TS2-2) is different from the sensor.
＜common step＞
1. Start analyzer.
2. Input password in screen of "Mainte(F10)" "Perform", and enter into

maintenance mode.

Page 10-15
＜exchanging IRU4(TS2-2)＞
1. Check the temperature.

As the temperature indication fluctuates, monitor it for several minutes, and
adopt the median value by visual inspection.
2. Change complemented value, and click Save.

New complemented value = complemented value - (indicated temperature of new
sensor - temperature in normal)
＝235.76-(38.05-37.05)
＝234.76
3. Check indicated value of new temperature sensor is the temperature in normal±

0.1 degrees Celsius.
Maintenance mode screen

Figure 10.11-2

Page 10-16
＜IRU1(TS1-1), IRU2(TS1-2), IRU3(TS2-1), IRU5(TS3-1), IRU6(TS3-2) 交換＞
Explain IRU1 for an example.
1. Check the temperature of IRU1(TS1-1), IRU2(TS1-2), IRU3(TS2-1), IRU5(TS3-1),

IRU6(TS3-2).
As the temperature indication fluctuates, monitor it for several minutes, and
adopt the median value by visual inspection.
2. Change complemented value, and click Save.

New complemented value ＝ complemented value －｛（ IRU2 temperature in
normal－indicated temperature）
+（IRU3 temperature in normal－indicated temperature）
+（IRU5 temperature in normal－indicated temperature）
+（IRU6 temperature in normal－indicated temperature）｝
＝234.65-{(37.00-38.88)+(37.05-36.95)+(36.75-36.67)+(37.10-37.00)}
＝234.15
3. Check indicated value of new temperature sensor is the temperature in normal±

0.1 degrees Celsius.
Maintenance mode screen

Figure 10.11-3

Page 10-17
10.12. WU_SENSA Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the WU according to the steps 9.8.1. (1) to (8).
(2) Remove two screws (M3X6) to dismount the WU board cover.
(3) Disconnect the connector of the SENSA board, and remove two screws (M3X6) to
＜Installation＞
(4) Install the SENSA board in the reverse sequence of step (2) to (3).
(5) Adjust the position of the WU in the step of 9.8.1. (10) to (18).
(6) Finish analyzer [main].
(7) Start the motor check program in the step of 7.1. (1) to (2).
(8) Execute 15.IRU_DTR Center.
(9) Move the WU to Up Zero-Position by Teisoku Search2120.
(10) Move the WU nozzle section to the IRU bottom by Mcio Move612017750.
(11) Loosen two screws (M3X8), and adjust the height of the WU nozzle sections so that the
drain nozzles of WU1 to 6 contact with the cuvette bottom, and tighten the two screws.
(12) Start analyzer [main].
(13) Select [Mainte (F10)] [Sequence] screen.
(14) Execute [Initialization].
(15) Execute [Cuvette Wash], and check the nozzle and wipe tip move normally and don't
contact with the cuvette.

Page 10-18
SENSA board
Spacer x 2
Screw (M3x6) x2
WU Board cover
Screw (M3x6) x2
Dismounting WU_SENSA board

Figure 10.12-1

Page 10-19
10.13. WU_SEN Board
WARNING
(1) Remove two screws (M3X8) to dismount the WU cover.
(2) Disconnect all connectors of the WU_SEN board.
(3) Remove two screws (M3X6) to dismount the WU_SEN board assembly.
(4) Remove four screws (M3X6) to dismount the WU_SEN board.
Screw (M3x6) x2
Screw(M3x6) x4 WU board holding plate
WU_SEN board
Dismounting WU_SEN board

Figure 10.13-1

10.13. WU_SEN Board
Page 10-20
10.14. WU_CN Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the in the step of 9.8.1. (1) to (9).
(2) Remove two screw (M3x6) to dismount the WU board cover.
(3) Disconnect all the connectors of the WU_CN board.
(4) Remove two hexagon spacer, and dismount the WU_CN board.
＜Installation＞
(5) Install the WU_CN board by taking the steps (2) to (4) in reverse order.
(6) Adjust the position of the WU in the step of 9.8.1 (10) to (19).
WU_CN
board
Spacer x 2
Screw(M3x6) x2
WU board cover
Dismounting WU_CN board

Figure 10.14-1

10.14. WU_CN Board
Page 10-21
10.15. MIX1/2_SEN2 Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the MIX1/2 in the step of 9.7.1. (1) to (4).
(2) Remove two screws (M3x6), and remove the SEN2 board.
＜Installation＞
(3) Install the SEN2 board and MIX1/2 by taking the step (2) in reverse order.
(4) Adjust the position of the MIX1/2 in the step of 9.7.1. (5) to (13).
(5) Select [Mainte (F10) ] [Sensor] screen.
(6) Select Sensor, and execute Read Start.
(7) Check MIX1R_TS (MIX2R_TS) turns red.
MIX1/2_SEN2board
Screw(M3x6) x2
Dismounting MIX1/2_SEN2 board

Figure 10.15-1

10.15. MIX1/2_SEN2 Board
Page 10-22
10.16. MIX1/2_SENSA Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the MIX1/2 in the step of 9.7.1. (1) to (4).
(2) Remove two screw (M3X6), and remove the SENSA board.
＜Installation＞
(3) Install the SENSA board and MIX1/2 by taking the steps (2) in reverse order.
(4) Adjust the position of MIX1/2 in the step of 9.7.1. (5) ~ (13).
(6) Start the motor check program in the step of 7.1. (1) ~ (2).
(8) Move the MIX1 (MIX2) stirrer to Up Zero-Position with Teisoku Search 2 01 (03) 0.
(9) Move the MIX1 (MIX2) stirrer on IRU with Teisoku Search 2 00 (02) 0.
(10) Move the MIX1 (MIX2) stirrer to the IRU bottom with Mcio Move 6 01 (03) 0 1600 0.
(11) Move the MIX1 (MIX2) stirrer up and down with Mcio Move 6 01 (03) 0(1) 1 0, and
check the position where the MIX1 (MIX2) stirrer hits the cuvette bottom.
(12) Write the pulse number for the MIX1 (MIX2) stirrer to contact with the cuvette bottom in
system.txt.
Input the pulse number by plus when the stirrer is moved downward, and by minus
when it is moved upward.
Change the system.txt in the following steps.
(a) Start FFF TP in the step of 11.2.(1) to (3).
(b) Double-click the system holder of right screen.
(c) Select the system.txt of right screen, click ↓ and the system.txt is downloaded.
(d) Double-click the downloaded system.txt, and open it.
(e) Change the complemented value of MIX1 (MIX2), and store the system.txt, and
finish.
(f) Select the system.txt in the left screen and clicks ↑ and the system.txt is uploaded.
(g) Finish FFF TP.

10.16.MIX1/2_SENSA Board
Page 10-23
Screw(M3x6) x2
MIX1/2_SENSA board
Dismounting MIX1/2_SENSA board

Figure 10.16-1

10.16.MIX1/2_SENSA Board
Page 10-24
10.17. MIX1/2_MOTOR-SEN-CN Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the MIX1/MIX2 in the step of 9.7.1. (1) to (4).
(2) Remove two screws (M3x6), and dismount the M board cover.
(3) Disconnect all connector from the MOTOR_SEN_CN board.
(4) Remove four screws (M3x6), and dismount the MOTOR-SEN-CN board assembly.
(5) Remove two screws (M3x6) and two hexagon spacers from the MOTOR-SEN-CN board.
＜Installation＞
(6) Install the MOTOR_SEN_CN board by taking the steps (2) to (5) in reverse order.
(7) Install the MIX1/2 in the step of 9.7.1. (5) to (13).
MIX1/2_MOTOR-SEN-CN board
Screw(M3x6) x4
Spacer x 2
Screw(M3x6) x2
M board cover
Screw(M3x6) x2
Dismounting MIX1/2_MOTOR-SEN-CN board

Figure 10.17-1

10.17. MIX1/2_MOTOR-SEN-CN Board
Page 10-25
10.18. SPT_SEN2 Board and RPT1/2_SEN2 Board
WARNING
(1) Remove the SPT (RPT1 /2).in the step of 9.5.1. (1) to (5) (9.6.1. one (1) to (5)).
(2) Remove two screws (M3X6), and dismount the SEN2 board.
＜Installation＞
(3) Install the SEN2 board and SPT (RPT1 /2) by taking the steps (2) in reverse order.
(4) Adjust the SPT (RPT1 /2) in the step of 9.5.1. (6) to (17) (9.6.1. (6) to (16)).
(5) Select [Mainte (F10)] [Sensor] screen.
(7) Check SPTR_TS (RPT1R_TS, RPT2R_TS) turns red.
SPT_SEN2board and
RPT1/2_SEN2 board
Screw(M3x6) x2
Dismounting SPT_SEN2 board and RPT1/2_SEN2 board

Figure 10.18-1

10.18. SPT_SEN2 Board and RPT1/2_SEN2 Board
Page 10-26
10.19. SPT_SENSA Board and RPT1/2_SEN SA Board（Safty sensor）
WARNING
(1) dismount SPT (RPT1 /2) in the step of 9.5.1.（1）~（5）（9.6.1.（1）~（5））.
(2) Remove two screw (M3X6), and dismount the SENSA board.
＜Installation＞
(3) Install the SENSA board and SPT (RPT1 /2) by taking the steps (2) in reverse order.
(4) Adjust the SPT (RPT1 /2) in the step of 9.5.1.（6）~（17）（9.6.1.（6）~（16））.
(5) Move the SPT (RPT1 /2) to the outer circumference of the ASP (the inner circumference
of the RCU) with Move Unit.
Select 11.SPTR（7.RPT1R、9.RPT2R） for Motor, Move for Mode,
SPTRASPOUT（RPTRRCUIN）for Position and click Exec
(6) Select [Mainte (F10)] [Sensor] screen.
(8) Check SPTRASP（RPTRCU、RPT2RCU）turns red.
Screw (M3X6)x2
SPT_SENSA board and

RPT1/2_SENSA board
Dismounting SPT_SENSA board and RPT1/2_SENSA board

Figure 10.19-1

10.19. SPT_SENSA Board and RPT1/2_SEN SA Board（Safty sensor）
Page 10-27
10.20. SPT_SENSA Board and RPT1/2_SENSA Board
（Up zero position sensor）
WARNING
(1) Dismount the SPT (RPT1 /2)in the step of 9.5.1. (1) to (5) (9.6.1. one (1) to (5)).
(2) Disconnect the connector of the SENSA board.
(3) Remove two screws (M3X6), and dismount the SENSA board.
＜Installation＞
(4) Install the SENSA board and SPT (RPT1 /2) by taking the steps (2) to (3) in reverse order.
(5) Adjust the SPT (RPT1 /2) in the step of 9.5.1. (6）~(17) (9.6.1. (6)~(16)).
(7) Start the motor check program in the step of 7.1. (1) to (2).
(9)Move the SPT (RPT1 /2) nozzle on the IRU with Teisoku Search 2 10（06、08） 0.
(10)Move the SPT (RPT1 /2) nozzle to the IRU bottom with Mcio Move 6 11（07、09） 0 1600
0.
(11)Move the SPT (RPT1 /2) nozzle up and down with Mcio Move 6 11（07、09） 0(1) 1 0,
and check the position where the SPT (RPT1 /2) nozzle hits the cuvette bottom.
(12)Write the pulse number for the SPT (RPT1 /2) nozzle to contact with the cuvette bottom
in system.txt. Input the pulse number by plus when the stirrer is moved downward, and
by minus when it is moved upward.
Change the system.txt in the following steps.
(a) Start FFF TP in the step of 11.2.(1) to (3).
(b) Double-click the system holder of right screen.
(c) Select the system.txt of right screen, click ↓ and the system.txt is downloaded.
(d) Double-click the downloaded system.txt, and open it.
(e) Change the complemented value of the SPT (RPT1 /2), and store the system.txt, and
finish.
(f) Select the system.txt in the left screen and clicks ↑ and the system.txt is uploaded.
(g) Terminate FFF TP.

Page 10-28
（M3X6 ） x 2
Dismounting SPT_SENSA board and RPT1/2_SENSA board

Figure 10.20-1

Page 10-29
10.21. SPT_SEN_LL/DL Board and RPT1/2_SEN_LL/DL Board
WARNING
The following steps are common for the SPT and RPT1 /2.
(1) Dismount the PT arm cover.

(The PT arm cover is fixed on the PT arm base with the inside fingernail.)
(2) Disconnect all connectors from the SEN_LL/DL board.
(3) Remove two screws (M3x6), and dismount the SEN_LL/DL board.
Screw (M3x6) x2
SPT_SEN_LL/DL board and

RPT1/2_SEN_LL/DL board
Dismounting SPT_SEN_LL/DL board and RPT1/2_SEN_LL/DL board

Figure10.21-1

10.21. SPT_SEN_LL/DL Board and RPT1/2_SEN_LL/DL Board
Page 10-30
10.22. SPT_ MOTOR-SEN-CN Board and RPT1/2_ MOTOR-SEN-CN Board
WARNING
The following steps are common for the SPT and RPT1 /2.
(1) Dismount the SPT (RPT1 /2)in the step of 9.5.1. (1) to (5) (9.6.1. one (1) to (5)).
(2) Disconnect all connectorｓ from the MOTOR-SEN-CN board.
(3) Remove four screwｓ (M3X6), and dismount the MOTOR-SEN-CN board.
＜Installation＞
(4) Install the MOTOR-SEN-CN board by taking the steps (2) to (3) in reverse order.
(5) Install the SPT (RPT1 /2) in the step of 9.5.1.(6)~(17)(9.6.1.(6）~(16)).
Screw(M3x6) x4
SPT_ MOTOR-SEN-CN board and

RPT1/2_ MOTOR-SEN-CN board
Dismounting SPT_ MOTOR-SEN-CN board and RPT1/2_ MOTOR-SEN-CN board

Figure10.22-1

10.22. SPT_ MOTOR-SEN-CN Board and RPT1/2_ MOTOR-SEN-CN Board
Page 10-31
10.23. ASP _SENSA Board
WARNING
(1) Open the ASP cover, and dismount the tray (the outer, middle, and inner circumference).
(2) Remove the mosaic 3,4,1.
(3) Remove the SIDE panel RU/LU, and the FRONT panel U.
(4) Remove two screws (M3X6), and dismount ASP board cover.
(5) Disconnect seven connectors (CN162, 163, 167, 153 to 156) from the ASP_DRV board.
(6) Pull out the drain tube of the RCU from the trough chamber.
(7) Remove three screws (M4X15), and dismount the tray base assembly.
(8) Remove four screws (M4X8), and dismount the ASP case assembly.
(9) Remove two screws (M4X8), and dismount the cooling case assembly.
(10) Disconnect the connector of the SENSA board, and remove two screws (M3X6), and
＜installation＞
(11)Install the SENSA board by taking the steps (4) to (9) in reverse order.
Fill up the screw section with silicone rubber (KE347W) after fixing the cooling case.
(12) Insert a sample cup in No. 27 of the tray.
(14) Select [Mainte (F10) ] [Sequence] screen.
(16) Move the SPT to the outer circumference of the ASP with Move Unit.
Select 11.SPTR Move SPTRASPOUT, and Exec
(17) Loosen three screws (M4X15), and adjust the tray base assembly so that the SPT nozzle
is in the center of the sample cup of No. 27, and tighten three screws.
(18) See document H 2, and perform the validation and adjustment of bar code reading.
(19) Assemble by taking the steps (1) to (3) in reverse order.

Page 10-32
Hexagon socket head cap screw
（M4x15） x3
Tray base assembly
Screw（M4x8） x4
Screw（M4x8） x2
ASP case assembly
Screw（M3x6） x2
cooling case assembly
ASP _SENSA board
Screw（M3x6） x2
ASP board cover
Dismounting ASP _SENSA board

Figure10.23-1

Page 10-33
10.24. ASP_TSP Board
WARNING
(1) Open the ASP cover, and dismount the tray (the outer and inner circumference).
See figure 10.24-1 for the following steps.
(4) Remove two screws (M3X6), and dismount ASP board cover.
(5) Disconnect seven connectors (CN162, 163, 167, 153 to 156) from the ASP_DRV board.
Lid sensor (2), Peltiert (2), Fan (2), TSP board
(8) Remove four screws (M4X8), and dismount the ASP case assembly.
(9) Remove two screw (M4x8), and dismount the cooling case assembly.
See figure 10.24-2 for the following steps.
(10) Reverse the cooling case assembly.
(11) Pull out the heat insulating material for the temperature sensor.
(12) Remove one screw (M3x6), and dismount the TSP board.
＜Installation＞
(13) Apply HEAT SINKER (HSC-50) to the temperature sensor of the TSP board uniformly.
(14) Assemble by taking the steps (4) to (12) in reverse order.. Fill up the screw section with silicone
rubber (KE347W) after fixing the cooling case.
(15) Insert a sample cup in No. 27 of the tray.
(19) Move the SPT to the outer circumference of the ASP with Move Unit.
Select 11.SPTR Move SPTRASPOUT, and Exec

Page 10-34
(20) Loosen three screws (M4X15), and adjust the tray base assembly so that the SPT nozzle
is in the center of the sample cup of No. 27, and tighten three screws.

（M4x15 ） x3
Tray base assembly
Screw（M4x8） x4
Screw（M4x8） x2 ASP case assembly
cooling case assembly
Screw（M3x6） x2
ASP board cover
Dismounting cooling case assembly.

Figure 10.24-1

Page 10-35
ASP_TSP board
Screw(M3x6)
x1
Heat insulating material

for temperature sensor
Dismounting ASP_TSP board.

Figure10.24-2

Page 10-36
10.25. RCU_SENSA Board
WARNING
(1) Open the RCU cover, and dismount the tray.
(5) Remove two screws (M3X6), and dismount the RCU board cover.
(6) Disconnect 11 connectors (CN102 to 110, 114, 116) from the RCU_DRV board.
(8) Remove four screws (M4X8), and dismount the RCU case assembly.
＜Installation＞
(10) Assemble by taking the steps (4) to (9) in reverse order. Fill up the head of screw for fixing
RCU case assembly with silicone rubber (KE-347W).
(11) Insert a reagent bottle in No. 1 of the tray.
(15) Move the RPT1 to the inner circumference of the RCU with Move Unit.
Select 7.RPTR Move RPTRRCUIN, and execute Exec.
(16) Loosen three screws (M4X15), and adjust tray base assembly so that the RPT1 nozzle is
in the center of a reagent bottle of No. 1, and tighten three screws.

Page 10-37
(M4x15) x3
RCU Tray base assembly

Screw(M4x8) x4
RCU case assembly
drain tube
Screw(M3x6) x2
Screw(M3x6) x2
RCU_SENSA board
RCU board cover
Dismounting RCU_SENSA board

Figure10.25-1

Page 10-38
10.26. RCU_TSP Board
WARNING
(1) Open the RCU cover, and dismount the tray.
(4) Disconnect two screw (M3x6), and disconnect the RCU board cover.
(5) Disconnect 11 connectors (CN102 to 110, 114, 116) from the RCU_DRV board.
(6) Remove three screws (M4X15), and dismount the RCU tray base assembly.
(7) Remove four screws (M4X8), and dismount the RCU case assembly.
(8) Reverse RCU case assembly.
(9) Pull out the heat insulating material.
(10) Remove one screw (M2x5), and dismount the TSP board.
＜Installation＞
(11) Apply HEAT SINKER (HSC-50) to the temperature sensor of the TSP board uniformly.
(12) Assemble by taking the steps (4) to (10) in reverse order.. Fill up the screw section with silicone
rubber (KE347W) after fixing the RCU case assembly.
(13) Insert a reagent bottle in No. 1 of the tray.
(17) Move the RPT1 to the inner circumference of the RCU with Move Unit.
Select 7.RPTR Move RPTRRCUIN, and execute Exec.
(18) Loosen three screws (M4X15), and adjust tray base assembly so that the RPT1 nozzle is
in the center of a reagent bottle of No. 1, and tighten three screws.

Page 10-39
RCU_TSP board
Screw(M3x6)
x1
Heat insulating material

for temperature sensor
Dismounting RCU_TSP board

Figure10.26-1

Page 10-40
10.27. SPPS_SENSA Board
WARNING
(1) Remove the maintenance cover R1.
(2) Pull the connector of the SENSA board, and remove two screws (M3X6), and remove the
SPPS sensor assembly.
(3) Remove two screws (M3X6), and remove the SENSA board.
＜Installation＞
(4) Install the SENSA board by taking the steps (2) to (3) in reverse order.
(8) Loosen two screws (M3X6) and adjust the height of the SPPS sensor assembly so that the
gap between a syringe tip and the syringe head is 1mm , and fix two screws.
(9) Install the maintenance cover R1.
SPPS_SENSA board
Screw(M3x6) x2
(Screws removed in
step(2))
Screw(M3x6) x2
(Screws removed in
step(3))
Dismounting SPPS_SENSAboard
Figure10.27-1

10.27. SPPS_SENSA Board
Page 10-41
10.28. RPP1/2_SENSAboard and SPPW_SENSA board
WARNING
(1) Remove the maintenance cover L (SIDE panel RU).
dismount the PP sensor assembly.
(3) Remove two screws (M3X6), and remove the SENSA board.
＜Installation＞
(8) Loosen two screws (M3X6) and adjust the height of the PP sensor assembly so that the
(9) Install the maintenance cover L (SIDE panel RU),

Page 10-42
RPP1/2R RPP1/2W Screw removed in step (2)
Screw removed in step (2) Screw(M3x6) x2
Screw(M3x6) x2
Screw(M3x6) x2
Screw removed in step (3) RPP1/2W_SENSA board
Screw(M3x6) x2
RPP1/2R Screw removed in

_SENSAboa step (3)
SPPW
Screw(M3x6) x2
Screw(M3x6) x2
SPPW_SENSA board
Dismounting RPP1/2_SENSAboard and SPPW_SENSA board

Figure10.28-1

Page 10-43
10.29. WPP_SENSA Board
WARNING
(1) Remove SIDE panel RU.
dismount the WPP sensor assembly.
(3) Remove two screws (M3X6), and dismount the SENSA board.
＜Installation＞
(8) Loosen two screws (M3X6) and adjust the height of the WPP sensor assembly so that the
(9) Install the SIDE panel RU.
WPP Sensor assembly
(M3X6) x 2 M3X6) x 2
Screws removed in step (3) Screws removed in step (2)
Dismounting WPP_SENSA board

Figure10.29-1

10.29. WPP_SENSA Board
Page 10-44
10.30. WPP_CN Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the WPP according to 9.11.1. "dismounting of D. WPP".
(2) Remove two screws (M3x6), and dismount the board cover W.
(3) Disconnect all connectors from the WPP_CN board.
(4) Remove four screws (M3x6), and dismount the WPP_CN board.
Board cover W
Screw (M3x6) x4
Screw (M3x6) x2
WPP_CN board
Dismounting WPP_CN board
Figure10.30-1

10.30. WPP_CN Board
Page 10-45
10.31. F-LED Board A/B
WARNING
(3) Remove all connectors of the board.
(4) Remove three screws (M3x6) for each board, and dismount F-LED board A/B.
Screw (M3x6) x3
F-LEDboard B
Screw(M3x6) x3
F-LED board A
Dismounting F-LED board A/B

Figure10.31-1

10.31. F-LED Board A/B
Page 10-46
10.32. AC_FLT Board A/B
WARNING
(1) Dismount the PSU according to 10.34.1. "dismounting of PSU".
(2) Loosen four screws (M3x8), and dismount the PSU cover.
(3) Remove all the wirings of AC_FLT board A/B.
(4) Remove two screws (M3x6), and dismount the shield plate 2 assembly.
(5) Remove four screws (M3x6), and dismount AC_FLT board B.
(6) Remove three screws (M3x6), and lift the shield plate 1 assembly.
(7) Remove four screws (M3x6), and dismount the AC_FLT board A.
Screw(M3x6) x3 PSU Cover
Shield plate1 assembly
AC_FLT board A Shield plate2 assembly Screw(M3x8) x4
Screw(M3x6) x4 Screw(M3x6) x4
Screw(M3x6) x2
AC_FLT board B
Dismounting AC _FLT board
Figure10.32-1

10.32. AC_FLT Board A/B
Page 10-47
10.33. POWER-CN Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the PSU according to 10.34.1. "dismounting of PSU".
(2) Loosen four screws (M3x8), and dismount the PSU cover.（See figure 10.34.2-1）
(3) Remove all connectors of the POWER-CN board.
(4) Remove four screws (M3x6), and dismount the POWER_CN board from its mounting plate.
POWER-CN board Power-CN holding plate
Screw（M3x6）
Dismounting POWER_CN board

Figure 10.33-１

10.33. Power-CN Board
Page 10-48
10.34. PRES_SEN Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount the Clot Detect Unit according to [9.11.1. DISMOUNTING PP]
(2) Loosen 2 screws (M3 x 6) on Clot Detect Unit and dismount the PRES_SEN Board.（See
figure 10.34-1）
2 screws
Clot Detect Unit

Figure 10.34-1

10.34. PRES_SEN Board
Page 10-49
10.35. PRES_SEN_CN Board
WARNING
(1) Dismount Side Panel RU, Decorative Laminate R and Mosaic Plate 1, 4, 5 according to
[9.2.1 Removing Mosaic Plates].
(2) Remove 4 connectors (J1, J2, J3, J4) on PRES_SEN_CN Board. (See figure 10.35-1)
2 Screws
4 connectors
PRES_SEN_CN Board
figure 10.35-1

10.35. PRES_SEN_CN Board
Page 10-50
10.36. Power Supply
WARNING
10.36.1 Dismounting PSU

(1) Remove the SIDE panel LU and then SIDE panel LD (see figure 9.2.2-1).
(2) Disconnect all connectors from the PSU.
(3) Remove the three screws (M3×8) to dismount the PSU.
Screw (M3×8)
Dismounting PSU
Figure 10.36.1-1
10.36.2. Dismounting Direct-Current Power Supply

A. Control Power Supply (5V)
(1) Dismount the PSU. (See “10.36.1. Dismounting PSU”.)
(2) Loosen the four screws (M3×8) to remove the PSU cover.
Screw (M3×8)
PSU Cover
Removing PSU Cover

Figure 10.36.2-1

10.36. Power Supply
Page 10-51
(3) Disconnect all connectors from the control power supply (5V).
(4) Remove the four screws (M3×6) to dismount the control power supply (5V).
Screw (M3×6) Control Power Supply (5V)
Dismounting Control Power Supply (5V)

Figure 10.36.2-2
B. Dismounting 12V / 24V Power Supply
(2) Loosen the four screws (M3×8) to remove the PSU cover (see figure 10.36.2-1).
(3) Disconnect all terminals and connectors from the terminal connection of 12V/24V power supply.
Disconnect all
terminals and
connectors from here.
Disconnecting Terminals and Connecters from 12V/24V Power Supply

Figure 10.36.2-3

10.36. Power Supply
Page 10-52
(4) Lay the PSU and remove the four screws (M4×8) fixing the 12V / 24V power supply.
At this time, hold the 12V / 24V power supply without removing it from the PSU.
Screw (M4×8)
Removing 12V/24V Power Supply Fixing Screws

Figure 10.36.2-4
(5) While holding the 12V / 24V power supply, raise the PSU straight up.
(6) Lift up the 12V / 24V power supply slightly, disconnect the connector from the 12V / 24V power
supply and dismount the12V / 24V power supply from the PSU.
12V/24V Power Supply

Connector
Dismounting 12V/24V Power Supply

Figure 10.36.2-5
C. Dismounting Power Supply for Halogen Lamp

10.36. Power Supply
Page 10-53
(3) Disconnect all connectors from the POWER_CN board.
(4) Remove the four screws (M3×6) to dismount the POWER_CN board with its mounting plate.
POWER_CN Board POWER_CN Mounting Plate
Screw (M3×6)
Dismounting POWER_CN Board

Figure 10.36.2-6
(5) Disconnect all connectors from the power supply for halogen lamp.
(6) Remove the four hex spacers to dismount the power supply for halogen lamp.
Power Supply for Halogen Lamp
Hex Spacer
Dismounting Power Supply for Halogen Lamp

Figure 10.36.2-7

10.36. Power Supply
Page 10-54
10.36.3. Removing Fan
A. PSU Base Fan
(3) Disconnect the two connectors (J8, J9) from the POWER_CN board.
(4) Remove the eight screws (5×14 P tight) to remove the two fans.
Screw (5×14 P Tight) ×8
Removing Fans
Figure 10.36.3-1

10.36. Power Supply
Page 10-55
THIS PAGE IS
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK.

10.36. Power Supply
Page 10-56
Chapter 11
Software Setup and Upgrade
This chapter contains the following items:
ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
11.1. Preparatory Setup Complete this procedure before proceeding to 2, 3, or 4 below.
11.2. Analyzer Software Upgrade Perform this procedure to upgrade the analyzer software
within the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer.
11.3. User-interface Software Upgrade Perform this procedure to upgrade the user-interface software
within PC (Windows XP).
11.4. Changing Correction Values Perform this procedure only when instructed from us to do so.
Do not abuse this procedure.
Chapter 11 Software Setup and Upgrade
Page 11-1
11.1. Preparatory Setup
Before proceeding to the software upgrading etc., complete the preparatory setup explained here.
The setup you have once established here is preserved even after you shut down the power.
1-1. Select [Control Panel] and open [Regional and Language Options] on PC.
1-2. Select [English (US)] and [United States] on [Regional Option] and then click Customize.
2-1. Select [.] as [Decimal symbol] on [Numbers].

Page 11-2
2-2. Set up settings on [Time] as follows. [Time separator] is [.].
2-3. Set up settings on [Date] as follows and click OK.

Page 11-3
3-1. Select [Languages] on [Regional and Language Options] and click Details.
And then select [English (US)] on [Settings] and click OK.

Page 11-4
4-1. Select [English (US)] on [Advanced] and click Apply.
5-1. Click Yes to restart PC.

Page 11-5
A. Internet Protocol (TCP / IP) Setup
(1) Terminate all programs on the PC.
For the user-interface software, terminate it as follows:
(a) While holding down the [Ctrl] key, press the [.](period) key. Soon the following buttons are
displayed:
"Sleep
Power Off
Cancel"
(b) Click on the [Power Off] button to show the Windows XP desktop.
(2) Click on [Start], then [Control Panel]. The “Control Panel” window appears.
[Control Panel]
[Start]
“ CONTROL” WINDOW
Figure 11.1-1

Page 11-6
(3) On the "Control Panel" window (Figure 11.1-2A), click on the [Network and Internet Connections]
icon. The "Network and Internet Connections" window pops up (Figure 11.1-2B).
Then click on the [Network Connections] icon. The “Network Connections” window pops up.
Net wor k an d I nt er net

Conn ect io ns Network Connections
“CONTROL PANEL” WINDOW “NETWORK AND INTERNET

CONNECTIONS” WINDOW
Figure 11.1-2A Figure 11.1-2B
(4) On the “Network Connections” window, right-click on the [Local Area Connection] icon to draw out
the pull-down menu. Select (click) the “Properties” from the pull-down menu. The “Local Area
Connection Properties” window appears on the screen.
Pull-down menu
Properties
“NETWORK CONNECTIONS” WINDOW

Figure 11.1-3

Page 11-7
(5) Select the [General] tab (upper-left side) and click on the [Internet Protocol (TCP / IP)] icon.
Then click on the [Properties] button. The “Internet Protocol (TCP / IP) Properties” dialog box
appears.
[Internet Protocol (TCP/IP)]
“Properties” button
“LOCAL AREA CONNECTION PROPERTIES” WINDOW

Figure 11.1-4

Page 11-8
(6) Select “Use the following IP address”, then enter the IP address as shown below.
Enter IP address.
IP ADDRESS (TCP / IP PROPERTIES)

Figure 11.1-5
Click on the [OK] button.
(7) Now the setup is complete.

Terminate the Control Panel by clicking on the [X] in the top right corner.

Page 11-9
B. Setup for Hyper Terminal
(1) Select [Hyper Terminal] from [Start] menu.

Select: [Start] - [All Programs] - [Accessories] - [Communications] - [Hyper Terminal].
Hyper Terminal
Communications
Accessories
All Programs
Start
Figure 11.1-6
(2) Click on the [Yes] button at the following dialog.

When this dialog box does not appear, start with (5).
Figure 11.1-7

Page 11-10
(3) Enter "1"as shown below, and click on the [OK] button.
Enter “1”.
Figure 11.1-8
(4) Check that "My Location" is highlighted (selected), then click on the [OK] button on the [Phone and
Modem Options].
Click on the OK button.
Figure 11.1-9

Page 11-11
(5) Enter the IP address [172.17.31.202] in the [Communication Description] dialog box and Click on the
[OK] button.
Enter IP address
“172.17.31.202”.
Select this icon.
Click on the OK button.
Figure 11.1-10
(6) Select [TCP / IP (Winsock)] in the [Connect To] dialog box and click on the [OK] button.
Click on [OK] button that is hidden below.
Figure 11.1-11

Page 11-12
(7) Enter the IP address [172.17.31.202] in the [Host address] field.
Enter IP address
“172.17.31.202”.
Figure 11.1-12
(8) If settings of the IP address is complete, the analyzer’s communication line to PC by TCP/IP protocol is
established. Hyper Terminal enables you to perform login prompt/password settings for check
programs easily.
ca400
Figure 11.1-13

Page 11-13
(9) To terminate Hyper Terminal, click on the "disconnect" menu bar as shown below.
Disconnect menu bar
Figure 11.1-14
(10) How to create a shortcut icon of Hyper Terminal
(a) Select [Hyper Terminal] from [Start] menu.

Select: [Start] - [All Programs] - [Accessories] - [Communications] - [Hyper Terminal] - [ca400].
(b) Right-click to create a shortcut icon. Move the shortcut icon onto the desktop.

Page 11-14
C. Setup for FFFTP
(a) While holding down the [Ctrl] key, press the [.] period) key. Soon the following buttons are
displayed:
"Sleep
Power Off
Cancel"
(b) Click on the [Power Off] button, and wait until the Windows XP desktop reappears.
(2) Start FFFTP by double-clicking the [FFFTP] icon on the Windows XP desktop. Soon the "FFFTP"
window appears and the "Host list" dialog box is overlaid on it.
FFFTP ICON
Figure 11.1-15
STARTING FFFTP
Figure 11.1-16

Page 11-15
(3) First click on "CA-400" on the "Host list" dialog box to select it. Then click on the [Connect] button.
The "Host setting" dialog box pops up.
If "CA-400" is absent from the "Host list" dialog box, take the following measures:
(a) Click on the [Edit] button to display the "Host setting" dialog box.
(b) After clicking on the [Advance] tab, fill in the blanks as shown below.
GMT+ 9:00
21 Auto
ADVANCED (HOST SETTING)

Figure 11.1-17
(c) After clicking on the [Kanji code] tab, make settings as shown below.
KANJI CODE (HOST SETTING)

Figure 11.1-18

Page 11-16
(d) After clicking on the [Dialup] tab, make settings as shown below.
DIALUP (HOST SETTING)

Figure 11.1-19
(e) After clicking on the [Special] tab, make settings and fill in the blanks as shown below.
SITE CHMOD
Auto
-alL
SPECIAL (HOST SETTING)

Figure 11.1-20
(f) After clicking on the [General] tab, proceed to (4).

Page 11-17
(4) On the "Host Setting" dialog box, fill in the blanks as follows:
ITEM ENTRY
Profile name: CA-400
Host name/Address: 172.17.31.202
User name: ca400
Password/Pass phrase: qnx
Initial local folder: C:\
Initial host folder: /home/ca400
ca400
ca400
GENERAL (HOST SETTING)

Figure 11.1-21
When everything is OK on the dialog box, click on the [OK] button.
(5) Now the procedure is complete. Terminate the FFFTP by clicking the [X] button in the top right
corner of the FFFTP window.

Page 11-18
11.2. Analyzer Software Upgrade
A. General
Software upgrading procedure for the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer is explained here. First complete "11.1.
Preparatory Setup" if it has not been done yet.
B. Procedure
displayed:
"Sleep
Power Off
Cancel"
(2) Start the FFFTP by double-clicking the [FFFTP] icon found on the Windows XP desktop. Soon the
FFFTP starts up, and the "Host list" dialog box pops up.
FFFTP ICON
Figure 11-2-1
(3) Click on (select) "CA-400". Then click on the [Connect] button.
Soon an explorer-like FFFTP window opens. The left- and right-half filers of the window list the
directories / files in the PC (Windows XP) and those in the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer, respectively.
(4) On the right-half filer, open the " /home / ca400 / update " folder as follows:
(a) Open the "home" folder by double-clicking it.
(b) Open the "ca400" folder by double-clicking it.
(c) Open the "update" folder by double-clicking it.
(5) Insert a software CD-ROM into the drive.
(6) Copy the software into “C:\temp” file.
(7) On the left-half filer in the FFFTP, open the above mentioned “C:\temp” file.

Page 11-19
(8) On the tool bar, click on the B button (BINARY mode) to select it.
(9) On the left-half filer, click on the "ca400_01.tar" file to select it, then click on .
The "ca400_01.tar" file is uploaded to the analyzer.
(13) Close FFFTP window and start the Hyper Terminal by double-clicking the [Hyper Terminal] icon on
the Windows XP desktop.
HYPER TERMINAL ICON

Figure 11.2-2
(14) At the "login:_" prompt, ender "ca400".
(15) At the "password:_" prompt, enter "qnx".
Note: The "qnx" entry is invisible.
(16) At the "ca400> _" prompt, enter "cd update".
(17) At the "ca400> _" prompt, enter "ca400_update" then wait until processing completes.
(18) At the "ca400> _" prompt, enter "logout" to terminate the Hyper Terminal.
(19) Open FFFTP window again and make sure that the "ca400_01.tar", "ca400_02.tar", "ca400_03.tar" and
"ca400_04.tar" files are displayed with new date / time stamps on the right-half filer.
(20) Now the procedure is complete. Terminate the FFFTP by clicking the [X] button on its window.

Page 11-20
11.3. User-interface Software Upgrade (on Windows XP)
Software upgrading procedure for the User-interface software is explained here.

First complete "11.1. Preparatory Setup" if is has not been done yet.
The following materials are required:
ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
New Software CD Software No. 25503281XX where "XX" denotes 2-digit version
number.
To upgrade the software, do the following procedures A through G seamlessly.
A. Backup of System Parameters
(1) Start the old (existing) user-interface software.

([Start] - Program (P) - ca400 - main)
(2) Click on the [System (F9)] tab.
(3) Click on the [Backup] tab on the right.
(4) With the "Backup Operation" screen displayed, click [Save] of the [Save Data] of "Data backup (HD)"
. The following message box pops up.
"Warring! Any data to existing be over written. OK? [OK]"
(5) Click on the [OK] button, and wait until "Backup in process" disappears.
B. Termination of User-interface Software
(1) Terminate the user-interface software as follows:
displayed:
"Sleep
Power Off
Cancel"
(b) Click on the [Power Off] button, and wait until Windows XP desktop reappears.

11.4. Changing Correction Values
Page 11-21
C. Uninstallation of Old User-interface Software
(1) On the Windows XP desktop, start "Add / Remove Programs" as follows:
(a) Click on the [Start] button.
(b) Select "Settings".
(c) Click on "Control Panel".
(d) Double-click on "Add / Remove Programs", and its window opens.
(2) Click on "CA400" in the selection box, then click on the [Add / Remove] button. In a while the
installer / uninstaller "Install Shield Wizard" starts up.
(3) Click on the [Next>] button, and the "Program Maintenance" screen appears.
(4) Select "Remove", then click on the [Next>] button. Soon the "Remove the Program" screen appears.
(5) Click on the [Remove] button. After a bar-graph showing the degree of progress is displayed, "Install
Shield Wizard Completed" is displayed.
(6) Click on the [Finish] button, and the Windows XP desktop reappears.
D. Installation of New User-interface Software
(1) Insert a new user software CD into the drive, and the following message reads automatically:
"Welcome to the Install Shield Wizard …"
(2) Click on the [Next>] button, and the "Customer Information" screen appears.
(3) Fill in the blanks as follows:
User Name: CA400
Organization: FEC
(4) Click on the [Next>] button, and "Destination Folder" appears.
(5) Click on the [Next>] button, and "Ready to Install the Program" appears.
(6) Click on the [Install] button, and a bar-graph showing the degree of progress is displayed.
Wait until "Install Shield Wizard Completed" appears.
(7) Click on the [Finish] button, and the Windows XP desktop reappears.

Page 11-22
E. Restoration of System Parameters
(1) Start the newly-installed user-interface software.

([Start] - Program (P) - ca400 - main)
(2) Click on the [System (F9)] tab.
(3) Click on the [Backup] tab on the right.
(4) With the "Backup Operation" screen displayed, click [Load] of [Load Data] of "Data backup (HD)".
(5) Click on the [Load] button, and the following message appears:
"Warning!
Retrieving the data will over write existing data. OK? [OK] [Cancel]"
(6) Click on the [Yes] button, and a bar-graph showing the degree of progress is displayed.
(7) Remove software CD-ROM from the PC.

Page 11-23
F. Final Check
(1) Perform the power shutdown procedure on the PC and analyzer.
(2) Turn the analyzer and PC on.
(3) The new user-interface software starts automatically, since it is usually set as automatic starting
software.
(If it is does not start automatically: [Start]® Program (P) ® ca400 ® main)
(4) Click on the [System (F9)] tab, then click on the [Versions] button.
(5) Make sure that the new PC version number (printed on the CD label) is displayed on the upper-right
portion of the screen as follows.
Program Version
UI Main : 25504631XX
UI UC : 25503291XX
UI PRT : 25503301XX
UI LIS : 25503311XX
Unit Main : 25504221XX

Unit LIQ : 25503041XX
Unit DTR : 25503031XX
PC PROGRAM VERSION NUMBER PRESENTATION

Figure 11.3-1
Note: 2-digit number "xx" indicates a program version number.
(6) Click on the [Mainte (F10)] tab.
(7) Click on the [Sequence] button, and the "Sequence" screen appears.
(8) Click on the [Initialization] button, and check that the operation is performed properly.

Page 11-24
A. Changing Temperature and Quantitative Parameters
displayed:
"Sleep
Power Off
Cancel"
(2) Start the FFFTP by double-clicking the [FFFTP] icon found on the Windows XP desktop. Soon the
FFFTP starts up.
(3) Click on "CA-400" on the "Host list" window. Then click on the [Connect] button.
Soon the explorer-like FFFTP window opens. The left and right-half filers of the window list the
(4) On the right-half filer, open the "\home\ca400\sysboot\system" folder and select the "system.txt" file as
follows:
(c) Open the "sysboot" folder by double-clicking it.
(d) Open the "system" folder by double-clicking it.
(e) Select the "system.txt" file by clicking it.
(5) On the left-half filer, open the "C:\temp" folder by double-clicking it.
(6) On the tool bar, click on the B button (BINARY mode button) to select it.
(7) Click on ¯ to download the "system.txt" file to the "C:\temp" folder.
(8) Change the parameters in the "C:\temp\system.txt" file by using a text editor (NOTEPAD etc.).
(Change accurately according to the instruction from our company.)

Page 11-25
(9) Upload the modified "system.txt" file as follows:
(a) On the left-half filer of the "FFFTP" window, click on "system.txt" file to select it.
(b) On the right-half filer, confirm that the "\home\ca400\sysboot\system" folder is open.
(c) Click on to upload the "C:\temp\system.txt" file to the analyzer.
(10) Now the procedure is complete. Terminate the FFFTP by clicking on the [X] button in the top right
corner of the FFFTP window.
B. Changing Position Map
displayed:
"Sleep
Power Off
Cancel"
(2) Start the FFFTP by clicking on the [FFFTP] icon found on the Windows XP desktop. Soon the
FFFTP starts up.
(3) Click on (select) "CA-400." Then click on the [Connect] button.
Soon the explorer-like FFFTP window opens. The left and right-half filers of the window list the
(4) On the right-half filer, open the "\home\ca400\sysboot\pmap" folder and select the "*.txt" file as
follows:
(c) Open the "sysboot" folder by double-clicking it.
(d) Open the " pmap" folder by double-clicking it.
(e) Click (select) the position-map filename (*.txt) that you want to modify.
(5) On the left-half filer, open the "C:\temp" folder by double-clicking it.
(6) Click on ¯ to download the "*.txt" file to the "C:\temp" folder.

Page 11-26
(7) Change the parameters in the "C:\temp\*.txt" file by using a text editor (NOTEPAD etc.).
(Change accurately according to the instruction from our company.)
(8) Upload the modified "*.txt" file as follows:
(a) On the left-half filer of the "FFFTP" window, click on "*.txt" to select it.
(b) On the right-half filer, confirm that the "\home\ca400\sysboot\pmap" folder is open.
(c) Click on to upload the "C:\temp\*.txt" file to the analyzer.
(9) Now the procedure is complete.

Terminate the FFFTP by clicking on the [X] in the top right corner of the FFFTP window.
C. How to add Liquid Level Detection Unit (optional)
(1) Terminate (Power OFF) the analyzer and PC.
(2) Connect one end of wire harness "SWU-DRV2-EXT-TANK" to "CN263 of SWU_DRV_2" PCB
board of the analyzer.
(3) Connect the other end of wire harness "SWU-DRV2-EXT-TANK" to Liquid Level Detection
Unit.
(4) Power ON the analyzer and PC.
(5) Follow steps described on [A. Changing Temperature and Quantitative Parameters] to renew
“gaibu. txt” file in “\home\ca400\sysboot\kokyaku”.
(6) Open “gaibu. txt” file and renew system text depending on which external tanks you have. You
have following 32 types of System Text. (“0” means without a tank and “1” means with a tank on the
system)
System Text 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Low Concentrate Waste Tank 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
System Water Tank 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
Wash solution 1 Tank 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1
High Concentrate Waste Tank 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
System Text 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1A 1B 1C 1D 1E 1F
Low Concentrate Waste Tank 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
System Water Tank 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1
High Concentrate Waste Tank 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
(7) Follow steps described on [A. Changing Temperature and Quantitative Parameters] to update
modified “gaibu. txt” file.
(8) Reboot the analyzer and PC again.

Page 11-27
D. ASP BCR Unit setting
“ayomu. txt” file in “ \ home \ ca400 \ sysboot \ kokyaku ”.
(2) Open “ayomu. txt” file and renew the system text. “0” stands for without BCR Unit and “1”
stands for with BCR Unit.
(3) Reboot (Power OFF / ON) analyzer and PC.
E. RCU BCR Unit setting
“siyakuobiyomi. txt” file in “ \ home \ ca400 \ sysboot \ kokyaku ”.
(2) Open “siyaukuobiyomi. txt” file and renew the system text. “0” stands for without BCR Unit and
“1” stands for with BCR Unit.
(3) Reboot (Power OFF / ON) the analyzer and PC.

Page 11-28
Appendix A
Specification
1. Kind of device CA-400
2. Usage General chemistry as photometric assay

Immunology as photometric assay (Latex reagent available)
3. Assay type 1 point end, 2 point end, 1 point rate, 2 point rate
4. Type of calibration Straight, Linear, Loglogit, Exponential, Spline
5. Throughput 400 tests per hour
6. Incubation time One reagent assay: 5 minutes (R1)

Two reagent assay: 5 minutes for R1 + 5 minutes for R2
7. Sample type Serum, Plasma and Urine
8. Number of simultaneous 60 items (Max.) + Electrolyte: 3 items

measurement
9. Components
(1) Main Analyzer CHS (Chassis Unit)
IRU (Incubation Reaction Unit)
ASP (Auto Sampler Unit)
RCU (Reagent Container Unit)
RPT (Reagent Pipette Unit)
SPT (Sample Pipette Unit)
SPP (Sample Pump Unit)
WPP (Wash Pump Unit)
DTR (Detector Unit)
MIX (Mixing Stirrer Unit)
SWU (Supply Water Unit)
WU (Wash Unit)
PSU Power Supply Unit
CNT (Control Unit)
ISE: Ion Selectable Electrode unit （electrolyte measurement
device: installed in chassis）
(2) External Unit Operational Unit: Personal Computer, CRT Display, Key-board, Mouse,
Printer and Cables
(3) Optional Unit ISE: to be built into the chassis unit.
Barcode Reader for ASP
Cooling Function for ASP
Barcode Reader for RCU
9-1 IRU (Incubation Reaction Unit)
Heating method: Direct heat with silicon-rubber heater

Heating range: 37 ± 0.3°C
(CONT'D)
Appendix A Specification
Page A-1
9-2 Cuvette
Material: PYREX
Size: 8mm(W) x 6.23mm(D) x 30mm(H)
Light length: 6mm
Quantity: 90
Minimum volume: 150ml
Maximum volume: 450ml
9-3 ASP (Auto Sampler Unit)
Tube: Diameter:13 to 16mm, Length: 75 to 100mm

Turn table: Detachable type
Number of tubes: Maximum 92 (36 tubes on the outer circumference + 36 tubes on the
middle circumference + 20 sample cups on the inner circumference)
Cooling method: Cooling with peltier modules (cooling only the tubes on the inner
circumference.)
9-4 SPT (Sample Pipette Unit)/SPP(Sampling Pump Unit)
Number of pipettes: 1 (*clot detection unit is an optional)

Pump type: Syringe pump
Liquid level detection: Micropippete with liquid a level sensor by sensing a change of capacitance
Sampling volume: 2 to 35ml (0.1ml/step), ISE: 70 or 100ml
9-5 RCU (Reagent Container Unit)
Turn table: Detachable type

Number of bottles: Maximum 60
(inner circumference:30 units for 70mL, outer circumference:30 units for
20ml)
Cooling method: Cooling with peltier modules
9-6 RPT1,2 (Reagent Pipette Unit)/RPP1,2(Reagent Pump Unit)
Number of pipettes: 1 per each unit

Pump type: Syringe pump
Liquid detection: Micropippete with liquid a level sensor by sensing a change of capacitance
Sampling volume: RPT1 20 to 350ml (1ml/step)
RPT2 20 to 250ml (1ml/step)
9-7 DTR (Detector Unit)
Method: Measurement of absorbance (1 or 2 wavelength measurement)

Selectable wavelength: 12 wavelengths
(340,380,415,450,510,546,570,600,660,700,750,800nm)
Wavelength selection: Grating method
Light source: Tungsten halogen lamp
Cooling for light source Air-cooled by fan
9-8 MIX1/2 (Mixing Stirrer Unit)
Stirring mechanism: Stirrer (stirring bar) driven by a stepping motor (5 speed)

(CONT'D)
Page A-2
9-9 SWU (Supply Water Unit)
WU wastewater: 8 diaphragm pumps

Trough wastewater: 1 diaphragm pump (one for 5 troughs/ PT1,RPT2,SPT,MIX1and MIX2)
Trough purified water
supply : 5 diaphragm pumps (one per trough/ RPT1,RPT2,SPT,MIX1 and MIX2)
9-10 WPP (Wash Pump Unit)
Wash solution supply for 6 syringe pumps

cuvette cleaning:
9-11 WU (Wash Unit)
Cleaning mechanism: 8 step cleaning

1st step: Drainage + Wash solution supply
2nd step: Drainage + Purified water supply
3rd step: Drainage + Wash solution supply
4th step: Drainage + Purified water supply
7th step: Drainage
8th step: Drainage (Remove remaining liquid by using a wipe tip)
9-12 Power Supply Unit
Power requirements: 100 to 120VAC, 9A(Max.)/200 to 240VAC, 4.5A(Max), 50/60Hz

Power consumption: 900VA (Max.)
Permissible voltage ±10% (Max.)
variation:
10. Other Functions - Auto start/shutoff,

- Emergency sample insertion
- Automatic sample dilution
- Water blank measurement
- Reagent blank measurement
- Test selection by profile
- Host communication by RS232C with Operational PC.
11. Environment (under operation)
Temperature: 15 to 30°C, 2°C/hour

Humidity: 45 to 85% (No dew condensation allowed.)
12. Dimension
Outside diminution
(Main analyzer): 970mm(W)ｘ690mm(D)ｘ582mm(H)
Weight
(Main analyzer): 150 kg (Max.)
(CONT'D)
Page A-3
13. Connectors to main analyzer
1) Electrical connectors
- Power connector
- RJ-45 modular jack (for connection between main analyzer and
operational PC)
- D-sub receptacle (for connection between main analyzer and optional
external tank rack)
2) Piping Connectors for supply/drainage

- Purified water
- WU high conc. wastewater
- ISE high conc. wastewater
- WU low conc. wastewater
- Trough low conc. wastewater
- Overflow line
- Wash solution 1
- Wash solution 2
14. Maximum sound level 60dB (at the location 1m or longer distant from the main analyzer with its
hatch closed.)
15. The rating and characteristics of fuses
TYPE SIZE RATING CHARACTERISTICS LOCATION AND PART NO.

Glass tube 5 mm× 2A/250V Slo-Blo PCB:25P3503
fuse 20mm (ASP_DRV) F1
fuse 20 mm (RCU_DRV) F1
fuse 20 mm (ASP_DRV) F2
PCB:25P3506
(SWU_DRV) F1
Glass tube 3AG 10A/250V Fast-Acting PCB:25P3502
fuse (RCU_DRV) F2,F3,F4,F5
PCB:25P3505
(SWU_DRV2) F1
PCB:25P3509
(IRU_DRV) F1
Glass tube 3AG 4A/250V Slo-Blo PCB:25P3507
fuse (SWU_DRV3) F1
Ceramic tube 3AB 10A/250V Slo-Blo Fuse Holder
fuse (AC input) F1 & F2
Page A-4
System Configuration
High Con. Wastewater High Con.

Tank Wastewater Outlet
Printer
Low Con.
Wastewater Outlet
Overflow
Main
Analyzer
XP PC
Purified Water
Supply Equipment
Wash Wash
Sol.1 Sol.2
AC Power
Outlet
Note: Standard supplies are illustrated in full line.
COMPONENT LIST
NO. EQUIPMENT MODEL/STANDARD QTY REMARKS

1 Main Analyzer CA-400 1 ISE unit (Optional)
2 Operational PC Personal computer 1 With keyboard and mouse
(Optional) PC/AT compatible
3 CRT display XJ500T 1 15-inch, XGA
4 Printer VP-600 1 10 inch, dot matrix

5 External tanks 3 High conc. wastewater: 1
Wash solution: 2
6 Accessories 1 set Refer to the standard accessories list.
7 Others 1 set
Page A-5
THIS PAGE IS
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK.
Page A-6
Appendix B
Special Tools, Materials and Required Tools
SPECIAL TOOLS AND MATERIALS
ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Belt Tension Meter Required for replacement of motors with timing belts. After making
motor/timing belt replacement, the tension of the belt needs to be
adjusted. To measure the belt tension, use a tension meter "DOCTOR
TENSION TYPE-I" recommended by the timing belt manufacturer.
Contact us for the tension meter, if necessary.
Liquid Gasket (1212) Required for WU wipe tip replacement.
Jig Syringe chip insertion jig
Flare processing jig
Chip replacement jig
Zero point adjusting jig
IRU table adjuster
M-P motor jig UD
SPP tension jig
WU height positioning jig
Signal-type torque wrench and replacement head
MIX paddle jig
S/R nozzle cleaning jig
WU nozzle cleaning jig
Sealing Tape Required for attaching nipple or joint
Silicon Grease Required for syringe chip
(KF-96H-50000CS)
Adhesive Required for fixing edging
Silicon Rubber Required for filling gap in the insulated case.
REQUIRED TOOLS
ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Screwdriver Required types:
+ Screwdrivers No.1 and No.2
+ Long Screwdriver No.2
+ Short Screwdriver No.2
- Screwdriver 6 mm
Torque Screwdriver No.2
Hex Wrench Required sizes: 1.5 mm, 2 mm, 2.5 mm, 3 mm
Ratchet Wrench Required for packing.
Required sizes: 18 mm, 24 mm
Box Screwdriver Required sizes: 5.5 mm, 7 mm, 8 mm, (10mm)
Spanner Required sizes:
5.5 mm, 10 mm, 13 mm, 14 mm, 14.2 mm, 17 mm, 19 mm, 22 mm,
(8mm)
(CONT'D)
Appendix B Special Tools, Materials and Required Tools
Page B-1
ITEM DESCRIPTIONS
Long-nose Pliers -
Nipper -
Monkey Wrench -
Tube Cutter Required for tubing.
Retractable Knife -
Air Blower Required for cleaning lens and mirror.
Gap gauge Required for adjusting gap in the pulley.
Torque wrench Required sizes: 17 mm
Appendix B Special Tools, Materials and Required Tools
Page B-2
Appendix C
Maintenance Parts List
1. General
This section consists of:
- Maintenance Parts List

- Parts Locations (Illustrations)
The Maintenance Parts List comprises the following columns:
COLUMN DESCRIPTIONS
Sht-# The parts locations are given as several sheets of illustrations. See the sheet indicated
by the Sht number. The dashed number # indicates the item number on that Sheet.
Code Please indicate this information when ordering.
Name
Type
Q'ty Indicates an ordering quantity. If Q'ty is 100, for example, please order quantity of
100's multiple.
Part location diagrams are divided as follows.
sheet 1 Main Body

sheet 2 Main Board and Fan on Chassis
sheet 3 Air Filter and Hinge
sheet 4 Mesh Filter
sheet 5 Check Valve1
sheet 6 Check Valve2
sheet 7 IRU
sheet 8 DTR
sheet 9 SPT
sheet 10 RPT
sheet 11 MIX
sheet 12 WU
sheet13 ASP
sheet 14 RCU
sheet 15 SPP
sheet 16 RPP
sheet 17 WPP
（CONT`D）
Appendix C Maintenance Parts List

1. General
Appendix C -1
sheet 18 SWU1-1
sheet 19 SWU1-2
sheet 20 SWU2
sheet 21 SWU3
sheet 22 Trough Chamber
sheet 23 Sub-tank
sheet 24 ISE
sheet 25 PSU

1. General
Appendix C -2
2. Expendable item
Sheet # CODE ITEM NAME TYPE Q’ty
003B0555800 ISE Calibrator A 500 mL 1
003B0556000 ISE Calibrator B 125 mL 1
003B0556200 ISE Urine Diluent 125 mL 1
003B0556500 ISE Cleaning Solution - 1
003B0581500 Furuno Clean No.3 20 L 1
003B0581600 Furuno Clean No.3 500 mL 1
003B0581700 Furuno Clean No.9 20 L 1
003B0581800 Furuno Clean No.9 500 mL 1
003B0555200 Furuno Clean No.10-2 20 L 1
003B0555300 Furuno Clean No.10-2 500 mL 1
003B0594000 Furuno Clean C-1 500 mL 1
003B0734200 Furuno Clean C-1 20 L 1
3. Periodic replacement part

8-1 003B2610700 Halogen Lamp 25AZ-X-7107 1
7-1 003B2610800 Slip Ring Assy 25AZ-X-7108 1
15-2 003B2610900 Syringe Tip S1.4 25AZ-X-7109 3
16-10 003B0550800 Syringe Tip 3.26 25AZ-X-7508 3
15-9,16-5
003B0551100 Syringe Tip 7.29 25AZ-X-7512 3
17-5
4-1 003B2611000 Mesh Filter 108 25AZ-X-7110 7
25-012-3841-1
- 003B2617510 Inline Filter N (for Wash 1
Solution Tube)
19-1 003B2611100 WU Pump Assy WU1-2 25AZ-X-7111 1
19-2 003B2611200 WU Pump Assy WU3-8 25AZ-X-7112 1
20-1,21-1 003B2611300 WU Pump Assy 25AZ-X-7113 1
24-1 003B0555500 ISE Electrode Na Na 1
24-2 003B0581900 ISE Electrode K K 1
24-3 003B0582000 ISE Electrode Cl Cl 1
24-4 003B0582100 ISE Electrode Ref Ref 1
24-1～24-4 003B0555600 ISE Electrode Kit Na, K, Cl, Ref 1
24-5 003B0595300 ISE Pump Cassette 5501 2

2. expendable item / 3. periodic replacement part
Appendix C -3
4. Maintenance part
1-16 003B2600300 DTR Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7003 1
12-6 003B2600400 WU Nozzle Assy 25AZ-X-7004 1
1-18 003B2600500 MIX1 Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7005 1
1-17 003B2600600 MIX2 Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7006 1
1-2 003B2600700 SPT Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7007 1
1-10 003B2600800 RPT1 Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7008 1
1-1 003B2600900 RPT2 Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7009 1
1-7 003B2601000 MIX1 Trough Assy 25AZ-X-7010 1
1-15 003B2601100 MIX2 Trough Assy 25AZ-X-7011 1
1-9 003B2612900 PT Trough Assy 25-023-2211 1
1-8 003B2601300 ASP Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7013 1
1-3 003B2601400 RCU Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7014 1
1-6 003B2601500 SPPS Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7015 1
1-5 003B2601600 SPPW Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7016 1
1-13 003B2601700 RPPR Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7017 1
1-14 003B2601800 RPPW Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7018 1
1-4 003B2601900 WPP Unit Assy 25AZ-X-7019 1
11-8 003B2611400 Stirrer Paddle 25AZ-X-7120 1
9-8 003B2600100 SPT Nozzle Assy 25AZ-X-7001 1
10-8 003B2600200 RPT Nozzle Assy 25AZ-X-7002 1
1-11 003B2602000 BCR Assy 25AZ-X-7020 1
13-1 003B2602100 ASP Cover Assy 25AZ-X-7021 1
14-1 003B2602200 RCU Cover Assy 25AZ-X-7022 1
13-2 003B2602300 ASP Tray Assy 25AZ-X-7023 1
22-1 003B2602400 Trough Sensor Assy 25AZ-X-7024 1
23-1 003B2602500 Sub-tank Sensor Assy 25AZ-X-7025 1
3-1 003B2617600 Free Stop Hinge TH-91A 1
3-2 003B2616800 Springed Hinge B-1109-0 1
3-3 003B2612100 Air Filter １ 25AZ-X-7028 1
3-4 003B2612200 Air Filter 2 25AZ-X-7029 1
3-5 003B2612300 Air Filter 3 25AZ-X-7030 1
3-6 003B2612400 Air Filter 4 25AZ-X-7031 1
3-7 003B2612500 Air Filter 5 25AZ-X-7032 1
（CONT'D）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -4
25-2 003B2603300 Switching Regulator 25AZ-X-7033 1
25-3 003B2603400 Multi-slot Power Supply 25AZ-X-7034 1
25-1 003B2603500 Switching Regulator 25AZ-X-7035 1
25-6 003B2603600 Fuse 25AZ-X-7036 10
2-4 003B2603700 Flash Card 25AZ-X-7037 1
7-2 003B0550200 Cuvette 25AP-X-7518 10
7-4 003B2603800 Temperature Fuse 25AZ-X-7038 1
12-1 003B0551700 Washing Tip 25AP-X-7518 10
13-3 003B2603900 ASP Inner Tray 25AZ-X-7039 1
14-2 003B2604000 RCU tray 25AZ-X-7040 1
15-1 003B2604100 Syringe S1.4 25AZ-X-7041 1
15-8 003B2604200 Syringe S7.2 25AZ-X-7042 1
16-12 003B2604300 Syringe R3.2 25AZ-X-7043 1
16-11 003B2604400 Syringe R7.2 25AZ-X-7044 1
17-6 003B2604500 Syringe W7.2 25AZ-X-7045 1
16-6,17-7 003B2604600 Valve Gasket 25AZ-X-7046 10
18-2,19-3 003B2604700 Sponge 25AZ-X-7047 10
2-9 003B2604800 SWU_DRV2 Board Assy 25AZ-X-7048 1
2-7 003B2605000 IRU_DRV Board Assy 25AZ-X-7050 1
2-8 003B2605100 IRU_CN1 Board Assy 25AZ-X-7051 1
2-11 003B2605200 F-LED Board Assy A 25AZ-X-7052 1
2-10 003B2605300 F-LED Board Assy B 25AZ-X-7053 1
25-8 003B2605400 AC_FLT Board Assy A 25AZ-X-7054 1
25-7 003B2605500 AC_FLT Board Assy B 25AZ-X-7055 1
25-4 003B2605600 POWER-CN Board Assy 25AZ-X-7056 1
2-3 003B2605700 CNT-IBM Board 25AZ-X-7057 1
2-2 003B2605800 CN-IBM Board Assy 25AZ-X-7058 1
7-8,13-8
003B2605900 TSP Board Assy 25AZ-X-7059 1
14-7
7-7,9-2
10-2,11-6
12-7,13-7
003B2606000 SENSA Board Assy 25AZ-X-7060 1
14-5,15-3
15-7,16-2
16-7,17-8
（CONT'D）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -5
7-3 003B2606100 IRU_CN2 Board Assy 25AZ-X-7601 1
12-2 003B2606200 WU_SEN Board Assy 25AZ-X-7062 1
12-3 003B2606300 WU_CN Board Assy 25AZ-X-7063 1
9-3,10-3
003B2606400 SEN2 Board Assy 25AZ-X-7064 1
11-2
9-7,10-7
003B2606500 MOTOR-SEN-CN Board Assy 25AZ-X-7065 1
11-7
9-9,10-9 003B2606600 SEN_LL/DL Board Assy A 25AZ-X-7066 1
13-4 003B2606700 ASP_DRV Board Assy 25AZ-X-7067 1
14-3 003B2606800 RCU_DRV Board Assy 25AZ-X-7068 1
17-4 003B2606900 WPP_CN Board Assy 25AZ-X-7069 1
15-5 003B2611500 Solenoid Valve for SPP 25AZ-X-7121 1
16-1 003B2611600 Solenoid Valve for RPP 25AZ-X-7122 1
17-3 003B2611700 Solenoid Valve for WPP 25AZ-X-7123 1
18-1 003B2611800 Solenoid Valve for SWU 25AZ-X-7124 1
7-5 003B2607100 Stepping Motor Assy IRU 25AZ-X-7071 1
15-6 003B2607200 Stepping Motor Assy SPPS 25AZ-X-7072 1
9-1,10-1
003B2607300 Stepping Motor Assy WU/MIX/PT 25AZ-X-7073 1
11-1,12-4
9-6,10-6 1
003B2607400 Stepping Motor Assy MIX/PT 25AZ-X-7074
11-5
13-5、14-4
003B2607500 Stepping Motor Assy ASP/RCU/WPP 25AZ-X-7075 1
17-9
15-11, 16-8 003B2607600 Stepping Motor Assy SPPW/RPP 25AZ-X-7076 1
16-3 003B2615700 RPT1-U Motor Assy 25AZ-X-4731 1
11-9 003B2607700 Stepping Motor Assy MIX 25AZ-X-7077 1
（CONT'D）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -6
2-6 003B2607800 CHS FAN 25AZ-X-7078 1
2-5 003B2607900 DTR FAN 25AZ-X-7079 1
25-5 003B2608000 PSU FAN 25AZ-X-7080 1
13-9,14-8 Hall Sensor 10
2-12 Hall Sensor 10
7-6 003B2608100 Timing Belt IRU 25-AZ-X-7081 1
12-5 003B2608200 Timing Belt WU 25-AZ-X-7082 1
9-4,10-4
003B2608300 Timing Belt MIX/PT 25-AZ-X-7083 1
11-3
11-4 003B2608400 Timing Belt MIX 25-AZ-X-7084 1
9-5、10-5 003B2608500 Timing Belt PT 25-AZ-X-7085 1
13-6 003B2608600 Timing Belt ASP 25-AZ-X-7086 1
14-6 003B2608700 Timing Belt RCU 25-AZ-X-7087 1
15-10,16-4
003B2608800 Timing Belt SPPW/RPP 25-AZ-X-7088 1
16-9
17-2 003B2608900 Timing Belt WPP 25-AZ-X-7089 1
17-1 003B2609000 Timing Belt WPP 25-AZ-X-7090 1
5-1,6-1 003B2609200 Check Valve 25-AZ-X-7092 1
003B2609300 Silicon Tube A SR1554 15X20 1m
003B2609400 Silicon Tube B SR1554 6X11 1m
003B2609500 Fluorine Tube C 25-AZ-X-7095 1m
003B2609600 Fluorine Tube D 25-AZ-X-7096 1m
003B2609700 Silicon Tube C SR1554 1X3 1m
003B2609800 Spiral Tube 25-AZ-X-7098 1m
003B2609900 Urethan Tube 25-AZ-X-7099 1m
003B2610000 Silicon Tube D SR1554 1.5X4 1m
003B2610100 Silicon Tube E SR1554 3X7 1m
003B2610300 PVC Tube 25-AZ-X-7103 1m
003B2610400 Silicon Tube F SR1554 3X7 1m
003B2610600 Maintenance Jig Assy 25-AZ-X-7106 1m
003B2617300 Silicon Oil KF-96H 1
003B2617400 Silicon Gasket 1212 1

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -7
1
5
3
11 6
10
9
8
7
Front View
18
17
16
13
15
14
Rear View
sheet1 （main body）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -8
1
2
3
9
8
7
4
6
5
10
12
11
sheet2 （Main Boards and Fans on chassis ）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -9
1
6 5 7
sheet3 （Air Filters and Hinges）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -10
Tubes from WU to SWU 1-2
sheet4 （Mesh Filters）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -11
sheet5 （Nonreturn valve1）
MIX1 trough
MIX2 trough
SPT trough
SWU2
sheet5 （Check Valve1）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -12
R2 trough
R1 trough
sheet6 （Check Valve2）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -13
IRU
1
2
8 4
6
sheet7 （IRU）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -14
DTR
sheet8 （DTR）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -15
SPT
1
9
8 4
sheet9 （SPT）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -16
RPT2
RPT1
1
9
8 4
sheet10 （RPT）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -17
MIX1
MIX2
9 1
8
2
7 6 5
sheet11 （MIX）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -18
WU
3
4 1
sheet12 （WU）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -19
ASP
1
3 9
sheet13 （ASP）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -20
RCU
RCU case assembly 1 5
RCU case insulating material

6
3
sheet14 （RCU）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -21
SPP（wash）
SPP（sample）
5
1
3
2 4
6
SPP（sample）
8
7
11
10
SPP（wash）
sheet15 （SPP）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -22
RPP1R
RPP1W
RPP2R
RPP2W
1 8
12
7
11
2
10
4 5 9
RPP1W/ RPP2W RPP1R/ RPP2R
sheet16 （RPP）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -23
WPP
9
2
3
3
8 4
sheet17 （WPP）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -24
SWU1-1
sheet18 （SWU1-1）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -25
SWU1-2
2
1
sheet19 （SWU1-2）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -26
SWU2
sheet20 （SWU2）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -27
SWU3
sheet21 （SWU3）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -28
trough chamber
sheet22 （Trough Chamber）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -29
sub-tankR
sub-tankL
1
1
sub-tankL sub-tankR
sheet23 （Sub-tank）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -30
ISE
ISEmain
4 body
ISE pump section
sheet24 （ISE）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -31
power source
1
2
3
7
sheet25 （PSU）

4. Maintenance part
Appendix C -32
Appendix D
Wiring Diagrams
OVER ALL WIRING DIAGRAM

Figure D-1
Appendix D Wiring Diagrams

D-1 OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM
Page D-1
RTB UNIT WIRING DIAGRAM
Figure D-2

D-2 RTB UNIT WIRING UNIT
Page D-2
POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
Figure D-3

D-3 POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
Page D-3
CA-400 1/7 Power Supply Wiring Diagram
h o l d e r- L
Fuse holder
J9
7
1
2
3
5
6
8
4
Fuse
CN2 +5V +12V

CN7
1 +5V
CNT- IBM
h o l d e r- N
+5V +5V +5V

CN1 2 1
+5V +5V +5V
L 3 2
N L 1 25P3521
Fuse
+5V +5V
AC- in
N
FG
2 LEA100F 4
5
GND GND
3
4
GND
3 GND GND GND
6 5
N +5V 7 GND GND
6
GND
J8
TB1
7
5
6
1
2
3
8
4
+12V2 +12V2
IN L E T
8 7
A C- F L T 1
L GND2 8 GND2
+12V2
G N D 2
+12V2 +12V2
G N D
G N D
G N D
9
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND2
G N D
G N D
G N D
（ A1- A120, B1- B120 ）
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
10 J21
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
FG +24V1 +24V1
11
TB2 GND3 GND3
+12V2 12
+12V2 J3
CN 60
C N 59
J8
53
54
56
57
58
59
1
2
3
7
8
55
60
4
6
7
5
6
1
2
3
8
4
FAN- 1 +12V2 +12V2
1 1
SENSA- FAN1 +12V2
2 2
GND2 GND2
CN58 TP2 +5V
3 3
GND2 +5V CN51
4 +5V
② ① 1 +5V
5 +5V 1
2
F IL T E R
GND2 TP1 +5V

FG 6 CN10 +5V 2
J9 3 TP3 +5V
N O IS E
FAN- 2 GND 4 3
+12V2 SENSA- FAN1 SENSA- FAN1 +5V
1 1 GND 4
NF1
SENSA- FAN2 SENSA- FAN2 SENSA- FAN2 5 TP4 +5V

2 2 GND 5
GND2 J6 SENSA- ASE SENSA- ASE 6 +5V
3 3 +12V2 6
SENSA- FAN1 SENSA- FAN4
4 SENSA- FAN4 7 +5V
1 GND2 7
SENSA- FAN2 +5V +5V 8 +5V
④ ③ 2 5 8
SENSA- ASE POW12V(- ) POW12V(- )
3 6
4
SENSA- FAN4 +5V
7
+5V CN- IBM (Connection Board)
PC1C +5V POW24V- 1 POW24V- 1 GND
5 8 53
6
POW12V(- ) +5V
9
+5V CN57 +5V +12V +3.3V 25P3525 54
GND
LED 11
LED 10
POW24V- 2 POW24V- 2 SENSA- FAN1 GND
1
LED 9
10 55
TB1 SENSA- FAN2 GND
2 56
A C- F L T 2
SENSA- ASE GND

3 57
SENSA- FAN4 GND
4 58
+5V GND
J7 J2 CN9 5 59
POW12V(- ) GND
6 60
+12Vout +12Vout +12Vout +5V
1 1 1 7
TB2 ACE SEN- sig Horogen Horogen Horogen POW24V- 1
2 2 2 8
GNG2 +5V +5V +5V +5V
S w itc h
3 3 9
POW24V- 2
10
C N 53
C N 52
C N 61
3- N
1- L
GNG2
3- N J5 CN5
31
20
32
17
18
29
30
31
34
19
5
6
28
1
2
3
1
2
3
33
4
7
32
34
1
2
3
33
4
2- L +12V2 +12V2 1 +12V2
1
1- L N orm a l= H +12V2 +12V2 +12V2
Power
2 2
4- N GNG2 GNG2 GNG2
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
3
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
3
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
GNG2 GNG2 GNG2
+12V2 4 4
U2B
+24V1 +24V1
J10 5 5
+24V1 +24V1
R e tu rn V o lt a g e 7 .5 6 V
C u to u t V o lta g e 8 .9 2 V
+12V2 6 6
IRU Unit
C N 501
CN 351
1
D sub25P
GND3 GND3
31
32
32
34
5
6
29
30
31
34
1
2
3
15
25
1
2
3
28
33
14
16
17
33
24
4
7
1
2
3
4
FG FG +12V2 7
2 GND3
8 GND3 TP4
4- N N GNG2
3 +24V2 +24V2
2- L L GNG2 9
4 +24V2 +24V2 TP2
5 GND2
10
11
GND2
TP19
TP26
+5V +5V
TP13 LED1 Encoder
GND2 GND2 +12V TP27
12 CN359
FG GNG2 +12V2
1 +24V
DTR Unit
J4 GND2
2 F1 TP5
G ND
TP2
+5V
+12V2 CN8 +24V1
1 3 Halogen
TP1 2
GNG2 +12V2
1
+12V2 GND3
4
SWU- DRV3 Lamp IRU- CNT1
Lam p
GNG2 GNG2
2 TP1
J1 +24V1
3
+24V1
25P3507 25P3510
PC1B
1
2
GND1 GNG2 GND3 GND3
1 4
J11
H o ro g e n
2
+12Vout
5
+12V3 1 +24V1
6
3
GND3
4 PC1A 2
Cutout Voltage 7.92V

Return Voltage 6.56V Normal=H GND3
U 2A
CN258
POWER- CN +12V2
CN457
TP19 IRU- DRV 25P3509 +5V
CN460
+5V
+5V
+5V TP16 TP4
1 1 1 TP39 +5V CN260 CN313

+12V2 +5V
25P5320 GNG2
2 2
GND
2
+12Vin
1
+5V 1 1 +5V 1 TP1
3 TP47 3 3 +5V 2 2 +5V
GNG2 GND 2 2
4 F1 4 4 GND GND 24Vin
+24V1 +12V2 3 3 3 3 TP3
5 5 5 GND GND
CN2 +24V1 GND2 4 4 4 4 F1
6 6 6 +12V2 +12V2
GND1 GND3 TP41 5 5 5 5
1 7 +12V2 +12V2
TP16
TP49
GND3 6 6 6 6
TP7
TP1
2 8 TP50 24Vin GND2 GND2
+12V3 7 7 7 7 TP2
3 GND2 GND2
8 8 8 8
4
LEA50F CN458 CN459 CN259 TP43
F2 F1
+24V2 +24V2
12V3 +24V2
1
2
1
2
+24V2
1
2
TP36
TP42
SWU- DRV1
CN1 GND2 GND2
AC- in L 1 GND2
3
4 +5V TP48
3
4
GND2
3
4
TP44
25P3506
N +24V1 TP4
2
FG
SWU- DRV2
CN 452
3
C N 472
25P3505
1
2
3
5
7
6
8
53
54
56
57
58
59
7
55
1
2
3
5
6
12
13
60
4
+24V1
+24V1
+24V1
+24V1
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
G N D
+24V1 +24V1
1
+24V1 2 +24V1
+24V1 +24V1
CN6 CN123 +12V2 RCU- DRV +24V1
3
4
+24V1 Slip Ring
+12V1 +12V1 +12V2
1
GNG2
1
2
TP16 25P3502 5
6
+24V2
+24V1
+24V1
+12V1
+12V1
+12V1
+12V2
2
+24V1
F1
+12V1 +12V1 +24V1 3
3 7
4 GND3 4 8
+12V1 +12V1 GND GND
5 9
GNG2 TP15 10
1 F2
ACE SEN- sig CN124 11
G N D 2
G N D 3
G N D 3
2 CN151 +5V TP9

GND1 GND1 +12V1 +5V CN122 +12V1 CN169 12
G ND 3
3 11 1 TP14
+12V1 +5V +12V
+24V1
+24V1
+24V1
+24V1
12 2 F3 1 1 TP10 - 12V 1 HR10G- 10R- 12
G N D
GND1 GND1 +12V1
G ND 1
G ND 1
G ND 1
+5V
G ND 2
13 3 +12V2in 2 2
GND1 GND
14 4 TP13 3 3 TP2
P O W 2 4 V- 1
P O W 2 4 V- 2
L GND1 GND1 GND1 GND GND

15 5 F4 4 4 F2 +5V 8
AC- in N GND1 +12V2
+5V
4 .5
C N 567
5 5 9
10
11
12
FG +24Vin GND2
4
1
2
3
8
5
6
9
7
TP12 6 6 TP1 +24V 10
+5V
+12V1
IR U- F u s e 3
IR U- F u s e 1
IR U- F u s e 2
IR U- F u s e 4
F5 7 7 F1 11
TP10 GND3
8 8 12
TP1 TP9
AC9- H2H2EE 13
14
+5V TP4 TP13
TP16
ASP- DRV ISE UNIT
C N120
POWER SUPPLY UNIT 25P3503 IRU- CNT2

25P3511
1
2
3
5
7
6
8
53
54
56
57
58
59
55
4
60
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G N D
G ND
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
D-4
L1
+5V
1 +5V CN59 J8 J9
CN53
+5V
2
+5V +5V
3 1 1 1 1
+5V
+5V +5V
2 2 2 2
CA-400
Dsub 25P
+5V
+5V_in
5 3 3 3 3
+5V_Out
DTR_SH_TXD1 +5V
6 4 4 4 4
DTR_SH_RXD1 (N C )IR U _ Z E R O _ P O S
RS232C
7 5 5 5 5
DTR_SH_RTS1 DTR_SH_TXD1
Host Communication
8 6 6 6 6
DTR_SH_RXD1
9 7 7 7 7
DTR_SH_M ODE1 DTR_SH_RTS1
10 8 8 8 8
+12V
DTR_SH_FW P (N C )D T R _ S H _ C T S 1
Encoder
11 9 LED9
IRU Unit
D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 1 DTR_SH_MOD E1
+12V_in
12 10
+12V_Out
D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 2 DTR_SH_FW P
13 11
GND D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 1 LED10
14 12
GND D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 2
PC System
15 13
GND IR U _ Z E R O _ P O S
16 14 LED11
GND DTR_SPARE_O
17 15 LAN C o n n ec tor
D T R _ /R E S E T
16
+5V
18
4
GND
8
3
2
1
6
5
DTR_SPARE_O GND
+5V +12V +3.3V
RE_A
RE_B
DTR Unit
19 17
D T R _ /R E S E T GND
20 18
Shield_w
R E_A GND LED1 R C U_D RV _LE D _O U T
+5V
21 19
TD-
J 2 1 B- 1
RD-
R E_ZERO GND
TD+
20
4
RD+
22
3
2
1
6
5
R E_B LED2 IR U _ D R V _ LE D _O U T
+5V
23
+5V J 2 1 B- 2
24
GND CN56 LED3 ASP _DRV_LE D_O UT
25
+5V
GND
+12V1 +12V1 J 2 1 B- 3
RE_A
RE_B
1 1
+12V
C S E- F A N 2 C S E- F A N 2 LED4 SW U_DRV1_LE D_O UT
2 2
Shield_w
GNG GNG J 2 1 B- 4
3 3
FAN- 2
LED5 SW U_DRV 2_LED_O UT
CSE Fan2
J 2 1 B- 5
Cross cable
LED6 S W U _D RV 3_LE D _O UT
SUBL1 CN55 J 2 1 B- 6
T a n k _ fu ll LED7 A SP _PE _LE D _O UT

1 1 1
GNG J 2 1 B- 7
2 2 2
CN10 Tank_Em p LED8 RCU_PE _LED_O UT
TD-
RD-
3
TD+
S E N S A- F A N 1 J 2 1 B- 8
RD+
GNG
1 4
S E N S A- F A N 2 SUBL2
Float
2
4
8
6
5
3
2
1
Sensa
S E N S A- A S E
3 1 1
S E N S A- F A N 4 CN54
4 2 2
+5V
5 1
J21（ A1- A120,
+5V
25P3521
TD-
RD-
P O W 1 2 V (- ) Tank_Set
TD+
Device Case
6 2
RD+
+5V GNG
CNT- IBM
LAN Connector
7 3
Float TankL F
Sensa TankL E
Sub tank L
P O W 2 4 V- 1
8
Sensa
+5V
9
P O W 2 4 V- 2 CN57
10
S E N S A- F A N 1
1
S E N S A- F A N 2 J1
25P3525
2
S E N S A- A S E TD+
CN7 3 1
*I.C Connection
S E N S A- F A N 4
+5V 4 2
1 +5V T D-
+5V 5 3
B1- B120 ）
2 P O W 1 2 V (- )
+5V 6 4
3 +5V
GND 7 5
4 P O W 2 4 V- 1
8 6
IN
GND
5 +5V RD+
9
OUT
GND 7
6 P O W 2 4 V- 2
+12V2 10 8
7 CN359 R D-
GND2 9
8
+12V2 +12V2 10
9 1 CN58
GND2 GND2 11
+5V
+12V
10 2 +5V
+24V1 +24V1 1 12
11 3 +5V
GND3 2 13
POWER SUPPLY UNIT

GND3
12 4 +5V
3 +5V 14
+24Vin
GND
4 TP2
GND
TP1
CN360 5
GND 6
F1
TP26 TP27
1
CN- IBM (Connection Board)
+12V2
7 +12V
2 GND2 8
TP5
TP4
L4
+24V
CN351 CN61 CN52
+5V
L5
TP3
TP1
+5V +5V
1 1 1
J1 CN366
+5V
+5V +5V
+5V
2 2 2
TP8
R1
1 +5V +5V +5V
1 3 3 3
Q1
RPP1R_ZERO +5V +5V
+5V
2 2 4 4 4
GND TR G H _P U M P 1 +5V
U1 3 3
TP19
5 5 5
4 TR G H _P U M P 2 +5V
6 6 6
Monitor 24V1
TP2
R P P 1 R _ E V _ IN +5V
7 7 7
2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A ) R P P 2 R _ E V _ IN P S _ C L K (+ )
8 8 8
+24_M O N P S _ C L K (- )
9 9 9
CN355 R E S E T _C P S _ L A T C H (+ )
10 10 10
+24V
R P P 1R _M O T O R _A (+) R P P 1 R _ C L K _ IN P S _ L A T C H (- )
1 11 11 11
RPP1R Zero Pos

+24V R P P 1 R _ D IR _ IN P S _ D A T A _ IN 1 (+ )
2 12 12 12
R P P 1 R _ M O T O R _ A (- ) R P P 1 W _ C L K _ IN P S _ D A T A _ I N 1 (- )
3 13 13 13
R P P 1R _M O T O R _B (+) R P P 1 W _ D IR _ IN P S _ D A T A _ IN 2 (+ )
4 14 14 14
+24V R P P 2 R _ C L K _ IN P S _ D A T A _ I N 2 (- )
Motor
5 15 15 15
R P P 1 R _ M O T O R _ B (- ) R P P 2 R _ D IR _ IN
RPP1R
6 16 16 16
R P P 2 W _ C L K _ IN /R E S E T _ C
17 17 17
R P P 2 W _ D IR _ IN
18 18 18
J1 R PP1R_U P_SEN IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ T X D O
CN367 19 19 19
20 RPP1W _UP_SEN 20 20 IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ R X D O
R1
+5V
1 1 RPP1R_U P_ZERO
Q1
IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ R T S
TP3
RP P1W _ZERO 21 21 21
2 2 R PP2W _UP_ZERO IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ C T S
GND 22 22 22
U1 3 3 LEEK_R PP1_SEN IR U _ C N 1 _ R E S E T
23 23 23
4 LEEK_SPAR E_SEN IR U _ C N 1 _ T X D _ P R O G A M
24 24 24
IR U _ C N 1 _ R X D _ P R O G A M
25 25 25
2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A ) S P A R E 1 _ E V _ IN IR U _ C N 1 _ S H _ M O D E 1
26 26 26
CN356 S P A R E 2 _ E V _ IN IR U _ C N 1 _ S H _ F W P
27 27 27
RPP1W Zero Pos
D-5
R P P 1 W _ M O T O R _ A (+ ) GND
1 28 28 28
+24V GND
2 29 29 29
+5V
R P P 1 W _ M O T O R _ A (- ) GND
3 30 30 30
R P P 1W _M O T O R _B (+) GND GND
4 31 31 31
+24V GND
Motor
GND
5 32 32 32
R P P 1 W _ M O T O R _ B (- ) GND GND
RPP1W
6 33 33 33
GND GND
34 34 34
TP4
L2 L3
CN362
+5V
+5V
+5V
+24V
TP6
1 CN60 CN51
R PP1R _EV
2 +5V +5V
RPP1 Unit
EV
Valve
1 1
+5V +5V
RPP1R
2 2
+5V +5V
3 3
+5V +5V
4 4
J1 +5V +5V
CN353 5 5
+5V +5V
R1
+5V 6 6
1 1
Q1
+5V +5V
RPP2R_ZERO 7 7
2 2 +5V +5V
GND 8 8
U1 3 3 P S- C L K- R C U- D R V ( + ) M IX 1 U _ C L K
9 9
4 P S - C L K - R C U - D R V (- ) M IX 1 R _ C L K
10 10
P S- L A T C H- R C U- D R V ( + ) M IX 1 K _ C L K
2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A ) 11 11
P S - L A T C H - R C U - D R V (- ) M IX 2 U _ C L K
12 12
TP24
CN357 P S- A- S E N S E R ( + ) M IX 2 R _ C L K
13 13
P S - A - S E N S E R (- )
RPP2R Zero Pos

R P P 2R _M O T O R _A (+) M IX 2 K _ C L K
1 14 14
+24V P S- A- D A T A ( + ) R PT1U _C LK
2 15 15
R P P 2 R _ M O T O R _ A (- ) P S - A - D A T A (- ) R PT1R _C LK
3 16 16
R P P 2R _M O T O R _B (+) R C U- D R V- C D- C L K R PT2U _C LK
4 17 17
+24V * R C U- D R V- R E S E T R PT2R _C LK
Motor
5 18 18
R P P 2 R _ M O T O R _ B (- ) SPTU_CLK
RPP2R
6 19 19
SPTR_CLK
20 20
RCU_CLK SPP_C LK
21 21
S PPW _C LK
22 22
RCU_PE_ON1 W U_CLK
J1 CN352 23 23
RCU_PE_ON2 W PP_CLK
*I.C Connection
24 24
R1
+5V
1 1 RCU_PE_ON3 IR U _ C L K
Q1
RPP2W _ZERO 25 25
2 2 RCU_PE_ON4 IR U _ D R V _ R E S E T CN501
GND 26 26
U1 3 3 RCU_BCR_RXD P S _ C L K- IR U _ D R V (+ ) +5V
TP25
27 27 1
4 RCU_BCR_CTS P S _ C L K- IR U _ D R V (- ) +5V
28 28 2
RCU_BCR_TXD
IN
29 29 P S _ L A T C H- IR U _ D R V (+ ) +5V
3
OUT
2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A ) RCU_BCR_RTS P S _ L A T C H- IR U _ D R V (- ) +5V
30 30 4
CN358 P S _ D A T A IN _ D IR (+ ) +5V
31 31 5
R P P 2W _M O T O R _A (+) P S _ D A T A IN _ D IR (- ) +5V
1 32 32 6
RPP2W Zero Pos
+5V
+24V RCU_TEM P P S _ D A T A IN _ S W U ( + ) +5V

2 33 33 7
R P P 2 W _ M O T O R _ A (- ) P S _ D A T A IN _ S W U (- ) P S _ C L K (+ )
3 34 34 8
R P P 2 W _ M O T O R _ B (+ ) ASP_CLK P S _ D A T A O U T _ S W U (+ ) P S _ C L K (- )
4 35 35 9
Motor
+24V P S _ D A T A O U T _ S W U (- ) P S _ L A T C H (+ )
5 36 36 10
RPP2W
R P P 2 W _ M O T O R _ B (- ) ASP_PE_ON1 P S _ D A T A O U T _ IR U (+ ) P S _ L A T C H (- )
SWU- DRV3 25P3507
6 37 37 11
ASP_PE_O N2 P S _ D A T A O U T _ IR U (- ) P S _ D A T A _ IN 1 (+ )
38 38 12
ASP_BCR_R XD IR U _ D R V _ C D _ C L K P S _ D A T A _ I N 1 (- )
39 39 13
ASP_BCR_CTS P S _ D A T A _ IN 2 (+ )
CN361 40 40 14
ASP_BCR_TXD IR U _ H T _ 1 P S _ D A T A _ I N 2 (- )
+24V 41 41 15
RPP2 Unit
1 ASP_BCR_RTS IR U _ H T _ 2
RPP2R_EV 42 42 16
TP7
Valve
2 IR U _ H T _ 3 /R E S E T _ C
EV
43 43 17
RPP2R
IR U _ H T _ 4
44 44 18
ASP_TEM P W U _H T_1 IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ T X D O
45 45 19
T E M P _ S E R IA L IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ R X D O
CN364 46 46 20
IS E _ R X D IR U _ C N 2 _ S H _ T X D IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ R T S
+24V 47 47 21
1 IS E _C T S IR U _ C N 2 _ S H _ R X D IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ C T S
TRGH_PUM P1 48 48 22
P
2 IS E _ T X D IR U _ C N 1 _ R E S E T
TP14
TEM P_D 2 23
49 49
Pump
IS E _R T S IR U _ C N 1 _ T X D _ P R O G A M
Trgh1
50 +5V 50 24
IS E _ R E A D Y W U _TEM P IR U _ C N 1 _ R X D _ P R O G A M
CN363 51 51 25
IS E _ S T A R T SP AR E_C LK IR U _ C N 1 _ S H _ M O D E 1
+24V 52 52 26
1 GND G ND IR U _ C N 1 _ S H _ F W P
TRGH_PUM P2 53 53 27
P
2 GND G ND GND
TP13
54 54 28
SWU3 Unit
GND
Pump
Trgh2
GND 55 55 G ND 29
GND G ND GND
IRU- CNT1 25P3510
CN354 CN365 56 56 30
GND 57 57 G ND GND
31
1 L3 L2 1 GND G ND GND
58 58 32
2 2 GND G ND GND
Leak RPP LEEK_RPP1 59 59 33
3 3 GND GND GND
L4 L1 60 60 34
SPARE_LEEK
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
WU_CLK
IRU_CLK
SPP_CLK
TEMP_D2
WU_HT_1
IRU_HT_3
IRU_HT_1
IRU_HT_2
IRU_HT_4
WPP_CLK
ISE_TXD
ISE_RTS
ISE_CTS
WU_TEMP
ISE_RXD
SPTR_CLK
ASP_CLK
SPTU_CLK
RCU_CLK
SPPW_CLK
MIX2K_CLK
RPT2R_CLK
MIX1R_CLK
RPT2U_CLK
RPT1U_CLK
MIX1K_CLK
RPT1R_CLK
MIX2U_CLK
MIX1U_CLK
MIX2R_CLK
SPARE_CLK
ASP_TEMP
RCU_TEMP
ISE_START
ISE_READY
TEMP_SERIAL
PS- A- DATA(- )
ASP_PE_ON1
ASP_PE_ON2
RCU_PE_ON1
RCU_PE_ON3
RCU_PE_ON4
RCU_PE_ON2
PS- A- DATA(+)
ASP_BCR_RTS
ASP_BCR_CTS
ASP_BCR_TXD
IRU_DRV_RESET
ASP_BCR_RXD
RCU_BCR_RTS
RCU_BCR_CTS
RCU_BCR_TXD
RCU_BCR_RXD
IRU_CN2_SH_TXD
PS_DATAIN_DIR(-)
IRU_CN2_SH_RXD
PS- A- SENSER(- )
IRU_DRV_CD_CLK
PS_DATAIN_DIR(+)
PS- A- SENSER(+)
PS_CLK- IRU_DRV(-)
PS_DATAIN_SWU(-)
PS_DATAIN_SWU(+)
PS_CLK-IRU_DRV(+)
RCU- DRV- CD- CLK

*RCU- DRV- RESET
PS_DATAOUT_IRU(-)
PS_DATAOUT_IRU(+)
PS_DATAOUT_SWU(-)
PS_DATAOUT_SWU(+)
PS_LATCH- IRU_DRV(-)
PS- CLK- RCU- DRV(- )

PS- CLK- RCU- DRV(+)
PS_LATCH- IRU_DRV(+)
PS- LATCH- RCU- DRV(- )

PS- LATCH- RCU- DRV(+)
6
6
7
4
7
4
60
26
8
5
3
2
1
60
26
8
5
3
2
1
55
33
24
19
9
55
33
24
19
9
48
28
27
18
17
16
14
48
28
27
18
17
16
14
59
58
57
56
54
53
52
49
47
46
45
43
42
39
38
37
35
34
31
30
29
25
23
22
21
20
15
11
10
59
58
57
56
54
53
52
49
47
46
45
43
42
39
38
37
35
34
31
30
29
25
23
22
21
20
15
11
10
51
50
44
41
40
36
32
13
12
51
50
44
41
40
36
32
13
12
CN452
CN120
RCU_DRV3 25P3502 IR U- D R V 25P3509

2/7 Block Wiring Diagram
PO W ER SUPPLY U N IT C N- IB M 25P3525
CA-400
4
3
5
2
1
12
4
60
26
4
11
55
33
24
19
6
3
2
1
48
28
27
18
17
16
14
8
3
2
1
15
14
13
5
59
58
57
56
54
53
52
49
47
46
45
43
42
39
38
37
35
34
31
30
29
25
23
22
21
20
15
11
10
9
6
5
51
50
44
41
40
36
32
13
12
7
CN6
CN8
CN60
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND1
GND1
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND1
GND3
GND2
+5V
+12V1
+12V1
+12V1
+24V1
+12V2
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
ISE_TXD
ISE_RTS
ISE_CTS
ISE_RXD
ASP_CLK
RCU_CLK
ASP_TEMP
RCU_TEMP
ISE_START
ISE_READY
PS- A- DATA(- )
ASP_PE_ON2
ASP_PE_ON1
RCU_PE_ON1
RCU_PE_ON4
RCU_PE_ON3
RCU_PE_ON2
PS- A- DATA(+)
ASP_BCR_TXD
ASP_BCR_CTS
ASP_BCR_RTS
RCU_BCR_TXD
RCU_BCR_CTS
RCU_BCR_RTS
ASP_BCR_RXD
RCU_BCR_RXD
PS- A- SENSER(- )
PS- A- SENSER(+)
*RCU- DRV- RESET

RCU- DRV- CD- CLK
PS- CLK- RCU- DRV(- )
PS- CLK- RCU- DRV(+)
PS- LATCH- RCU- DRV(- )

PS- LATCH- RCU- DRV(+)
GND1
GND2
GND1
GND1
GND3
+12V1
+12V1
+24V1
+12V2
+12V1
4
4
6
3
2
1
3
2
1
5
CN165 CN165
LED1
TP10
+5V
1 1 TP16
+5V
CN124
ASP LED
2 2
GND
+5V
+12V1
3 3
G ND TP13
4 4
25P3528
+24V1
LED2
F5
F4
F3
F2
F1
CN123 +12V2
UF- LED A
*I.C Connection
TP4
Front Panel
25P3503
RCU UNIT
+12V3
+12V2
+12V1
+12V4
TP12
TP13
TP14
TP15
TP16
ASP_DRV
CN166 CN166
LED1
RUN LED
1 1
+5V
G ND
IN
2 2
+5V
OUT
12V4
GND(1) GND(2)
Monitor
12V3
25P3528
CN151 CN122 CN120
TP9
ASP LED
Monitor
+5V
UF- LED B
+5V +5V
1 1 1
+5V +5V
+5V
CN163
Monitor 24V
2 2 2
TP2
Monitor 12V2
Monitor 12V1
G ND +5V
+12V1
+5V 3 3 3
GND
1 G ND +5V
ASP_C OVER_F 4 4 4
+5V TP27
2 +12V2 +5V
G ND F2 5 5 5
3 G N D (1 ) G ND2 +5V
Sensa
6 6 6
+12V2
COVER
+24V1 +5V
FRONT
7 7 7
G ND3 +5V
F1 8 8 8
+24V
P S - C L K - R C U - D R V (- )
9
CN164 P S- C L K- R C U- D R V (+ )
10
TP1
R1
+24V
+5V P S - L A T C H - R C U - D R V (- )
1 1 11
Q1
ASP_ZER O P S- L A T C H- R C U- D R V (+ )
GND
2 2 12
GND(2)
G ND P S - A - S E N S E R (- )
TP1 TP9
U1 3 3 13
CN171 CN121 P S- A- S E N S E R (+ )
4 14
P S - A - D A T A (- )
Monitor 12V2- ASP

1 1 15
Monitor 24V2- ASP

2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A ) CN161 +12V_M ON_ASP_PE1 P S- A- D A T A (+ )
2 2 16
+12V_M ON_ASP_PE2 *R C U- D R V- R E S E T
1 3 3 17
ASP Zero Pos

+24V_M ON_ASP R C U- D R V- C D- C L K
2 4 4 18
SPARE
ASP_C OVER_F
3 5 5 19
ASP_ZER O
6 6 20
ASP_C OVER_C
7 7 21
CN162 ASP_C OVER_B RCU_CLK
8 8 22
SENSA COVER
+5V RCU_PE_O N2
1 9 9 23
ASP_C OVER_B SPARE LEAK1 RCU_PE_O N1
2 10 10 24
G ND ASP_PE2_FAN RCU_PE_O N4
3 11 11 25
Sensa
BACK
ASP_PE1_FAN RCU_PE_O N3
26
COVER
12 12
CSE_FAN4 RCU_BCR_CTS
13 13 27
CN159 IS E _ C O V E R RCU_BCR_RXD
14 14 28
SPARE_SENSA4 RCU_BCR_RTS
1 15 15 29
SPARE_SENSA3 RCU_BCR_TXD
2 16 16 30
CD_CLOCK_O
SPARE
3 17 17 31
*R E S E T _ O _A S P
SENSA 4
18 18 32
RUN LED
19 19 33
CN158 ASP LED RCU_TEM P
20 20 34
A S P _ C L K- O
1 21 21 35
A S P _ D IR ASP_CLK
2 22 22 36
ASP_PE_ON1_O ASP_PE_O N2
SPARE
3 23 23 37
+5V
TP14
ASP_PE_ON2_O ASP_PE_O N1
24 24 38
ASP_BCR_RXD ASP_BCR_CTS
25 25 39
Tray SENSA
CN170 ASP_BCR_CTS ASP_BCR_RXD
+5V
26 26 40
ASP_BCR_TXD ASP_BCR_TXD ASP_BCR_RXD
1 27 27 41
ASP_BCR_RXD ASP_BCR_RTS ASP_BCR_TXD
2 28 28 42
ASP_BCR_RTS
3 29 29 43
ASP_BCR_CTS ASP_TEMP_I
4 30 30 44
IS E _ R X D TP28
ASP- BCR
D-6
5 31 31 45
IS E _ C T S ASP_TEM P
6 32 32 46
IS E _ T X D IS E _ C T S
TP15
7 33 33 47
IS E _ R T S IS E _ R X D
ASP UNIT
8 34 34 48
IS E _ R E A D Y _ I IS E _ R T S
9 35 35 49
IS E _ S T A R T _ O IS E _ T X D
36 36 50
IS E _ S T A R T
37 37 51
IS E _ R E A D Y
FG
38 38 52
+5V
CN156
G ND
+5V
+12V 1 39 39 53
ASP
1 G ND
S E N S A- F A N 2 40 40 54
2 G ND
G ND 55
3 G ND
FAN- 2
56
G ND
57
CN154 G ND
58
+12V 1 G ND
1 59
S E N S A- F A N 1 G ND
2 60
G ND
FAN- 1 3
ASP
TP1
CN157 TP9
1 CN117
2 TP33
TP7
FAN
R C U_BC R _TXD
Perche Fan Perche Fan 3 1
RCU_BCR_RXD
SPARE
2
RCU_BCR_RTS
CN155 3
RCU_BCR_CTS
+12V 1 4
TP8
1
RCU- BCR
ASP_PERCHE2 5
2
ASP
TP6
PE- 2
6
+12V1
7
CN153
8
+12V 1
+5V
1 +12V 9
ASP_PERCHE1
RCU_DRV3 25P3502
FG
GND(1)
2
ASP
TP5
PE- 1
CN 118
CN110
Perche Perche
Vin-
Vin+
1 L1 +12V
CN167 1
TP2
FG
2 RCU_HT
*I.C Connection
Leak
+12V4
+5V 2
Spare
2
Vout-
1 3
Vout+
1
+5V
ASP_TEMP L2
Heater
2 2
C1
Thermostat
G ND
CN169
1 3
3 CN 111
TP10
TMP03FS
3 +12V
4
+5V
1
BCR Window
IS E _ R X D 1
IN
2
2 5 P 2 0 1 5 (T S ) IS E _ C T S 2
OUT
3 RCU
ASP_TEMP
CN152 IS E _ T X D 3
GND
CN102
Spare 2
4 PERCHE1_FAN
+24V
A S P _ M O T O R _ A (+ ) IS E _ R T S
- 12V
1 5 +12V 1
REA D Y 1
2
+24V
1
CN 112
+12V1
2 6 RC U _PER C HE1_FAN 1
A S P _ M O T O R _ A (- ) START 2
3 7 G NG 1
G ND 1 3
4
A S P _ M O T O R _ B (+ )
3
FAN- 1
4 8
Spare
+24V 2
ASP
5 9
A S P _ M O T O R _ B (- ) 3
Motor
6 10 CN103
+5V
11 +12V 1
1
RCU
TP6
CN160 12 CN 113 RCU_PERCHE1

2
13
PE- 1
1 1
+24V
L2
14
PERCHE1
2 2 RCU
Spare
G N D (2 )
3 3 CN104 PERCHE2_FAN
L1
SPARE
LEEK_1
+12V2
1
3
2
1
R C U _PER C H E2_FAN 2
+12V2
+5V CN168
CN 114 2
G NG1
Front Cover RCU Cover_B
+5V 3
FAN- 2
1
RCU_C OVER_F
+5V
2
GND
G ND CN105
3
Sensa
COVER
+12V2
1
RCU
TP20
RCU COVER
RCU_PERCHE2
2
ISE_COVER
PE-2
TP23
PERCHE2
CN467 CN 116
RCU
+5V CN106 PERCHE3_FAN
2 1 1
RCU_TE MP +12V3
2 2 1
C1
+12V3
G ND RCU_PERCHE3_FAN3
1 3 3 2
TMP03FS
+5V 3
GNG1
4 3
FAN- 3
IS E _ C O V E R
G ND 2 5 P 2 0 1 5 (T S P )
Sensa
CN107
COVER
CN 101
+12V 3
RCU
R C U _ M O T O R _ A (+ ) 1
TP21
1 RCU_PERCHE3
+24V 2
PE-3
2
ISE_COVER
R C U _ M O T O R _ A (- )
3
PERCHE3
+12V R C U _ M O T O R _ B (+ ) RCU
4
IS E _ R X D +24V CN108 PERCHE4_FAN
RCU
5
IS E _ C T S R C U _ M O T O R _ B (- ) +12V 4
Motor
6 1
+12V4
IS E _ T X D RCU_PERCHE3_FAN4
2
IS E _ R T S GNG1
3
FAN-4
REA D Y
START CN 115
R1
+5V CN109
ISE UNIT
G ND
1 1
Q1
ISE UNIT
+24V +5V
R C U _ Z e ro +12V4
2 2 1
TP22
RCU_PERCHE4
RCU
G ND
U1 3 3 2
PE-4
4
PERCHE4
2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A )
Up Zero Pos
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
+12V
GND1
CA-400
6
4
3
2
1
5
CN460
+5V
1 G N D (1 )
CN258
+5V
+5V
2 GND
GND
+5V
3
GND G N D (2 )
4
+12V
TP39
5
GND1 CN259
+12V
6
+24Vin
GND
+24V
25P3510
+12Vin
1
IRU_CN1
F1
TP42
TP44
+24V
TP36
+24V
2 G N D (1 )
CN459 GND2
TP19
3
TP41
TP43 G N D (2 )
+24V GND2
1 4
2 +24V
M o n it o r 2 4 V 1- S W U 2
GND2
3
4 GND2
CN252
+5V
P S _ C LK (+)
+5V
1
P S _ C L K (- )
2 CN261 CN1
P S _ L A C H T (+ )
+24V
3 +24V
CN451 P S _ L A C H T (- ) 1 1
4 GND
P S _ C L K (+ ) P S _ D A T A (+ ) 2 2
+5V
1 5
P S _ C L K (- ) P S _ D A T A (- )
2 6 CN2
P S _ L A C H T (+ ) P S _ S E N S A (+ )
3 7 CN251 CN3 B lu e
P S _ L A C H T (- ) P S _ S E N S A (- ) 1
4 8 +5V Red
P S _ D A T A (+ ) *R E S E T 1 1 2
+5V
5 9 O ra n g e
DFC5114P
CW
P S _ D A T A (- ) CD_CLK 2 2 3
6 10 +5V G ree n
P S _ S E N S A (+ ) S P P _ C L K _ IN 3 3 4
+5V
7 11 CCW B la c k
P S _ S E N S A (- ) S P P W _ C L K _IN 4 4 5
8 12
*R E SET W P P _ C L K _IN 5
9 13
CD_CLK S P A R E _ C L K _ IN 6
10 14
IRU_DRV 25P3509
S P P _ C L K _ IN 7
11 15
S P P W _ C L K _ IN 8
SPP DRIVE BOARD
12 16
+5V
W P P _ C L K _ IN
13
S P A R E _ C L K _ IN
14
15
16
CN280
SUBR1 CN256
R1
+5V
+5V
+5V 1 1
Q1
T a n k _ fu ll
1 1 1 S P P _ Z e ro
GNG 2 2
2 2 2 GND
Tank_Em p 3 3 U1
3
GNG 4
4
SUBR2
Float
Float
Sensa
Sensa
2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A )
1 1
CN257
Up Zero Pos
2 2 CN272
1
+24V
+24V
Tank_Set
2 1
+5V
GNG SPP_EV
EV
3 2
SPP
TankR F
TankR E
Sub tank R
Valve
Sensa
TP19
CN253
1 L2
LEEK_SW U2
2
+5V
C N 279
GND
R1
3 +5V
Leak
L1 1 1
Q1
(SPP)
SWU2
S P W _Z ero
2 2
CN268 GND
3 3 U1
+24V 4
1
M IX1_ Pum p
TP33
+24V
2
2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A )
MIX1
Pump
C N274
Up Zero Pos
CN269 S P W _ M O T O R _ A (+ )
1
+24V
+24V 2
1 S P W _ M O T O R _ A (- )
M IX2_ Pum p 3
+24V
TP30
2 S P W _M O T O R _ B (+ )
4
MIX2
+24V
Pump
WPP
+24V 5
Motor
S P W _ M O T O R _ B (- )
CN267 6
SWU2 Unit
+24V 1
TP34
SPT_Pump
+24V
2
SPT
Pump
CN273
+24V
1
CN404
CN254 2
1
1 L4
Spare_EV
+5V
LEEK_SPP 2
2
GND 3
CN302 3
Leak
L3
D-7
1 L1
TP20
Spare Sensa
LEEK_1 CN278
SWU1_1
CN403
2
GND CN266 +5V +5V
+5V
3 1
Leak
1 1
+24V
L2 +24V W PP UP ZERO W PP U
TP37
1 2 2 2
SUB1_EV SPARE SENSA GND
Sub
2 3 3 3
SWU1_2
EV
CN310 GND
4 4
+24V CN405
Tank_R
1
TP15
CN265
+24V
W U8_Pump
P
*I.C Connection
2
+24V
WU1
+24V
CN255
Pump
1
TP40
SUB2_EV CN406
Sub
EV
2
+5V
CN309 1
SWU1- 1 Unit
1
2
+24V
+24V
Tank_L
1 2
TP13
SENSA
+24V
W U8_Pum p 3
P
2
IN
WU2
Pump
OUT
Spare_Zero
CN262
+5V
CN308 CN407
+24V 1
1 1
TP12
W U8_Pump 2
Vin
+24V
P
FAN
2 2
SWU_DRV1 25P3506
G
3
WU3
Spare
*I.C Connection
Pump
+5V
Vout
CN307
CN277
+24V CN408
1
TP10
WPP- CN
1
+24V
25P3508
+12Vin
W U8_Pum p
P
2 1
2
WU4
2
FAN
Pump
IN
3
Spare
OUT
TP32 +3.3V
+5V
CN306
+24V 1 CN301 CN264
TP9
W U8_Pum p CN409
+24V
CN401
P
+5V
2 W U1_Pum p W U1_Pump CN276

1 1 1
WU5
Pump
W U2_Pump W U2_Pump W PP1 1

2 2 2 1 1
+24V
W U3_Pump W U3_Pump W PP2 2

CN305 3 3 3 2 2
W U4_Pump W U4_Pump W PP3
+24V 4 4 4 3 3
1 W U5_Pump W U5_Pump W PP4
TP8
W U8_Pum p 5 5 5 4 4
+24V
2 W U6_Pum p W U6_Pum p W PP5

6 6
WU6
6 5 5 CN410
TP10
W PP6
Pump
W U7_Pum p W U7_Pum p
7 7 7 6 6
W U8_Pum p W U8_Pum p W PP7 1
SWU1- 2 Unit
CN304 8 8 8 7 7
TP1,9,2,7,3,6
S p a re 1 _ P u m p S pa re1 _ P u m p W PP8 2
+24V 9 9 9 8 8
1 S p a re 2 _ P u m p S p are 2_ P u m p +24V
TP7
W U8_Pum p 10 10 10 9 9
+24V
2 LEAK SW U1 LEAK SW U1 +24V

11
WU7
11 11 10 10
TP4
Pump
+24_M ON_SW U +24_M ON_SW U

12 12 12 CN411
CN303 13 13 13
TP5 1
+24V 14 14 14
TP6
1
+24V
2
W U8_Pum p
+24V
+24V
2
CN271
WU8
Pump
CN260
TP1
+5V
CN313
1
C N 311 +5V +5V CN412
+24V
1 1 1 2
Pump
+24V +5V +5V

+5V
1 2 2 2 1
Spare2
TP14
TP2
S pa re1 _ P u m p GND GND

+24V
2 3 3 3 2
GND GND
4
Spare1
4
Pump
F1 4
2 4 V in 2 4 V in
5 5 5
C N 312
TP21
2 4 V in 6 2 4 V in
6
+24V
6 CN270
+24V GND1 GND1 CN413
1 7 7 7
TP11
S pa re2 _ P u m p GND1 GND1 1

+24V
2 8 8 8 1
TP3
25P3505
+24V
2
Spare2
Pump
Pump
2
Spare1
SWU_DRV2
CN414
TP29
W PP_M O
1
+24V
2
CN263 W PP_M O
CN275 CN402 3
+5V L24 W PP_M O
1 W P P _M O T O R _ A (+ ) 4
L14 1 1
Float
LED 1 0 C _ F P G A +24V
2
Sensa
W P P _ M O T O R _ A (- ) 5
Sys_W
BOT1_EM P_FPGA L23 2 2 W PP_M O

3 W P P _ M O T O R _ B (+ ) 6
GND L13 3 3
4 W P P _ M O T O R _ B (- )
+5V L22 4 4
5 S P _M O T O R _ A (+ )
L12 5 5 CN415
Float
LED20 C _ F P G A
6
Sensa
S P _ M O T O R _ A (- )
H_Con
BO T2_EM P_FPG A L21 6 6

7 S P _M O T O R _ B (+ ) 1
GND L11 7 7
8 S P _ M O T O R _ B (- ) 2
+5V L20 8 8
9 +24V 3
LED 30 C _ F P G A L10 9 9
Float
L_Con
10 +24V 4
Sensa
BO T3_EM P_FPG A L19 10 10

11 5
L9 11 11
+24V
GND
12 6
BOT4_EM P_FPG A L18
Spare_Motor
13
GND L8
+24V
14
LLED
Sol_1
LLRD
BOT5_EM P_FPGA L17

15
GND L7
GND(2)
16
+5V L16
Dsub 25P
17
LED60 C _ F P G A L6
Sol_2
18
LLED
LLRD
L15
(Option)
BOT6_EM P_FPG A
19
L5
GND 20
Liquid level
+5V
Sol_3
LLRD
LLED
detection unit
CN567 H R 1 0 G- 1 0 R- 1 2
CN472
+24V1 +24V1 +24V1
1 1 1
IR U _ H T 1
+24V1
IR U _ H T 1 +24V1
2 2 2 TP2
CA-400
J6
+24V1
+24V1 +24V1 +24V1
3 3 3 CN463
IR U _ H T 2 +24V1 IR U _ H T 2
4 4 4 R P T 2R _ A (+ ) R P T 2 R _ A (+ )
+24V1 IR U _ H T 4 +24V1 TP8 1 1
5 5 5 +24V +24V
IR U _ H T 3 *R E S E T _IR U IR U _H T 3 2 2
6 6 6 TP11 R P T 2 R _ A (- ) R P T 2 R _ A (- )
+24V1 IR U _S H _R X D +24V1 3 3
7 7 7 R P T 2 R _ B (+ ) R P T 2 R _ B (+ )
IR U _ H T 4 IR U _ S H _ T X D IR U _ H T 4 4 4
8 8 8 +24V +24V
25P3513
*R E S E T _ IR U *R E S E T _IR U
TP12 5 5
G ND
9 9 9 R P T 2 R _ B (- ) R P T 2 R _ B (- )
25P3511
IR U _ S H _ R X D IR U _ H T 1 IR U _ S H _ R X D 6 6
10 10 10 R P T 2U _ A (+ ) R P T 2 U _ A (+ )
IR U _S H _T X D IR U _ H T 2 IR U _ S H _ T X D 7 7
IRU- CNT2
11 11 11 +24V +24V
G ND IR U _ H T 3 GND *A 8 8
12 12 12 R P T 2 U _ A (- ) R P T 2 U _ A (- )
*B 9 9
Slip Ring
13 R P T 2 U _ B (+ ) R P T 2 U _ B (+ )
10 10
+24V +24V
11 11
R P T 2 U _ B (- ) R P T 2 U _ B (- )
12 12
SPT2 Unit
CN457
TP19
+12V2
MOOTOR- SEN- CN
+12V
+12V2
2
+24V1
GNG 2
3
+24V1
GNG 2
4
TP47
+24V1
5
+5V
+24V1
6 F1
+24V1
CN5 CN461 J7
G ND3
7 M o n ito r 2 4 V 1
+12V2 G ND3 M IX 2 K _ A (+ ) M IX 2 K _ A (+ )
1 8 +24V2 1 1
+12V2 +24V +24V
2 2 2
G NG 2 M I X 2 K _ A (- ) M I X 2 K _ A (- )
3 CN458 3 3
UNIT
M IX 2 K _ B (+ )
TP50
G NG 2 M IX 2 K _ B (+ )
4 +24V2 4 4
+24V1 1 +24V +24V
+5V
5 +24V2 5 5
+24V1 2 F2 M I X 2 K _ B (- ) M I X 2 K _ B (- )
6 G ND2 6 6
G ND3 3 M o n ito r 2 4 V 2
7 GND2
G ND3 4
8
+24V2 CN464 J6
9
+24V2 CN459 M IX 2 R _ A (+ ) M IX 2 R _ A (+ )
25P3513
TP1
10 1 1
G ND2 +24V2 +24V +24V
11 1 2 2
GND2 M I X 2 R _ A (- ) M I X 2 R _ A (- )
GND
+24V2
12 2 3 3
G ND M IX 2R _ B (+ ) M IX 2 R _ B (+ )
3 4 4
G ND +24V +24V
4 5 5
POWER SUPPLY
M I X 2 R _ B (- ) M I X 2 R _ B (- )
6 6
M IX 2 U _ A (+ ) M IX 2 U _ A (+ )
CN460 7 7
TP7 TP16
+24V +24V
+5V 8 8
MIX2 Unit
1 M I X 2 U _ A (- ) M I X 2 U _ A (- )
+5V 9 9
+5V
GND(0)
2 M IX 2 U _ B (+ ) M IX 2 U _ B (+ )
MOOTOR- SEN- CN
G ND 10 10
3 +24V +24V
TP49
G ND 11 11
4 M I X 2 U _ B (- ) M I X 2 U _ B (- )
+12V2 12 12
5
G ND
6
+12V
GND(1)
CN259 CN451
+24V1
+24V2 P S _ C L K (+ )
1 1
+24V2 P S _ C L K (- )
2 2
G ND P S _ L A C H T (+ )
3 3
GND(2)
G ND P S _ L A C H T (- )
4 4
P S _ D A T A (+ ) J09
+24V1
5
P S _ D A T A (- ) M IX 1 R _ A (+ )
6 CN469 J06 1
CN258 P S _ S E N S A (+ ) +24V
7 M IX 1 R _ A (+ ) 2
+5V P S _ S E N S A (- ) 1 1 M I X 1 R _ A (- )
1 8 +24V 3
+5V *RESE T 2 2 M IX 1 R _ B (+ )
2 9 M I X 1 R _ A (- ) 4
G ND CD_CLK 3 3 +24V
3 10 M IX 1 R _ B (+ ) 5
Motor
G ND S P P _ C L K _ IN 4 4 M I X 1 R _ B (- )
4 11 6
MIX1R
+24V
+12V2 S P P W _ C L K _ IN 5 5
5 12 M I X 1 R _ B (- )
GND W P P _ C L K _ IN 6 6
6 13 M IX 1 U _ A (+ )
S P A R E _ C LK _IN 7 7 J08
14 +24V
8 8 M IX 1 U _ A (+ )
15 M I X 1 U _ A (- ) 1
CN252 9 9 +24V
16 M IX 1 U _ B (+ ) 2
P S _ C L K (+ ) 10 10 M I X 1 U _ A (- )
1 +24V 3
P S _ C L K (- ) 11 11 M IX 1 U _ B (+ )
2 CN456 M I X 1 U _ B (- ) 4
P S _ L A C H T (+ ) 12 12 +24V
25P3505
3 +12V 5
Motor
P S _ L A C H T (- ) 1 M I X 1 U _ B (- )
MIX1U
4 D T R F A N- S E N 6
+12V
P S _ D A T A (+ ) 2
5 G NG
FAN
SWU- DRV2
P S _ D A T A (- ) 3
6
P S _S E N S A (+ ) J07 J10
DTR Fan
7 CN 462
DTR Unit
P S _ S E N S A (- ) M IX 1 K _ A (+ ) M IX 1 K _ A (+ )
8 CN471 1 1
*RE SET 1 +24V +24V
9 IR U _ A 2 2
CD_CLK 1 2 M I X 2 K _ A (- ) M I X 1 K _ A (- )
10 IR U _ B 3 3
S P P _ C L K _IN 2 3 M IX 1 K _ B (+ ) M IX 2 K _ B ( + )
11 IR U _ C 4 4
S P P W _ C L K _ IN 3 4 +24V +24V
12 IR U _ D 5 5
Motor
W P P _ C LK _ IN 4 5 M I X 1 K _ B (- ) M I X 1 K _ B (- )
13 IR U _ E
MIX1K
6 6
S P A R E _ C L K _IN 5 6
14
IRU Unit
IRU Motor
15
CN468 J05 J1
16
R1
W U _A (+ ) +5V
1 1 1
Q1
+24V M IX 1U _ Z ero _ P o s
2 2 2
W U _ A (- ) G ND
MIX1 Unit
3 3 3 U1
W U _ B (+ )
4 4
+24V
5
25P3513
W U _ B (- )
WU Unit
25P 3207(S E N S A )
WU Motor
6
MIX1U Zero Pos
+24V1
J03
R1
J8 +5V
*I.C Connection
1 1
Q1
R _ A (+ ) M IX 1 R _ Z e ro _ P o s
1 J06 2 2
+24V1
CN470
+24V M IX 1 R _ T S
+24V1
2 R P T 1 R _ A (+ ) 3 3 U1
C1
R _ A (- ) 1 1
R2
G ND
MOOTOR- SEN- CN
3 +24V 4 4
R _ B (+ ) 2 2
4 R P T 1 R _ A (- )
Q2
D-8
3 3
IN
+24V J1
5 R P T 1 R _ B (+ ) +5V
Motor
OUT
R _ B (- ) 4 4 1
6 M IX 1 U _ Z e ro _ P o s U2
PTU1U
+24V
5 5 2
+5V
R P T 1 R _ B (- ) M IX 1 R _ T S
6 6 3
25P3225(SEN2)
R P T 1 U _ A (+ ) M IX 1 R _ Z e ro _ P o s
J9 7 7 4
+24V
8 8 5
IRU- DRV 25P3509
U _ A (+ )
1 R P T 1 U _ A (- )
+24V 9 9 6
MIX1R Zero/C Pos
2 R P T 1 U _ A (+ )
U _ A (- ) 10 10 7
3 +24V
U _ B (+ ) 11 11 8
4 R P T 1 U _ B (- ) G ND
+24V 12 12 9
5
Motor
U _ B (- )
6
RPT1R
J01
CN452
+5V TP4
J1 J05
R1
+5V 1
1 1 +5V
Q1
U_ZERO 2
2 2 +5V
G ND 3
U1 3 3 +5V
4 J08
4 +5V
+24V
S P T R _ A (+ )
25P3513
5
+5V CN465 J06 1
6 +24V
2 5P 3 2 07(S E N S A ) +5V S P T R _ A (+ ) 2
7 1 1 S P T R _ A (- )
Up Zero Pos +5V
8 2
+24V 3
S P T R _ B (+ )
2
M IX 1 R _ C L K S P T R _ A (- ) 4
9 3 3 +24V
J1 J03 M IX 1 U _ C L K S P T R _ B (+ ) 5
SPTR
Motor
10 4 4 S P T R _ B (- )
R1
+5V M IX 2 U _ C L K +24V 6
1 1 11 5
Q1
S P T R _ B (- )
5
R_ZERO M IX 1 K _ C L K
2 2 12 6 6
RPTU1R_TS M IX 2 K _ C L K S P T U _A (+ )
MOOTOR- SEN- CN
U1 3 3 13 7 7 J09
C1
R2
G ND M IX 2 R _ C L K +24V
4 4 14 8 8 S P T U _ A (+ )
R P T 1R _C LK S P T U _ A (- ) 1
J01 15 9
Q2
9 +24V
R P T 1U _C LK S P T U _ B (+ ) 2
+5V 16 10 10 S P T U _ A (- )
1 R P T 2R _C LK 3
T/S/C Pos
+24V
U2 R P TU 1U _ZER O _P O S 17 11 11 S P T U _ B (+ )
2 R P T 2U _C LK S P T U _ B (- ) 4
RPT1 Unit
R P TU 1R _TS 18 12 12 +24V
3
Motor
S P TR _C LK 5
R P TU 1R _ZER O _PO S 19
25P3225 (SEN2)
S P T U _ B (- )
SPUTU
4 S P T U _C LK 6
RPT1_RCU 20
5 S P PW _C LK
J1 J04 RPT1U_DL 21
6 SPP _C LK
R1
+24V
+5V +5VLL 22 J05 J1

1 1 7
Q1
W P P _C LK
R1
R PT1_RC U R P T U 1- E K I M E N 23 +5V
2 2 8 W U _C LK 1 1
Q1
G ND G ND 24 S P T U _ Z e ro _ P os
U1 3 3 9 IR U _ D R V _ R E S E T 2 2
25 G ND
4 IR U _ C L K 3 3 U1
26
P S _ C L K- IR U _ D R V (- ) 4
27
RCU Pos
2 5P 3 20 7(S E N S A )
25P3513
P S _ C L K- IR U _ D R V ( + )
28
P S _ L A T C H- IR U _ D R V (- ) 2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A )
29
P S _ L A T C H - IR U _ D R V ( + )
30
SPT Zero Pos
(S E N _ L L _D L) P S _ D A T A IN _ D IR (- )
31
J1 P S _ D A T A IN _ D IR ( + ) J03 J1
+5VLL J02 32
J02
R1
P S _ D A T A IN _ S W U (- ) +5V
1 33 1 1
Q1
+5V
+5V P S _ D A T A IN _ S W U ( + ) S P T R _ Z e ro _ P os
2 1 1 34 2 2
+5VLL P S _ D A T A O U T _ S W U (- ) SPTR_TS
2 2 35 3 3 U1
C1
E K IM E N P S _ D A T A O U T _ S W U (+ )
R2
G ND
MOOTOR- SEN- CN
3 3 36 4 4
G ND P S _ D A T A O U T _ IR U (- )
+5V
4 4 37
R1
Q2
R1
+5VLL P S _ D A T A O U T _ IR U ( + )
5 5 38 +5V
SPT Unit
1
39 S P TU _ Zero_P os U2
T/S/C Pos
IR U _ D R V _ C D _ C L K 2
+5V
40 SP TR _TS
IR U _ H T _ 2 3
25P3225(SEN2)
25P3523
41 S P T R _ Z e ro _ P o s
4
Liquid Level
IR U _ H T _ 1
42 S P TA SP
IR U _ H T _ 4 5
43 SP TU _D L J04 J1
IR U _ H T _ 3 6
R1
44 +5V _LL +5V

T E M P _ S E R IA L 7 1 1
Q1
45 S P T U _ E K IM E N SPTASP
W U _H T _1 8 2 2
46 G N D GND
CN508 IR U _ C N 2 _ S H _ R X D 9 3 3 U1
47 *A
+5V IR U _ C N 2 _ S H _ T X D 4
1 48 *B J01
RPTU1U_ZERO _PO S
ASP Pos
2 49
RPTU1R_TS TE M P _D 2 25P 3207(S E N S A )
3 50
RPTU1R_ZERO _PO S S P A R E _C LK
4 51
RPT1_RCU W U _TE M P
5 52
RPT1U_DL G ND (S E N _ L L _D L)
6 53
+5VLL G ND J1
7 54
R P T U 1- E K I M E N G ND J02 J02 +5VLL
8 55 1
+5V
G ND G ND +5V
56
25P3510
9 1 1 2
G ND +5VLL
57 2 2
IRU- CNT1
G ND S P TU _ E KIM E N
58 3 3
G ND GND
+5V
59 4
R1
4
R1
G ND SPTU_DL
60 5 5
25P3523
TP1,7,16,49
TP48
Liquid Level
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
+5V
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
IRU_CLK
WU_CLK
SPP_CLK
TEMP_D2
WU_HT_1
IRU_HT_1
IRU_HT_4
IRU_HT_2
WPP_CLK
IRU_HT_3
WU_TEMP
SPTR_CLK
SPTU_CLK
+5V
+5V
SPPW_CLK
MIX2K_CLK
MIX1K_CLK
MIX2U_CLK
MIX1R_CLK
MIX1U_CLK
GND
RPT2R_CLK
RPT1U_CLK
MIX2R_CLK
RPT1R_CLK
GND
RPT2U_CLK
SPARE_CLK
TEMP_SERIAL
+5V_LL
SPTASP
IRU_DRV_RESET
SPTU_DL
SPTR_TS
IRU_CN2_SH_TXD
PS_DATAIN_DIR(-)
IRU_CN2_SH_RXD
MIX1R_TS
IRU_DRV_CD_CLK
PS_DATAIN_DIR(+)
PS_DATAIN_SWU(-)
PS_CLK-IRU_DRV(-)
PS_DATAIN_SWU(+)
PS_CLK- IRU_DRV(+)
PS_DATAOUT_IRU(-)
PS_DATAOUT_IRU(+)
PS_DATAOUT_SWU(-)
PS_DATAOUT_SWU(+)
PS_LATCH-IRU_DRV(-)
PS_LATCH- IRU_DRV(+)
SPTU_EKIMEN
SPTR_Zero_Pos
SPTU_Zero_Pos
MIX1R_Zero_Pos
MIX1U_Zero_Pos
6
7
4
3
2
1
60
26
8
5
55
33
24
19
9
48
28
27
18
17
16
14
59
58
57
56
54
53
52
49
47
46
45
43
42
39
38
37
35
34
31
30
29
25
23
22
21
20
15
11
10
51
50
44
41
40
36
32
13
12
4
4
3
2
1
8
7
3
2
1
5
9
5
CN51
CN505
CN506
C N- IB M (C o n n e c tio n B o a rd )
25P3525 IR U _ C N 1 2 5 P 3 5 1 0
J09
M IX 2 R _ A (+ ) J06
1 CN464
+24V
2 M IX 2R _ A(+) M IX 2R _ A(+)
CA-400
M I X 1 R _ A (- ) 1 1
3 +24V +24V
M IX 2 R _ B (+ ) 2 2
4 M I X 2 R _ A (- ) M I X 2 R _ A (- )
+24V 3 3
5 M IX 2 R _ B (+ ) M IX 2 R _ B (+)
4 4
Motor
M I X 2 R _ B (- )
6 +24V +24V
MIX2R
5 5
M I X 2 R _ B (- ) M I X 2 R _ B (- )
6 6
M IX 2 U _ A (+ ) M IX 2U _ A (+)
J08 7 7
+24V +24V
M IX 2 U _ A (+ ) 8 8
1 M I X 2 U _ A (- ) M I X 2 U _ A (- )
+24V 9 9
2 M IX 2 U _ B (+ ) M IX 2U _ B(+)
M I X 1 U _ A (- ) 10 10
3 +24V +24V
M IX 2 U _ B (+ ) 11 11
4 M I X 2 U _ B (- ) M I X 2 U _ B (- )
+24V 12 12
5
Motor
M I X 2 U _ B (- )
MIX2 Unit
6
MIX2U
25P3509
IRU- DRV
J10 J07 CN461

M IX 2 K _ A (+ ) M IX 2 K _ A (+) M IX 2 K _ A (+)
1 1 1
+24V +24V +24V
2 2 2
M I X 1 K _ A (- ) M I X 2 K _ A (- ) M I X 2 K _ A (- )
3 3 3
M IX 2 K _ B (+ ) M IX 2 K _ B (+ ) M IX 2 K _ B (+ )
4 4 4
+24V +24V +24V
5 5 5
M I X 2 K _ B (- ) M I X 2 K _ B (- )
Motor
M I X 2 K _ B (- )
6 6 6
MIX2K
J1 J05 CN506 J1
R1
+5V
1
Q1
1 +5V
M IX 2 U _ Z e ro _ P o s 1 1
+5V
2 2 S P TU _ Zero _ P os
+5V
G N D 2 2
U1 3 3 S PTR _TS
3 3
4 S P T R _ Z ero _ P o s
25P3513
4 4
SP TASP
2 5P 3 20 7(S E N S A ) 5 5
S PTU _DL
6 6
+5V_LL
MIX1U Zero Pos

7 7
S P T U _ E K IM E N
J03 8 8
25P3513
G N D
MOOTOR-
9 9
SEN- CN
R1
+5V
SPT Unit
1 1
Q1
M IX 2 R _ Z e ro _ P o s
2 2
M IX 2R _T S
U1
MOOTOR- SEN- CN
3 3
C1
R2
G N D
4 4
Q2
J01 C N 502
J1 +5V
+5V
1 1 J1
U2 M IX 2 U _ Z e ro _ P o s C N505
2 2 +5V
M IX 2 R _ T S
25P3225 (SEN2)
3 1 M IX 1 U _ Z ero _ P o s 1
+5V
M IX 2 R _ Z e ro _ P o s 3
4 2 M IX 1 R _ T S 2
MIX1R Zero/C Pos

4
5 3 M IX 1 R _ Z ero _ P os 3
5
6 4 G N D 4
7 5 5
8 6
G ND
9 7
8
25P3513
MOOTOR-
9
SEN- CN
MIX1 Unit
C N501
C N52
+5V
LED 1
J12 1 +5V 1
W U1 CN 611
+5V
C N 602 CN 601 C N 507 +5V
1 2 2
+5V G ND +5V
2 1 1 13 13 3 3
L1 +5V G ND +5V
2 2 12 12 4 4
W U _ E K IM E N 7 W U _ E K IM E N 1 +5V
J13 3 3 11 11 5 5
W U2 W U _ E K IM E N 6 W U _ E K IM E N 2 +5V
4 4 10 10 6 6
1 W U _ E K IM E N 5 W U _ E K IM E N 3 +5V
5 5 9 9 7 7
2 W U _ E K IM E N 4 W U _ E K IM E N 4 P S _C LK (+)
6 6 8 8 8 8
W U _ E K IM E N 3 W U _ E K IM E N 5 P S _ C L K (- )
7 7 7 7 9 9
J14 W U _ E K IM E N 2 W U _ E K IM E N 6 P S _LA T C H (+)
W U3 8 8 6 6 10 10
W U _ E K IM E N 1 W U _ E K IM E N 7 P S _ L A T C H (- )
1 9 9 5 5 11 11
G ND W U _ Z e ro _ P o s P S _ D A T A _ IN 1 (+ )
25P3525
2 L2 10 10 4 4 12 12
G ND W U_C O VER P S _ D A T A _ I N 1 (- )
11 11 3 3 13 13
+5V P S _ D A T A _IN 2 (+ )
J15 2 2 14 14
W U4 +5V P S _ D A T A _ I N 2 (- )
1 1 15 15
1
+5V
16 16
TP8
2 /R E S E T _ C
17 17
18 18
+5V
J16 IR U _C N 1_S H 2_T X D O

W U5 19 19
20 IR U _ C N 1 _S H 2 _ R X D O 20
C N 604
+5V
1
IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ R T S
2 21 21
Vin
LiquidLevel (7)
1 IR U _ C N 1 _ S H 2 _ C T S
G
22 22
2 IR U _ C N 1 _ R E S E T
23 23
Vout
J17
W U6 3 IR U _ C N 1 _ T X D _P R O G A M
Spare
*I.C Connection
24 24
SENSA
1 IR U _ C N 1 _ R X D _P R O G A M
D-10
25 25
TP9
2 26 IR U _ C N 1 _S H _ M O D E 1 26
27 IR U _ C N 1 _S H _ F W P 27
J18 28 G ND 28
W U7
IN
29 G ND 29
Vcc_4V
C N 603
OUT
G ND
2 30 30
G ND
1 31 31
G ND
WU- SEN 25P3512
2 32 32
G ND
3 33 33
34 G ND 34
WU- CN 25P3527
J1
R1
+5V
1
Q1
W U _ Zero _ P o s
2
G ND
U1 3
4 CN 508 J01
*I.C Connection
+5V
WU
2 5 P 3 2 0 7(S E N S A ) 1 1
+5V
R P TU1U _ZER O _PO S

2
Motor
WU Unit
Up Zero Pos
R PTU1R _TS
3 3
R PTU 1R _ZER O _PO S
4 4
R PT1_R C U
5 5
IN
R PT1U_D L
6 6
OUT
+5VLL
7 7
R P T U 1- E K I M E N
8 8
IRU-CNT1 25P3510
G N D
9
25P3513
9
MOOTOR-
SEN- CN
RPT1 Unit
J1 J05
R1
+5V
1 1
Q1
+5V
U _ZER O
2 2
G N D
U1 3 3
4
25P3513
25P 3207(S E N S A ) J01

Up Zero Pos
CN504
R1
1
Q1
+5V
1 2
+5V
J1 J03 IR U _ Z ero_ P o s
2 3 U1
R1
+5V G N D
1 1 3
Q1
4
R_ZERO IR U _ R E A D Y
2 2 4 (S p a re )
R_SA FFTY
U1 3 3
C1
2 5 P 3 2 0 7 (S E N S A )
R2
G N D
MOOTOR- SEN- CN
4 4
IRU Unit
C N 503
Q2
+5V
1 1
RPT2 Unit
T/S/C Pos
U2 R PT2U _ZER O _PO S

2 2
25P3225 (SEN2)
R P T2R _TS
3 3 CN511
R PT2R _ZER O _PO S
4 4 L2
R P T2R C U 1 L E A K _ IR U _ A
5 5
J1 J04 R 2PTU _D L L E A K _ IR U _ B
6 6 2
R1
+5V +5V L1
(SPPW)
1
Q1
1 7 7
R C U /A S P _ P O S R P T 2 U _ E K IM E N
2 2 8 8
G N D G ND
Leak WPP
U1 3 3 9 9
4
WPP Unit
J01
RCU Pos
2 5 P 3 2 0 7(S E N S A )
CN509
TR G H 1_C H AM B ER_A
1
(S E N _LL_D L) TR G H 1_C H AM BER _B
2
Float
J1
Sensa
+5VLL J02 J02

1
+5V
+5V
+5V
2 1 1
+5VLL
2 2
Chamber
E K IM E N
3 3
G N D
+5V
R1
4 4
R1
+5VLL
5 5
CN468
W U _ A(+)
1
25P3523
+24V
2
J09
Liquid Level
W U _ A (- )
3
R _ A (+) W U _ B (+)
1 J06 4
+24V +24V
2 R P T2R _A (+) 5
R _ A(+) 1 W U _ B (- )
3 +24V 6
R _ A (+) 2
4 R P T 2 R _ A (- )
+24V 3
R P T 2 R _ B (+ ) CN463
Motor
5
R _ A(+) 4
6 R P T2 R _ A (+)
RPT2R
+24V
5 1
R P T 2 R _ B (- ) +24V
6 2
R P T2U _A (+) R P T 2 R _ A (- )
J08 7 3
+24V R P T2R _ B(+)
U _ A (+) 8 4
1 R P T 2 U _ A (- ) +24V
+24V 9 5
2 R P T2 U _ B (+) R P T 2 R _ B (- )
U _ A (- ) 10 6
25P3509
3 +24V R P T2U _A (+)

IRU- DRV
U _ B (+) 11 7
4 R P T 2 U _ B (- ) +24V
+24V 12 8
R P T 2 U _ A (- )
Motor
5
U _ B (- ) 9
R P T2 U _ B (+)
RPT2U
6
10
+24V
11
R P T 2 U _ B (- )
12
U1
25 1
26 2
CA-400
27 3
28 4
29 5
30 6
31 7
32 8 J3 J3
DTR UNIT
DTR UNIT
33 9 G ND
1 1
34 10 G ND
2 2
35 11 G ND
3 3
36 12 G ND
4 4
37 13 G ND
5 5
38 14
UNIT
CN9 Lam p
39 15
+12Vout +12Vout +12V out
1 1 40 16 J2 J2
H orogen H o ro g e n H o ro g e n
Lamp
2 2 41 17 G ND
1 1
42 18
Halogen
P D- C H 2
2 2
43 19 G ND
3 3
44 20 P D- C H 3
4 4
45 21 G ND
5 5
46 22 P D- C H 4
6 6
47 23
48 24
POWER SUPPLY
J7 J7
CH3
1 1
2 2
CH4
3 3
4 4
CH 12
5 5
6 6
C H11
7 7
+12V
8 8
C H10
+15V
L2 9 9
V in Vout
G 10 10
CH 9
TP16
11 11
12 12
J3
G
L3
TP10
TP3
+15V
V in Vout
VCC
DTR _SH _TXD1
1
GND_in
DTR _SH _RXD1 J3 J4 J4
TP14
TP1
2 PSG C B V in + V o u t+
SH _M O D E 1 CG 1 C om J 3 _ V in
3 CG 2 V o u t- 1 1 1
Vcc
SH _FW P B CG 3 V in- TRM J3_G N D

- 12V
4 2 L1 R 71 2 2
V in Vout
IC
G ND J3_V out P D- C H 5
5 3 G 3 3
Vcc_in
REG
G ND P D- C H 6
TP13
6 4 4
G N D _ in P D- C H 7
TP9
TP2
GND
7 5 5
TP11
P D- C H 8
6 6
TP4
- 15V
P D- C H 9
GND(B)
7 7
P D- C H 1 0
CN 701 8 8
J2
Dsub 25P
J2
- 15V
P D- C H 1 1
9 9
TP3
+5V +5V +5V P D- C H 1 2

TP11
TP15
TP12
1 1 1 1 10 10
+5V
+5V
+5V +5V /A D- D A T A 3
2 2 2 2 11 11
+5V +5V /A D- C L K 3
3 3 3 3 12 12
+5V +5V A D- B U S Y 3
4 4 4 4
/A D- D A T A 4
5 5 5 5
PD_AMP2 25P3517
DTR _SH _TXD1 DTR_SH _TXD 1 /A D- C L K 4 J1 J1

6 6 6 6
DTR_SH_R XD 1 DTR _SH_RXD1 A D- B U S Y 4 G ND
7 7 7 7 1 1
DTR _SH _RTS1 DTR _SH_RTS1 VC C G ND
8 8 8 8 2 2
/V R- C S
*I.C Connection
P D- C H 1
9 9 9 9 3 3
DTR_SH_M O DE1 D TR _SH_M O D E1 V R- C L K CP17 G ND
10 10 10 10 4 4
DTR_SH_FW P DTR _SH _FW P V R- S D G ND
11 11 11 11 5 5
D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 1 D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 1 /A D- S T A R T
12 12 12 12
IN
D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 2 D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 2 M P X- A D D R- 0 CP18
13 13 13 13
OUT
G N D G ND M P X- A D D R- 1 J6 J6
14 14 14 14
G N D G ND G N D (B ) CH1
15 15 15 15 1 1
G ND G ND G N D (B ) CP19
16 16 16 16 2 2
AD_MPX 25P3515
G N D G ND +15V CH2
17 17 17 17 3 3
IR U _ Z E R O _ P O S IR U _ Z E R O _ P O S +15V
18 18 18 18 4 4
DTR_SPAR E_O DTR _SPARE_O - 15V TP1 CH5
19 19 19 19 5 5
D T R _ /R E S E T D T R _ /R E S E T - 15V
20 20 20 20 6 6
RE_A RE_A +5V J1 J8 CH6
21 21 21 21 7 7
RE_ZERO RE_ZER O /A D- C L K 1 CP20 CH1
22 22 22 22 1 1 8 8
RE_B RE_B /A D- D A T A 1 CH2 CH7
23 23 23 23 2 2 9 9
+5V +5V A D- B U S Y 1 CH3
24 24 24 24 3 3 10 10
G N D G ND /A D- D A T A 2 CP21 CH4 CH8
25 25 25 25 4 4 11 11
TP8
/A D- C L K 2 CH5
26 26 5 5 12 12
A D- B U S Y 2 CH12
27 27 6 6
VC C CH6
28 28 7 7
TP7
CH11 J5 J7
29 29 8 8
CH7 +12V
30 30 9 9 1 1
+12V
CH10 +12V
+12V
31 31 10 10 2 2
TP6
VCC
CH8
32 32 11 11 3 3
CH9
33 33 12 12 4 4
G ND G ND
34 34 13 13 5 5
VCC
G N D (B ) G ND G ND
35 35 14 14 6 6
G N D (B ) G ND G ND
VCC_in
36 36 15 15 7 7
+15V G ND G ND
37 37 16 16 8 8
+15V +12V
38 38 17 17 9 9
GND(B) +15V
- 15V - 12V
39 39 18 18 10 10
D-10
DET_CPU 25P3514 - 15V +12V - 12V
40 40 19 19 11 11
25P3516
- 12V
+15V - 15V
- 12V - 12V
20 20 12 12
PD_AMP1
OUT
- 15V
* I.C C o n n e ctio n
+12V
IN
+12V - 12V
CN551
TP1
F us e 1 (+ )
+24V
1
F u s e 1 (- ) FUSE1
2
CN53
+5V
RV1
Vin
1 CN552
*I.C Connection
G
+5V LED1
2 F u s e 1 (- )
TP2
1
Vout
+5V
3 IR U _ H T 1
+5V 2
4
(N C )IR U _ Z E R O _ P O S
IRU HT1
25P3525
5
DTR_SH_TXD1
6
IN
DTR_SH _RXD 1
HT1
7 U1
TP3 +5V
OUT
DTR_SH _RTS1 H R 1 0 G- 1 0 R- 1 2 J1
8 CN 567 LED5
(N C )D T R _S H _C T S 1 CN566 2
9 +24V1 1 V+
+24V1
+5V
DTR_SH_M O DE1 1 1 +5V

10 +24V1 IR U _ H T 1 1 2
DTR_SH_FW P 2 2 TEM P1 C 1
1
11 +24V1 +24V1 2 3 Dout
D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 1 3 3 G ND
12 +24V1 IR U _ H T 2 3 4 G ND
D T R _ S P A R E _ IN 2 4 4
13 +24V1 3
IR U _ H T 4
IR U _ Z E R O _ P O S 5 5
14 *R E S E T _ IR U IR U _ H T 3
DTR_SPARE _O 6 6
15 IR U _ S H _ R X D +24V1 TSB PC B 25P2015
D T R _ /R E S E T 7 7
16 IR U _ S H _ T X D IR U _ H T 4
G ND 8 8
17 G ND *R E S E T _ IR U CN 553
G ND 9 9 RV2
18 IR U _ H T 1 IR U _ S H _ R X D F us e 2 (+ )
IRU TEMP1- 1
G ND 10 10 1
19 IR U _ H T 2 IR U _ S H _ T X D F u s e 2 (- ) FUSE2
G ND 11 11 2
20 IR U _ H T 3 G ND
12 12
+24V +5V
Slip Ring
CN 554
LED2
F u s e 2 (- )
1
CN 568 IR U _ H T 2
2
J18
1
IRU HT2
2
+5V
3 U1
HT2
RE_A RE_A 4 J1
1
R E_ZER O RE_ZERO CN 564 2
5 V+
2 1
R E_B RE_B 6 +5V
3 1 2
+5V +5V TEM P3 C 1
7 1
4 2 3 Dout
G ND
SHCPUPROGRAM
G ND G ND
5 3 4 G ND
S h ie ld _ w S h ie ld _ w 3
6
Encoder
U1
IRU Unit
J1 TSB PC B 25P2015
2 CN 565
V+
1
+5V
+5V CN 556
2 1 RV3
1 C 1 TEM P2 F us e 3 (+ )
IRU TEMP2- 1
Dout 3 2 1
G ND F u s e 3 (- ) FUSE3
G ND
4 3 2
3
CN472
CN 555
IRU TEMP1- 2
+24V1 TSB PC B 25P2015 LED3

1 F u s e 3 (- )
IR U _ H T 1 1
2 IR U _ H T 3
+24V1 2
3
IR U _ H T 2
4
IRU HT3
+24V1
5 U1
IR U _ H T 3 J1
U1
HT2
6
+24V1 2 C N563 J1
7 V+ 1
IR U _ H T 4 +5V CN 569 2
V+
8 2 1 1
*R E S E T _ IR U C 1 TEM P4 +5V
1 3
9 2 1
Reaction Table UNIT
Dout 2
IR U _ S H _ R X D G ND TEM P5 C 1 1
10 4 3 2 3 Dout
G ND
IR U _ S H _ T X D G ND
11 3 3 4 G ND
25P3509
G N D
IRU- DRV
12 3
IRU TEMP2- 2
13 TSB PC B 25P2015
TSB PC B 25P2015
CN558
RV4
IRU TEMP3- 1
U1 1
J1
2
2 C N560
V+
1
+5V
2 1
1 C 1 TEM P6 CN557
Dout 3 2 LED4
G ND
4 3 1
G ND
3 2
IRU TEMP3- 2
TSB PC B 25P2015 IR U- C N T 2 25P3511

Reaction Table UNIT
Appendix E
Fluidic System Diagram
S Trough
M2 Trough R2 Trough R1 Trough M1 Trough
Sub Tank L
Sub Tank R
ISE
CaIA
container
ISE
T Chamber CaIA Pump
ISE wastewater
pump Drainage Facilities
Drainage Facilities
Relaying connector Purified

Water
Diaphragm Pump Generator
Wash Solution 1
Solenoid Valve (3-way)
Wash Solution 2
Solenoid Valve (2-way)
Filter
Chamber Drainage Facilities
Check Valve
Chamber Drainage Facilities
Figure in "< >" shows tube number
Wash Solution 2
Drainage Facilities
Fluidic System Diagram

Figure E-1
Appendix E Fluidic System Diagram

E-1 FLUIDIC DIAGRAM
Page E-1
Appendix F
Sensor List
The following table lists the sensors in alphabetic order of the unit names and PCB names in which the sensors are used.
UNIT/PCB LABEL SENSOR FUNCTIONS

ASP ASP_ZERO_POS ASP Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position of the sample tray rotation. (The zero-position of the sample tray refers to the state where the sample position
No.27 is at the sample pipetting spot.)
ASP_COVER_F Emergency Sample Lid Sensor Hall sensor. Detects the opening and closing state of the ASP lid for emergency samples.
ASP_COVER_B General Sample Lid Sensor Hall sensor. Detects the opening and closing state of the ASP lid for general samples.
ASP_PE1_FAN ASP Peltier 1 Fan Stop Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the stop of rotation of the ASP peltier module1 cooling fan.
ASP_PE2_FAN ASP Peltier 2 Fan Stop Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the stop of rotation of the ASP peltier module2 cooling fan.
ASP_BCR_OK Sample BCR/OK Output signal from the BCR. Shows that the sample BCR is good.
ASP_BCR_NG Sample BCR/NG Output signal from the BCR. Shows that the sample BCR is not good.
Temperature Sensor Monitors the temperature inside the ASP. According to this temperature information, activates the peltier modules and keeps the temperature below 10°C
inside the ASP.
ASP_DRV +12V_ASP_PE ASP +12V Peltier Power Supply Sensor Detection circuit inside the ASP_DRV board. Monitors the +12V power supply for the peltier module on the ASP_DRV board.
+24V_MON_ASP ASP +24VPower Supply Sensor Detection circuit inside the ASP_DRV board. Monitors the +24V power supply on the ASP_DRV board.
DTR DTR_FAN DTR Fan Stop Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the stopped rotation of the cooling fan for the DTR halogen lamp.
IRU IRU_ZERO_POS IRU Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position of the cuvette table. (The zero position refers to the state where cuvette No. 1 is at the RPT1-dispensing spot.)
Temperature Sensors Mounted on the cuvette table. Measure the table temperature. The measurement results are used as information to control the heaters so that the incubation
(reaction) liquids in the cuvettes can be maintained at 37 ± 0.3ºC. In total 6 sensors (2 sensors per heater x 3 heaters = 6) are mounted so that the temperature
can be measured per heater.
IRU_DRV +24V_MON_IRU IRU +24VPower Supply Sensor Detection circuit inside the IRU_DRV board. Monitors the +24V power supply on the IRU_DRV board.
ISE ISE_READY ISE Ready Output signal from the ISE. Shows that the ISE is ready to operate.
MIX1 MIX1U_ZERO_POS MIX1 Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up-and-down zero position (up zero position).
MIX1R_ZERO_POS MIX1 Rotational Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position for the rotary movement.
MIX1R_TS MIX1 Trough Safety Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects that the stirrer is in the trough by sensing the slits.
MIX2 MIX2U_ZERO_POS MIX2 Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up-and-down zero position (up zero position).
MIX2R_ZERO_POS MIX2 Rotational Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position for the rotary movement..
MIX2R_TS MIX2 Trough Safety Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects that the stirrer is in the trough by sensing the slits.
RCU RCU_ZERO_POS RCU Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position of the reagent tray rotation. (The zero-position of the reagent tray refers to the state where the reagent position
No.1 is at the reagent pipetting spot.)
RCU_COVER RCU Lid Sensor Hall sensor. Detects the opening and closing state of the RCU lid.
RCU_PE1_FAN RCU Peltier 1 Fan Stop Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the stopped rotation of the RCU peltier module1 cooling fan.
(CONT'D)
Appendix F Sensor List
Page F-1
RCU RCU_BCR_OK Reagent BCR/OK Output signal from the BCR. Shows that the reagent BCR is good.
RCU_BCR_NG Reagent BCR/NG Output signal from the BCR. Shows that the reagent BCR is not good.
Temperature Sensor Monitors the temperature inside the RCU. According to this temperature information, activates the peltier modules and keeps the temperature 8 to 15°C
inside the RCU.
RCU_DRV +12V_RCU_PE RCU +12V Peltier Power Supply Sensor Detection circuit inside the RCU_DRV board. Monitors the +12V power supply for the peltier module on the RCU_DRV board.
+24V_MON_RCU RCU +24V Power Supply Sensor Detection circuit inside the RCU_DRV board. Monitors the +24V power supply on the RCU_DRV board.
RPP RPP1R_UP_ZERO_POS RPP1 Reagent Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up zero-position of the plunger for the RPP1 reagent syringe.
RPP1W_UP_ZERO_POS RPP1 Wash Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up zero-position of the plunger for the RPP1 wash syringe.
RPP2R_UP_ZERO_POS RPP2 Reagent Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up zero-position of the plunger for the RPP2 reagent syringe.
RPP2W_UP_ZERO_POS RPP2 Wash Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up zero-position of the plunger for the RPP2 wash syringe.
RPT1 RPT1U_ZERO_POS RPT1 Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up-and-down zero position (up zero position).
RPT1R_ZERO_POS RPT1 Rotational Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position for the rotary movement (the position where the nozzle dispenses a reagent onto a IRU cuvette).
RPT1RCU RPT1 RCU Safety Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects that the nozzle is in the RCU by sensing the slits.
RPT1R_TS RPT1 Trough Safety Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects that the nozzle is in the IRU or the trough by sensing the slits.
RPT1U_DL RPT1 Down Limit Sensor Photo interrupter. Usually the gobo of the nozzle rests in the photo interrupter and the photo interrupter is OFF. When the nozzle tip reaches the bottom of a
reagent bottle, the gobo of the nozzle is lifted up, resulting that the photo interrupter goes ON. This sensor is used for protection of the nozzle. When the
sensor output becomes ON, the RPT1_U motor stops.
RPT1U_EKIMEN RPT1 Liquid Level Sensor The nozzle itself functions as a sensor. Detects that the nozzle tip has reached reagent liquid. When the sensor output becomes active, the RPT1_U motor
stops and pipetting (drawing sample) begins. Contact with reagent liquid by the nozzle tip is detected by sensing a sudden change of capacitance.
RPT2 RPT2U_ZERO_POS RPT2 Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up-and-down zero position (up zero position).
RPT2R_ZERO_POS RPT2 Rotational Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position for the rotary movement (the position where the nozzle dispenses a reagent onto a IRU cuvette).
RPT2RCU RPT2 RCU Safety Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects that the nozzle is in the RCU by sensing the slits.
RPT2R_TS RPT2 Trough Safety Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects that the nozzle is in the IRU or the trough by sensing the slits.
RPT2U_DL RPT2 Down Limit Sensor Photo interrupter. Usually the gobo of the nozzle rests in the photo interrupter and the photo interrupter is OFF. When the nozzle tip reaches the bottom of a
reagent bottle, the gobo of the nozzle is lifted up, resulting that the photo interrupter goes ON. This sensor is used for protection of the nozzle. When the
sensor output becomes ON, the RPT2_U motor stops.
RPT2U_EKIMEN RPT2 Liquid Level Sensor The nozzle itself functions as a sensor. Detects that the nozzle tip has reached reagent liquid. When the sensor output becomes active, the RPT2_U motor
stops and pipetting (drawing sample) begins. Contact with reagent liquid by the nozzle tip is detected by sensing a sudden change of capacitance.
SPP SPP_UP_ZERO_POS SPP Sample Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up zero-position of the plunger for the SPP reagent syringe.
SPPW_UP_ZERO_POS SPP Wash Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up zero-position of the plunger for the SPP wash syringe.
SPT SPTU_ZERO_POS SPT Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up-and-down zero position (up zero position).
SPTR_ZERO_POS SPT Rotational Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the zero position for the rotary movement (the position where the nozzle dispenses a sample onto a IRU cuvette).
SPTASP SPT RCU Safety Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects that the nozzle is in the ASP by sensing the slits.
SPTR_TS SPT Trough Safety Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects that the nozzle is in the ASP or trough by sensing the slits.
(CONT'D)
Page F-2
SPT SPTU_DL SPT Down Limit Sensor Photo interrupter. Usually the gobo of the nozzle rests in the photo interrupter and the photo interrupter is OFF. When the nozzle tip reaches the bottom of a
sample bottle, the gobo of the nozzle is lifted up, resulting that the photo interrupter goes ON. This sensor is used for protection of the nozzle. When the
sensor output becomes ON, the SPT_U motor stops.
SPTU_EKIMEN SPT Liquid Level Sensor The nozzle itself functions as a sensor. Detects that the nozzle tip has reached sample liquid. When the sensor output becomes active, the SPT_U motor
stops and pipetting (drawing sample) begins. Contact with sample liquid by the nozzle tip is detected by sensing a sudden change of capacitance.
ST (R) SUBTANKL_EMP Sub-tank L Empty Sensor Float sensor. Detects remaining amount of purified water in the sub-tank L is small.
SUBTANKL_FULL Sub-tank L Full Sensor Float sensor. Detects that the sub-tank L is full of purified water.
SUBTANKL_SET Sub-tank L Tank Detection Sensor Limit switch. Detects that the sub-tank L is installed in the analyzer.
ST (S) SUBTANKＲ_EMP Sub-tank R Empty Sensor Float sensor. Detects remaining amount of purified water in the sub-tank R is small.
SUBTANKＲ_FULL Sub-tank R Full Sensor Float sensor. Detects that the sub-tank R is full of purified water.
SUBTANKＲ_SET Sub-tank R Tank Detection Sensor Limit switch. Detects that the sub-tank R is installed in the analyzer.
SWU_DRV1 +24V_MON_SWU_DRV1 SWU1 +24V Power Supply Sensor Detection circuit inside the SWU_DRV1 board. Monitors the +24V power supply on the SWU_DRV1 board.
SWU1-1 LEAK_SWU1-1 SWU1-1 Leak Sensor Detects a leak from the SWU1-1.
SWU1-2 LEAk_SWU1-2 SWU1-2 Leak Sensor Detects a leak from the SWU1-2.
TR TRGH1_EKIMEN Trough Chamber Liquid Level Sensor Float sensor. Detects the liquid level of the trough chamber.
（Trough Chamber）
WPP WPP_UP_ZERO_POS WPP Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up zero-position of plungers where the pumps begin to pippet wash solution or purified water.
WU WU_ZERO_POS WU Up Zero-position Sensor Photo interrupter. Detects the up-and-down zero position (up zero position).
WU1_EKIMEN WU1 Liquid Level Sensor Detects presence of liquid remaining inside the cuvette (WU1) after draining the cuvette. Detection is conducted by monitoring capacitance between the two
electrodes (supply nozzle and drain nozzle).
(CONT'D)
Page F-3
External Tanks BOT1_EMP Tank-emptiness Sensor Float sensor. Detects emptiness of the purified water tank (20 litters).
BOT2_EMP Tank-emptiness Sensor Photo interrupter. Attached on the corner of Wash Solution Tank 1 (5 litters).
Normally light is interrupted by liquid and the photo interrupter is OFF. In the event of emptiness of the tank, the sensor goes ON.
BOT4_FULL Tank-fullness Sensor Float sensor. Detects that fullness of Waste Liquid Tank 1. (thin 20 litters).
BOT5_FULL Tank-fullness Sensor Float sensor. Detects that fullness of Waste Liquid Tank 1. (concentrated 10 litters).
Chassis Unit ISE_COVER ISE Cover Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the presence of the ISE cover.
DTR_FAN DTR Fan Stop Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the stopped rotation of the cooling fan1 of the chassis.
CSE_FAN2 CSE_Fan2 Stop Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the stopped rotation of the cooling fan5 of the chassis.
LEAK_SWU2（ＳＰＰ） SWU2 Leak Sensor Detects a leak in the right rear part of the base.
LEAK_ＲＰＰ SWU3 Leak Sensor Detects a leak in the left rear part of the base.
LEAK_WPP（ＳＰＰＷ） WPP Leak Sensor Detects a leak in the right middle part of the base.
Power Supply POW_FAN1 Power Supply Fan1 Stop Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the stopped rotation of the cooling fan1 of the power supply.
POW_FAN2 Power Supply Fan2 Stop Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the stopped rotation of the cooling fan2 of the power supply.
POW_FAN3 Power Supply Fan3 Stop Sensor Sensor built in a fan. Detects the stopped rotation of the cooling fan of the 24V/12V power supply.
Page F-4
Appendix G
Test Points and LED’s
The following information is contained here:
- List of test points and LED’s on each PC board
- Locations of test points, LED’s and connectors on each PC board.
In the following lists, the items related to DC voltage lines are marked with “#” and indicated in boldface type.
This information should be useful for checking the presence of DC voltages. The test points and LED’s other than
DC voltages are listed for reference only.
1. 25P3515 AD_MPX Board (See Figure G-1.)

TP SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS
# TP3 GND Ground
TP11 GND Ground
TP12 GND Ground
# TP13 +5V +5V supply
# TP14 -12V -12V supply
TP15 GND Ground
2. 25P3503 ASP_DRV Board (See Figure G-2.)

# TP4 GND Ground
TP5 ASP-PE1 Control signal for ASP Peltier 1 (ON=HIGH)
TP6 ASP-PE2 Control signal for ASP Peltier 2 (ON=HIGH)
TP7 GND Ground
TP13 GND Ground
TP16 GND Ground
Appendix G Test Points and LED’s

1. 25P3515 AD_MPX Board / 2. 25P3503 ASP_DRV Board
Page G-1
3. 25P3525 CN_IBM Board (See Figure G-3.)
# TP3 GND Ground
LED SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS

# LED1 +24V(RCU-DRV) 24V supply monitor for RCU-DRV board
# LED2 +24V(IRU-DRV) 24V supply monitor for IRU-DRV board
# LED3 +24V(ASP-DRV) 24V supply monitor for ASP-DRV board
# LED4 +24V(SWU-DRV1) 24V supply monitor for SWU-DRV1 board
# LED7 +12V(ASP-DRV) 12V supply monitor for ASP-DRV board
# LED8 +12V(RCU-DRV) 12V supply monitor for RCU-DRV board
# LED9 +5V 5V supply monitor
# LED11 +3.3V 3.3V supply monitor
4. 25P3521 CNT_IBM Board (See Figure G-4.)

# TP9 GND Ground
LED SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS


3. 25P3525 CN_IBM Board / 4. 25P3521 CNT_IBM Board
Page G-2
5. 25P3514 DET_CPU Board (See Figure G-5.)
# TP1 GND Ground（for +15, -15V)
TP2 GND Ground
TP9 GND Ground
# TP11 GND Ground
6. 25P3510 IRU_CN1 Board (See Figure G-6.)

# TP15 +3.3V +3.3V supply
# J7 13pin Ground
7. 25P3511 IRU_CN2 Board (See Figure G-7.)

# TP2 GND Ground
# TP3 +5V +5Vsupply

5. 25P3514 DET_CPU Board / 6. 25P3510 IRU_CN1 Board / 7. 25P3511 IRU_CN2 Board
Page G-3
8. 25P3509 IRU_DRV Board (See Figure G-8.)
# TP1 GND Ground
TP2 IRU-HT1 Signal to energize IRU heater 1 (Heater ON=LOW)
TP7 GND Ground
TP16 GND Ground
# TP47 +24V1 +24V1 supply
TP48 GND Ground
TP49 GND Ground
# TP50 +24V2 24V2 supply
9. 25P3520 POWER_CN Board (See Figure G-9.)

# TP1 GND Ground

8. 25P3509 IRU_DRV Board / 9. 25P3520 POWER_CN Board
Page G-4
10. 25P3502 RCU_DRV Board (See Figure G-10.)
# TP1 GND Ground
TP6 RCU-PE1 Control signal for RCU Peltier 1 (ON=HIGH)
TP9 GND Ground
TP10 GND Ground
# TP12 +12V4 +12V4 supply (For Peltier 4)
TP33 GND Ground
11. 25P3506 SWU_DRV1 Board (See Figure G-11.)

# TP2 GND Ground
TP4 GND Ground
TP6 WU8-PUMP Control signal for WU8 pump (ON=HIGH)
TP16 GND Ground

10. 25P3502 RCU_DRV Board / 11. 25P3506 SWU_DRV1 Board
Page G-5
12. 25P3505 SWU_DRV2 Board （See Figure G-13.）
TP1 WPP2-EV Control signal for WPP2 valve (ON=HIGH)
TP19 SPP-EV Control signal for SPP valve (ON=HIGH)
TP30 MIX2-PUMP Control signal for MIX2 valve (ON=HIGH)
TP33 MIX1-PUMP Control signal for MIX1 valve (ON=HIGH)
TP34 SPT-PUMP Control signal for SPT valve (ON=HIGH)
# TP36 GND Ground
TP37 SUBTANKR-EV Control signal for sub-tank R valve (ON=HIGH)
TP40 SUBTANKＬ-EV Control signal for sub-tank Ｌ valve (ON=HIGH)
TP42 GND Ground
TP44 GND Ground

12. 25P3505 SWU_DRV2 Board
Page G-6
13. 25P3507 SWU_DRV3 Board （See Figure G-14.）
# TP1 GND Ground
TP4 GND Ground
TP6 RPP1-EV Control signal for RPP1 valve (ON=HIGH)
TP7 RPP2-EV Control signal for RPP2 valve (ON=HIGH)
TP8 GND Ground
TP13 RPT2-PUMP Control signal for RPT2 pump (ON=HIGH)
TP14 RPT1-PUMP Control signal for RPT1 pump (ON=HIGH)
TP26 GND Ground
TP27 GND Ground
14. 25P3512 WU_SEN Board （See Figure G-12.）

# TP8 GND Ground

13. 25P3507 SWU_DRV3 Board / 14. 25P3512 WU_SEN Board
Page G-7
THIS PAGE IS
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK.
Page G-8
Appendix H
Adjustment of BCR
1. Checkpoints in the Event of Bar Code Readout Error

1.1. Conditions of Bar Code Label
Checkpoint Remarks Check

Aren’t the margins on the both Margins of 4 mm or a size more than ten times wider than
ends of bar code too narrow? a thin bar are required on the both ends of bar code.
Is the bar code stained or
chipped?
Are widths of any bars thinner When thinner or thicker bars are exist, the ratio of the
or thicker than specified? space between bars to the width of a bar differs and
resultantly the bar code may not be read.
Are the length of label and the Refer to “3. Bar Code Label Fixing Specifications” for the
position at that the label is position of label.
affixed as specified?
1.2. Specifications of Bar Code

Are the symbols in use as ASP
specified? Symbols of ITF, UPC, CODE39, NW7 and CODE 128
(A·B·C) can be used.
Note: In the case of UPC, it is accompanied by check
digit without fail.
RCU
The equipment, which has already been delivered, can read
EAN, CODE93 (without check digit) only.
Is the setting by a personal The availability of check digit can only be defined for the
computer in agreement with ASP.
availability of check digit on the
label?
Appendix H Adjustment of BCR

1. Checkpoints in the Event of Bar Code Read Error
Page H-1
1.3. Conditions of Equipment

Is the bar code is being read in If the bar code label or the photoreceptor device of the
the condition that the lid is reader is exposed to disturbing light, the reader may not
closed? read the bar code.
Is the surface on which the bar The bottle is placed so that the bar code label is located in
code label is attached oriented the center of cutout of bottle holder.
outward?
Is sample tube of 13 to 16 mm If the sample tube having a diameter of more than 16 mm
in diameter used? is used, the holder widens and consequently label on the
inner circumference is hidden.
Is the glass window of the RCU If the lid of the RCU is kept open or opened and closed
for bar code stained or does frequently, condensation may be caused on the glass.
condensation occur on the glass
window?

1. Checkpoints in the Event of Bar Code Read Error
Page H-2
2. Procedures to Adjust Position of Bar-code Reader
Note: If the fixing position of the bar-code reader is carelessly moved, there is a fear that it is not returned
to its correct position. The position of the reader is precisely adjusted in a unit-by-unit basis at the
factory shipment of the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer. When the position is to be moved, follow
the procedures of troubleshooting and do it after it has been made sure that there is no problem in
the bar-code label, board, harness, etc.
Mounting".
(1) Remove the mosaic plate 1 (see figure 9.2.1-1).
(3) Load trays.
[ASP]
(a) Set the sample tube, on which the bar-code label for position adjustment is attached, to tray No.
37.
(b) Set the sample tube having a diameter of 16 mm, on which the bar-code label is attached, to trays
No. 36 and No. 1.
(c) Load the trays to the ASP.
[RCU]
(a) Set the 70ml bottle, on which the bar-code label for position adjustment is attached, to tray No. 8.
(b) Set the 20 ml bottle, on which the bar-code label is attached, to tray No.38.

2. Procedures to Adjust Position of Bar Code Reader
Page H-3
(c) Load the trays to the RCU.
Position Adjustment Bar Code Label Fixing Specifications
(A)
When setting a sample tube to the ASP

tray, set it so that central line (A) goes
to the rotation axis of the ASP.
(2.5) (1.5)
2.5 1.5
Bar Code
2.5 2.5
<RCU> <ASP>

Page H-4
(4) Move the trays to adjustment position.
By going through the following steps, move the sample tube (reagent bottle), on which bar-code label
for position adjustment is attached, to adjustment reference position.
(a) Turn on the power of the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer CA-400 and PC.
(b) When “ANALYZER” is open on the screen, press “Ctrl” and “.” (period) on the keyboard to
terminate “ANALYZWE”.
(c) Start “Hyper Terminal”.

(The following shows the procedure for operating "Hyper Terminal". Strings needing key inputs
are highlighted in Gothic boldface type.)
1 Entering login name
Welcome to QNX 4.24

Copyright (c) QNX Software Systems Ltd. 1982,1997
login: ca400
password:
2 Entering password
Welcome to QNX 4.24

login: ca400
password: qnx
3 Initialization
Welcome to QNX 4.24

login: ca400
password:
Last login: Tue Feb 01 20:10:48 2005 on //1/dev/ttyp0
Tue Feb 01 20:12:04 2005
CA400> cd sysboot
CA400> offboot
// == CA400 (OFFLINE)
1. Reagent Info
2. Meth Info
3. Initialize
4. Initialize + Scan
5. Initialize + Prime
6. Initialize + Run(Order)
7. Initialize + Run(Debug)
8. Mente
9. Mente(Test)
10. Mente(ISE)
11. TempRead
99. Quit
Select No[ 1-11,99 ] --> 3

Page H-5
4 Starting motor operation program
// == CA400 (OFFLINE)
1. Reagent Info
2. Meth Info
…
8. Mentr
9. Mente (Test)
10. Mente (ISE)
11. TempRead
99. Quit
Select No[ 1-11,99 ] --> 9
// == Maintenance Test
1. ASP/RCU SurveyByPuse
2. RPT1 Teiryou
3. RPT2 Teiryou
4. SPT Teiryou
5. WU Teiryou
6. SPT Ekimen
7. RPT1 Ekimen
8. RPT2 Ekimen
9. WU Over
10. MIX Test
11. ASP/RCU/ ROTATION
12. MCIO Move
13. Bcr Test
99. end
Select No[ 1-15 or "end" ] --> 12
5 Moving sample tube or reagent bottle
// ==Mcio Move
[ASP] [RCU]
Motor Index ==> 16 Motor Index ==> 17
Move Dir( 0:+,1:- ) ==> 0 Move Dir( 0:+,1:- ) ==> 1
Move Pulse ==> 90 Move Pulse ==> 470
PmPara Index(0-29) ==> 0 PmPara Index(0-29) ==> 0

Page H-6
6 Starting bar-code reader operation program
2. RPT1 Teiryou
3. RPT2 Teiryou
4. SPT Teiryou
5. WU Teiryou
6. SPT Ekimen
7. RPT1 Ekimen
8. RPT2 Ekimen
9. WU Over
10. MIX Test
12. MCIO Move
13. Bcr Test
99. end
Select No[ 1-15 or "end" ] --> 13
//BCR Test
Mode (1:RCU, 2:ASP) --> 2
Read Time [Sec] --> 10 (Laser beam is emitted for 10 seconds, and a bar-code is read.
Can be set on the second time scale.)
mente : BcrTest()> Bcr=0fff,0fff, Mode=2, Time=10
Readbc: nitBCR(N)> portno=5, mode=fff, check=fff
readbc: Readres(CH5)> len=5, Data=<2> 130<3>
mente : BcrTest()> Data 1=31,33,30,

mente : BcrTest()> Data 2=130,len=3
(5) Adjust the position of the bar-code reader (barcode inside the tray).
While the bar-code reader is emitting laser light, move the bar-code reader to the position where the
position adjustment bar-code can be read stably, and secure the bar-code reader with two fixing screws
(M3).
Fixing Screw
(M3) Bar Code Reader (ASP)
(RCU)
(ASP)
Fixing Screw
Bar Code Reader (RCU)
(M3)
Positions of Bar Code Reader Fixing Screw

Figure H-1

Page H-7
(6) Check readout.
Carry out continuous readout test while rotating the tray, after the completion of position adjustment of
the bar-code reader.
Set sample tubes (bottles), on which bar-code label is attached, to all the positions of the ASP trays
(RCU trays).
Operation of “Hyper Terminal”
(a) Terminating bar-code reader operation program

2. RPT1 Teiryou
3. RPT2 Teiryou
4. SPT Teiryou
5. WU Teiryou
6. SPT Ekimen
7. RPT1 Ekimen
8. RPT2 Ekimen
9. WU Over
10. MIX Test
12. MCIO Move
13. Bcr Test
99. end
Select No[ 1-15 or "end" ] --> 99
//==CA400 (OFFLINE)
1. Reagent Info
2. Meth Info
3. Initialize
4. Initialize + Scan
5. Initialize + Prime
6. Initialize + Run(Order)
7. Initialize + Run(Debug)
8. Mente
9. Mente (Test)
10. Mente (ISE)
11. Temp Read
99. Quit
(b) Starting maintenance program
Select No[ 1-11,99 ] --> 3 (3.Initialize)
Select No[ 1-11,99 ] --> 4 (4. Initialize + Scan)
//Scan Sequence
(c) Starting continuous readout test
Type [1=RCU,2=ASP] --> 2 (ASP)
Repeat[1-2000] --> 3 (Number of rotations of tray)
Criterion: No bar-code read readout error occurs for all set sample tubes (bottles) during three
rotations.
(7) Terminate “Hyper Terminal”.

When there is no problem in readout, cut connection with the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer RX imola
(CA400> exit) and terminate “Hyper Terminal”.
Turn off the power of the Clinical Chemistry Analyzer RX imola and PC.

Page H-8
Display Sample of Personal Computer
[ASP]
ASP slot number is In the case that ASP slot-3

displayed here. could be read.
readbc: ReadRes(4)> len=15, Buf= 2h 4 5 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 6 3h

asp : ScanReadBC()> [03]: 34,35,39,38,37,36,35,34,33,32,31,30,36,(13)
readbc: ReadRes(4)> len=13, Buf= 2h 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3h

asp : ScanReadBC()> [40]: 3f,-1,1
readbc: ReadRes(4)> len=14, Buf= 2h 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 3h

asp : ScanReadBC()> [04]: 31,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,31,(12)

asp : ScanReadBC()> [41]: 32,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,32,(12)
In case that ASP slot-40

could not be read.
[RCU]
RCU slot number is In case that RCU slot-40

displayed here. could be read.

rcu : 40 BCR= 32,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,32,(12),0

rcu : 11 BCR= 32,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,32,(12),0

rcu : 41 BCR= 3f,-1,1

rcu : 12 BCR= 32,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,30,32,(12),0
In case that RCU slot-41

could not be read.
Note: Displays are subject to change without notice.

Page H-9
3. Bar Code Label Fixing Specifications
RCU ASP
MAX
MAX MAX
Bar code label readable range (including blank)

Maximum 77 mm
Maximum 70 mm
Maximum 70 mm
87
MIN MIN MIN
10±1
10±1
10
9
20 ml 70 ml
Note:
1. The above figure shows the maximum area within which the bar-code label can be read by the reader.
· For the sample bottle, affix the label so that distance between the lower end of the label (including blank)
and the bottom is 10 mm ± 1 mm.
· For the sample tube, affix the label so that the lower end of the label (including blank) comes on 10 mm
or more from the bottom and the upper end of the label (including blank) does not exceed 87 mm from the
bottom.
2. The above figure shows the maximum area within which the bar-code label prepared by Furuno can be read
by the reader.
Please make sure that the label prepared by you can be read by the reader.

3. CA-400 Bar Code Label Fixing Specifications
Page H-10
3. The inclination of the label should be within a=1° for sample bottle and b=5° for sample tube.

3. CA-400 Bar Code Label Fixing Specifications
Page H-11
THIS PAGE IS
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK.
Page H-12
Appendix J
Ping Command for Checking LAN
This command is used for examining whether a LAN cable between the PC and the analyzer is correctly
connected.
(1) Input the “Ping” command to the command prompt window.
Click no the Start button in the lower left-hand corner of the

PC screen and select the Run.... Command input window
(see below picture) appears.
Enter the Ping command “Ping –l 1024 172.17.31.202” in
the "Open" box. Then click on the OK button, and “Ping”
command will be executed.
ping -ｌ 1024 172. 17. 31. 202
Enter “Ping –l 1024 172.17.31.202” here.
(2) Following information is displayed on the PC screen when the communication is carried out by “Ping
command”.
Ping –l 1024 172.17.31.202
Reply from 172.17.31.202: byte=1024 time<10ms TTL=128

Reply from 172.17.31.202: byte=1024 time<10ms TTL=128 Normal.
Ping statistics for 172.17.31.202
Packets:Sent＝4,Received=4,Lost=0（0% loss）, Pass when the value
Approximate round trip times in milli-seconds： is below 20ms.
Minimum＝0ms,Maximum＝0ms,Average＝0ms
Pass when the value
is below 20ms.
Request timed out. Error is occurring in communication line.
Request timed out.
Packets:Sent＝4,Received=0,Lost=4（100% loss）, Malfunction when the value is except 0%.
Appendix J Ping Command for Checking LAN
Page J-1
THIS PAGE IS
INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK.
Appendix J Ping Command for Checking LAN
Page J-2

Sm-E7219-1a (Ca-400) Tyb40

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sm-E7219-1a (Ca-400) Tyb40

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SERVICE MANUAL

Clinical Chemistry Analyzer

Original issue : December 2008

Publication No. SM-E 7219-2A

REV DATE REVISION HIGHLIGHT

FFFTP is freeware, and its copyright belongs to Mr. Sota.

COPYRIGHT OF THIS MANUAL

REVISION RECORD/TRADEMARKS/COPYRIGHT OF THIS MANUAL

2. The contents in this manual are subject to change without notice.

● Prevention of electric shock

● Handling of test reagents

● Prevention of affect on other facility/equipment

● General precautions for use of the analyzer

3. Sample pretreatment and handling of samples

4. Handling of reagents, standard substances, and accuracy control substances

5. Reagent interference of assay method-to-method

7. Connection of water supply/exhaust hoses

8. Electromagnetic waves, noise, etc.

9. Operational environment of the analyzer

10. CRT monitor, keyboard and mouse

11. Points to check when analyzing

12. Maintenance checks and periodical parts replacement

14. Prohibition of use for purposes other than those intended

15. Cleaning of covers, etc.

16. Other cautions

2. The following precautions shall be taken when the analyzer is installed.

3. The following precautions shall be taken before using the analyzer.

4. The following precautions shall be taken during operation.

5. The following precautions shall be taken after use of the analyzer.

7. Do not refurbish the analyzer.

8. Conduct maintenance checks correctly.

● Installation environmental conditions

The analyzer shall be installed:

300 PC 300 300

Refer power outlet installation to qualified personnel only.

Ground Ground Terminal

● Water supply and drainage

Type of Water supply and drainage Type of connection tube Remarks

(2) Drainage system

Action to be taken as directed by the “OPERATOR’S MANUAL”

WARNING LABEL WARNING ABOUT PLACE

HOT SURFACE DTR

IRU heat insulation

Chapter 1 Overview ......................................................................................................... 1-1 to 1-8

Chapter 2 Unit Description .......................................................................................... 2-1 to 2-42

2.15. ST (Sub-Tank) .............................................................................................................. 2-36

Chapter 3 PC Boards and Power Supply Unit .................................................. 3-1 to 3-8

Chapter 4 Unpacking and Installation.................................................................... 4-1 to 4-16

Chapter 5 Cleaning............................................................................................................ 5-1 to 5-10

Chapter 6 Maintenance................................................................................................... 6-1 to 6-14

Chapter 7 Checker Programs ...................................................................................... 7-1 to 7-28

Chapter 8 Troubleshooting ........................................................................................... 8-1 to 8-90

Chapter 9 Unit/Part Replacement............................................................................. 9-1 to 9-130

9.4. RCU (Reagent Container Unit) .................................................................................... 9-19

9.8. WU (Wash Unit) ........................................................................................................... 9-54

Chapter 10 Replacement of PC Board and Power Supply......................... 10-1 to 10-20

10.9. SWU_DRV3 Board ...................................................................................................... 10-12

Chapter 11 Software Setup and Update ................................................................ 11-1 to 11-24

Appendix A Specification ............................................................................................. A-1 to A-6

Appendix C Maintenance Parts List ....................................................................... C-1 to C-32

Appendix D Wiring Diagram ...................................................................................... D-1 to D-10

Appendix E Fluid System Diagram ........................................................................ E-1 to E-11

Appendix F Sensor List .................................................................................................. F-1 to F-4